Skip to main content

Full text of "The challenge of producing native plants for the intermountain area : proceedings, Intermountain Nurseryman's Association, 1983 conference, August 8-11, 1983, Las Vegas, Nevada"

See other formats


Historic,  Archive  Document 

Do  not  assume  content  reflects  current 
scientific  knowledge,  policies,  or  practices. 


United  States 
Department  of 
Agriculture 

Forest  Service 

Intermountain 
Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station 
Ogden,  UT  84401 

General  Technical 
Report  INT- 168 

May  1984 


8  A. 


The  Challenge  of 
Producing  Native 
Plants  for  the 
Intermountain  Area 


Proceedings:  Intermountain 
Nurseryman's  Association 
1983  Conference 
August  8-11,  1983 
Las  Vegas,  Nevada 


r 


CO 


FOREWORD 


Native  plant  materials  are  gaining  status  in 
the  nursery  industry.    There  is  a  current 
imbalance  of  supply  and  demand  for  the  natives. 
Plant  scientists  and  a  growing  number  of 
nurseries  are  working  to  make  more  native 
plants  economically  available. 

This  conference  was  designed  to  provide  an 
overview  of  procedures  involved  in  the  propa- 
gation of  native  plant  materials  common  to  the 
Intermountain  area.    This  proceedings  includes 
the  major  papers  delivered  at  the  meeting. 

--  Patrick  M.  Murphy 


The  use  of  trade,  firm,  or  corporation  names  in  this 
publication  is  for  the  information  and  convenience  of 
the  reader.  Such  use  does  not  constitute  an  official 
endorsement  or  approval  by  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture  of  any  product  or  service  to  the  exclusion 
of  others  that  may  be  suitable. 


COVER  PHOTO:  The  Leviathan  Mine,  an  open-pit  sulfur  mine,  illustrates 
the  challenges  facing  resource  managers  and  researchers  in  revegetating 
severely  disturbed  areas  in  the  Intermountain  area.  The  Leviathan  is  a  major 
source  of  pollution  to  the  Lahontan  watershed  on  the  east  side  of  the  Sierra 
Nevada.  Recently,  $3  million  was  appropriated  through  the  California 
Regional  Water  Quality  organization  to  reclaim  the  site. 


The  Challenge  of 
Producing  Native 
Plants  for  the 
Intermountain  Area 


Proceedings:  Intermountain 
Nurseryman's  Association 
1983  Conference 
August  8-11,  1983 
Las  Vegas,  Nevada 


Compiled  by: 
Patrick  M.  Murphy 
Assistant  State  Forester 
Nevada  Division  of  Forestry 

Issued  by: 

Intermountain  Forest  and 
Range  Experiment  Station 
Forest  Service 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
507-25th  Street 
Ogden,  UT  84401 


CONTENTS 


Page 


Germination  of  Seeds  of  Wildland  Plants 
James  A.  Young,  Jerry  D.  Bundy, 
and  Raymond  A.  Evans   1 

Producing  Bareroot  Seedlings 
of  Native  Shrubs 

Nancy  Shaw   6 

Producing  Native  Plants  as 
Container  Seedlings 
Thomas  D.  Landis  and 

Edward  J.  Simonich   16 

Use  of  Shrubs  on  Mine  Spoils 

Stephen  B.  Monsen  26 

Toward  Producing  Disease-Free 
Container-Grown  Native  Wildland  Plants 

David  L.  Nelson  32 

Biology  and  Management  of  Botrytis  Blight 
Robert  L.  James  39 


Page 


Using  a  Pressure  Chamber  to  Detect 
Damage  to  Seedlings  Accidentally 
Frozen  During  Cold  Storage 

Douglas  D.  McCreary  58 

Asexual  vs.  Sexual  Propagation 
of  Quaking  Aspen 

Robert  B.  Campbell,  Jr  61 

Effects  of  Soil  Amendments 
on  Aspen  Seedling  Production 
James  T.  Fisher  and 

Gregory  A.  Fancher  66 

Growth  of  Austrian  Pine  and  Norway 
Spruce  Seedlings  in  Mini -Containers 
Houchang  Khatamian  and 

Fahed  A.  Al-Mana  69 

Equipment  for  Revegetating  Disturbed 
Lands 

Richard  G.  Hallman  74 


Salt  Tolerance  of  10  Deciduous  Shrub 
and  Tree  Species 

Richard  W.  Tinus  44 

Containerized  Seedling  Production 
for  Forest  Regeneration  in  the 
Pacific  Northwest 

James  M.  Sedore  50 

The  Nursery  Technology  Cooperative: 
A  Coordinated  Effort  to  Improve 
Seedling  Quality 

Mary  L.  Duryea  and 

Steven  K.  Omi   53 


Preliminary  Trials  on  Upgrading 
Platanus  occidental i s  with  the  Helmuth 
Electrostatic  Seed  Separator 
Robert  P.  Karrfalt  and 

Richard  E.  Helmuth  79 

Survival ,  Growth,  and  Root  Form 
of  Containerized  Jeffrey  Pines 
Ten  Years  after  Outplanting 

J.  D.  Budy  and  E.  L.  Miller  82 

Growing  Containerized  Tree  Seedlings 
in  a  Shadehouse 

Thomas  M.  Smith  89 


Attendance  Roster 


93 


GERMINATION  OF  SEEDS  OF  WILDLAND  PLANTS 
James  A.  Young,  Jerry  D.  Budy  and  Raymond  A.  Evans 


ABSTRACT:    Germination  of  wildland  seeds  is  often 
dependent  on  proper  seed  collection  and  storage. 
Timing,  seed  collection,  and  the  moisture  content 
of  seeds  in  storage  often  influences  germination. 
A  systematic  approach  to  germination  testing  often 
will  pinpoint  the  type  of  dormancy  of  seeds  in 
wildland  species  and  lead  to  germination  enhance- 
ment. 


INTRODUCTION 

Successful  germination  of  seeds  of  plants  collect- 
ed from  wildlands  starts  with  proper  collection  of 
the  seeds.    Both  the  timing  of  collection  and  the 
handling  of  the  freshly  harvested  seeds  are  impor- 
tant . 


TIMING  THE  COLLECTION  OF  WILDLAND  SEEDS 

Many  wildland  plant  species  have  indeterminate 
type  inflorescences  where  flowering  and  maturity 
are  continuous  for  extended  periods.    This  means 
that  seeds  are  ripe  and  falling  from  the  inflo- 
rescences at  the  same  time  blooming  is  still 
occurring  at  other  locations  on  the  inflorescence. 
It  is  difficult  to  avoid  collecting  immature  seeds 
in  this  situation.    For  determinate  species  that 
mature  at  one  time  there  is  the  danger  of  the 
seeds  suddenly  being  dehisced  and  lost  unless  they 
are  collected  slightly  before  maturity. 

Slightly  immature  seeds  are  not  necessarily  poor 
germinators.    The  propagator  has  to  determine  the 
influence  of  maturity  on  germination  through  trials. 
To  conduct  meaningful  trials,  it  is  necessary  to 
label  the  seed  collection  with  some  detail  of  the 
phenological  stage  of  development,  where  the  seed 
lot  was  collected,  and  to  maintain  the  identity 
of  the  seed  lot  through  germination  trials. 

Various  maturity  classes  of  seeds  can  be  collected 
by  separating  collections  made  on  the  same  plant, 
moving  from  early  maturing  south  to  north  slope 
communities,  or  by  collecting  at  higher  elevation 
within  the  range  of  the  species. 


James  A.  Young  and  Raymond  A.  Evans  are  range 
scientists  for  the  USDA  Agricultural  Research 
Service,  Reno,  Nev.    Jerry  D.  Budy  is  Assistant 
Professor  of  Forestry,  University  of  Nevada,  Reno, 
Nev . 


HANDLING  FRESHLY  HARVESTED  SEEDS 

A  seed  is  a  living  organism  in  a  resting  stage, 
but  it  is  most  important  to  remember  that  it  is 
alive!    Freshly  harvested  seeds  have  too  high  a 
moisture  content  for  safe  storage.    The  moisture 
content  of  the  seed  must  be  allowed  to  reach  equi- 
librium with  the  atmosphere.    In  the  Intermountai n 
area  this  is  usually  simple  because  the  relative 
humidity  of  our  air  during  the  summer  and  fall  is 
usual ly  qui te  1 ow. 

For  freshly  harvested  seeds  to  reach  a  moisture 
equilibrium  they  must  be  stored  in  such  a  manner 
to  allow  for  free  aeration.    Uncoated  paper  or 
mesh  bags  make  good  storage  containers  for  initial 
drying.    Never  use  plastic  bags  for  storage  of 
freshly    harvested  seeds! 

Artificial  drying,  especially  at  high  temperatures, 
is  usually  not  necessary,  and  often  not  desirable. 
Screen  freshly  harvested  material  to  remove  high 
moisture  content  trash.    This  will  reduce  drying 
time . 

Fleshy  fruits  require  prompt  treatment  to  remove 
the  fleshy  material  to  avoid  spoilage  or  mummifi- 
cation of  the  fruits. 

The  seeds  of  species  collected  from  marsh  or  wet- 
land environments  often  require  special  handling. 
The  technique  used  depends  on  the  species  involved, 
but  often  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  seeds  in  a 
cool,  wet  environment  or  actually  stored  in  water 
to  avoid  acquiring  dormancy  or  loss  of  viability. 


SEED  CLEANING 

Generally  the  sooner  the  seeds  are  cleaned  and 
placed  in  storage  after  they  reach  moisture  equi- 
librium, the  less  chance  of  predation  from  birds 
or  small  mammals  or  contamination  from  insects. 

Avoid  rough  handling  of  seeds  during  cleaning. 
Remember  the  seed  is  alive  and  the  embryo  can  be 
very  fragile.    Never  use  a  hammer  mill  in  seed 
processing  unless  you  have  first  determined  by 
careful  testing  that  seed  viability  is  not  being 
adversely  affected  by  the  process. 

Proper  seed  cleaning  makes  subsequent  handling  of 
the  seeds  in  the  germination  process  much  simpler. 
Especially  if  the  seed  lot  contains  trash  or  empty 
or  obviously  immature  seeds,  much  time  may  be 
wasted  sorting  the  material  to  find  germinable 
seeds . 


1 


SEED  STORAGE 

To  avoid  problems  with  storage  insects,  start  with 
clean,  insect-free  storage  conditions.    Do  not 
introduce  pests  with  the  seeds  to  be  stored. 
Cool  storage    conditions  lessen  the  chances  of 
insect  problems. 

The  key  to  seed  storage  is  maintaining  proper 
moisture  conditions  so  that  the  seeds  remain 
alive,  but  ungermi nated .    Remember  that  the  amount 
of  water  that  the  storage  atmosphere  will  hold  as 
a  vapor  is  directly  related  to  temperature.  If 
you  decrease  the  storage  temperature  of  a  sealed 
container,  moisture  condensation  will  occur. 

Storage  in  paper    or  mesh  bags  in  a  cool,  dry 
location  is  satisfactory  for  most  seeds.    Once  the 
seeds  have  reached  moisture  equilibrium,  storage 
in  glass  jars  or  plastic  boxes  is  possible  to 
avoid  insect  or  mold  contamination.    Some  seeds 
can  be  stored  easily  in  small  lots,  but  suffer 
losses  in  viability  when  quantities  of  seeds  are 
stored  together.    Some  seeds  have  inherently  very 
short  storage  lives  and  seed  stocks  of  these  spe- 
cies must  be  removed  annually. 


GERMINATION  TESTING 

Two  common  determinations  are  made  from  seed  tests: 
viability  and  germi nabi 1 i ty.    Viability  simply 
means  the  seed  is  alive.    It  does  not  indicate  if 
the  seed  will  germinate.    Viability  tests  may  be 
as  simple  as  cutting  a  seed  or  fruit  with  a  knife 
blade  to  determine  if  an  embryo  is  present.  More 
complex  viability  tests  involve  the  use  of  the 
chemical,  tetrazolium.    This  chemical,  after  pro- 
per sectioning  and  preparation  of  the  seed,  has 
the  property  to  accept  hydrogen  atoms  from  dehy- 
drogentate  enzymes  during  the  respiration  process 
in  viable  seeds.    Essentially,  respiring  or  living 
tissue  in  the  seeds  is  evidenced  by  a  red  color 
change. 

The  fact  that  the  seeds  or  fruits  contain  living 
tissue  does  not  mean  the  embryo  will  germinate. 
This  is  a  common  misinterpretation.    For  seeds  of 
the  major  crop  species,  standards  have  been  deve- 
loped that  relate  the  tetrazolium  reaction  to 
potential  germination.    These  standards  have  not 
been  developed  for  the  seeds  of  most  wildland 
species. 

Germinabil  i ty  is  a  much  more  meaningful  statistic 
for  individuals  interested  in  propagating  plants 
from  seeds.    To  obtain  an  estimate  of  germinabil ity, 
the  seeds  must  be  subjected  to  a  germination  test. 
The  Association  of  Official  Analysis  (AOSA)  pre- 
scribes the  rules  for  testing  seeds  of  specific 
species.    For  example,  seeds  of  Canada  bluegrass 
(Poa  compressa)  are  tested  on  germination  paper, 
at  15/25  or  15/30°C  (15°C  for  8  hours/30°C  for 
16  hours  daily),  with  light  during  the  8-hour 
period  and  potassium  nitrate  (KNO2)  added  to  the 
substrate.    Unfortunately,  for  the  seeds  of  most 


wildland  species,  no  standard  germination  tests 
exist.    The  AOSA  has  draft  standards  for  about 
100  wildland  species.    Until  the  standards  are 
accepted  and/or  developed  for  the  seeds  of  impor- 
tant wildland  species,  germination  figures  as  given 
on  seed  tags  are  meaningless. 


DETERMINING  GERMI NAB  I L ITY  OF  WILDLAND  SPECIES 
Af terri  peni  ng 

The  seeds  of  many  species  will  not  germinate  soon 
after  they  are  harvested.  As  time  passes,  germi- 
nabil ity  of  these  seeds  gradually  increases  until 
they  may  be  highly  germi nable. 

This  time  period  that  must  pass  before  the  seeds 
will  germinate  has  been  termed  the  afterripening 
requirement.    These  requirements  are  not  respon- 
sive to  external  stimuli.    One  cannot  do  anything 
about  them  but  wait. 

This  type  of  dormancy  has  been  attributed  to 
immature  embryos  that  require  post-harvest  time  to 
mature. 

A  variant  of  this  type  of  dormancy  is  called  tem- 
perature-dependent afterripening.    In  this  case, 
seeds  will  not  germinate  at  one  incubation  tem- 
perature (usually  moderate  to  high  incubation 
temperatures),  but  will  germinate  at  other  tem- 
peratures (usually  cold  incubation  temperatures). 

Practically,  this  means  the  nurseryman  has  to  wait 
to  obtain  germination  with  the  seeds  of  certain 
species.    Do  not  confuse  afterripening  with 
stratification  requirements  where  the  dormancy 
does  respond  to  external  stimuli.  Stratification 
requirements  will  be  discussed  later. 

Hard  Seed  Coats 

If  seeds  do  not  initially  germinate  or  fail  to 
germinate  after  a  reasonable  afterripening  period, 
the  first  germination  factor  to  check  is  to  see 
if  the  seeds  imbibe  water.    This  can  be  done  by 
pressing  the  seed  with  a  thumbnail  or  by  cutting. 
If  the  interior  of  the  seed  appears  chalky  and 
hard,  water  has  not  been  imbibed  through  the  seed 
coat.    Imbibed  seeds  should  be  soft  and  easily 
squashed  with  the  thumb. 

Seeds  with  coats  that  do  not  freely  allow  the 
passage  of  water  are  termed  hard  seeds. 

Scari  fi cation 

To  break  the  hard  seed  coats  some  form  of  scari- 
fication is  required.    This  scarification  can  be 
accomplished  with  mechancial ,  thermal,  or  chemical 
treatments.    If  the  seeds  are  large  enough,  scari- 
fication may  be  accomplished  by  filing  a  notch  in 
the  coat  or  clipping  so  as  not  to  injure  the 
embryo.    Smaller  seeds  can  be  scarified  by  mecha- 
nically abrading  them  in  some  manner.    This  may 
be  as  simple  as  rubbing  the  seeds  between  sheets 
of  sandpaper. 


2 


Mechanical  scarifiers  have  been  developed  with 
abrasive  lined  drums  in  which  the  seeds  are  rota- 
ted.   Virtually  any  mechanical  scarification  that 
results  in  increased  germinabil ity  results  in  de- 
creased viability.    In  other  words,  you  pay  the 
price  for  getting  some  seeds  to  germinate  by 
fatally  injuring  other  seeds.    Hammer  mills  are 
used  for  scarifying  seeds.    Great  care  must  be 
taken  to  not  excessively  injure  seeds  with  these 
treatments.    Minimum  clearance  between  concave 
bars  in  threshing  machines  can  be  used  to  crack 
the  seeds  of  legumes  to  obtain  increased  germina- 
bil ity,  but  again,  with  some  reduction  in  viability. 

Thermal  scarification  is  obtained  by  dropping  seeds 
into  boiling  water  and  then  allowing  the  water  to 
cool.    Such  treatment  may  have  many  other  influences 
such  as  thermal  shock  to  the  embryo  or  leaching 
soluble  inhibitors.    Thermal  cracking  of  seed  coats 
is  facilitated  by  fall  seeding  at  shallow  depths 
with  exposure  to  freezing  temperatures. 

Concentrated  sulfuric  acid  is  used  to  remove  hard 
seed  coats.    This  treatment  is  difficult  to  con- 
trol and  may  have  many  side  effects.    The  duration 
of  treatment  has  to  be  determined  for  individual 
seed  lots.    Heating  from  the  acid  reaction  with 
rinse  water  and  hydrolysis  of  the  seed  tissue  may 
induce  germination  other  than  through  the  intended 
increased  imbibition  of  water. 

Always  try  to  control  the  temperature  of  the  acid- 
treated  seeds  in  a  water  bath,  rinse  a  small  amount 
of  acid  and  seeds  in  a  large  volume  of  water,  and 
use  a  neutralizing  solution  after  the  treatment. 

Stratification 

Seeds  that  imbibe  water  but  fail  to  germinate  are 
good  candidates  for  stratification.    Do  not  confuse 
this  word  with  scarification.    Stratification  in- 
volves placing  seeds  in  a  wet  environment  at  tem- 
peratures that  are  not  conducive  to  germination. 
For  most  western  plants  these  are  temperatures 
too  cold  for  germination.    Such  treatments  are 
termed  cool -moist  stratification.    The  duration 
of  stratification  requirements  can  range  from  a 
few  days  to  many  months.    For  prolonged  stratifi- 
cation a  substrate  must  be  furnished  for  moisture 
retention.    Historically  peat  has  been  used. 
Commonly  used  materials  include  sand  and  vermi- 
cul  i  te . 

Naked  stratification  has  proven  effective  for  the 
seeds  of  some  species  of  conifers.    This  is  accom- 
plished by  soaking  the  seeds  overnight  in  water 
and  then  placing  the  damp  seeds  in  plastic  bags 
that  are  sealed  for  the  duration  of  the  stratifi- 
cati  on . 

Special  stratification  conditions  include  prolonged 
soaking  in  refrigerated  baths  that  are  saturated 
with  oxygen  or  by  using  activated  charcoal  as  a 
stratification  substrate. 

Some  species  require  specific  stratification 
temperatures.    Their  seeds  are  very  difficult 
to  germinate  without  prolonged  experimentation. 


Nurserymen  have  long  solved  stratification  pro- 
blems by  fall  planting  seeds  and  allowing  nature 
to  supply  the  treatment.    In  cold  areas  where  snow 
cover  is  prolonged,  such  practices  can  be  quite 
effective.    The  interface  between  continuous  snow 
cover  and  the  surface  of  the  seedbed  usually  is 
near  0°C,  a  near-ideal  stratification  environment. 
Any  interruption  of  temperature  or  moisture  condi- 
tions during  the  stratification  period  results  in 
prolonging  the  stratification  requirement.  Cover- 
ing seeds  in  flats  and  covering  them  with  sand 
and  placing  the  flats  outdoors  on  the  northside 
of  a  greenhouse  can  provide  a  test  environment 
for  the  stratification  of  seeds  whose  requirements 
are  not  known. 

The  seeds  of  several  eastern  hardwoods  require 
periods  of  warm-moist  stratification  for  germina- 
tion.   Some  species  require  warm-moist  stratifica- 
tion followed  by  cold-moist  stratification. 

Nitrate  Ion 

The  most  influential  factor  in  enhancing  germina- 
tion of  seeds  is  often  enrichment  of  the  germina- 
tion substrate  with  nitrate  ions.    The  nitrate  is 
usually  supplied  as  potassium  njtrate  (^NCO  at 
concentrations  ranging  from  10"    to  1 0  mmoles 
(1.0  to  0.01  g  per  litter  of  water).    In  the  field 
or  nursery  bed,  flushes  of  spring  germination  may 
be  associated  with  nitrification  and  the  availa- 
bility of  nitrate  nitrogen  in  the  seedbed. 

Gibberellic  Acid 

The  mode  of  action  of  gibberellic  acid  in  seed 
germination  is  not  known,  but  very  low  concentra- 
tions of  this  growth  regulator  can  greatly  enhance 
germination.    Concentrations  of  from  1  to  250  parts 
per  million  (p/m)  are  commonly  used  in  germination 
enhancement.    Combinations  of  gibberellic  acid  and 
potassium  nitrate  are  often  more  effective  than 
either  material  alone.    Both  of  these  materials 
can  be  obtained  from  chemical  supply  houses.  The 
potassium  nitrate  is  more  easily  obtained  than 
gi  bberel 1  in. 

A  good  balance  is  needed  for  preparing  the  minute 
concentrations  of  gibberellic  acid.    A  solution 
with  a  concentration  of  1  p/m  of  gibberellic  acid 
consists  of  0.001  grams  of  gibberellic  acid  dis- 
solved in  1,000  milliliters  of  water.  Gibberellic 
acid  is  sold  as  a  10-percent  active  ingredient 
preparation,  which  makes  the  weighing  simpler. 
One  alternative  is  to  prepare  higher  concentrations 
than  needed  and  dilute  to  the  desired  concentration. 
For  example,  1  ,000  p/m  would  be  1  g  in  1  ,000  ml; 
however,  gibberellic  acid  is  relatively  expensive 
and  breaks  down  very  rapidly  under  warm  temperatures 

Hydrogen  Peroxide 

Seeds  of  several  species,  especially  members  of  the 
rose  family,  have  their  germination  enhanced  by 
soaking  in  hydrogen  peroxide  solutions.  Dramatic 
germination  enhancement  has  been  obtained  with 
seeds  of  bitterbrush  (Purshia  tridentata)  and 
curl  leaf  mountain  mahogany  (Cercocarpus  ledi  fol ius) . 


3 


A  wide  range  of  concentrations  from  1  to  30  percent 
is  effective.    Generally,  the  higher  the  concentra- 
tion, the  shorter  the  soaking  time,  but  the  greater 
the  risk  of  damaging  the  seed.    Hydrogen  peroxide 
is  a  very  reactive  chemical.    Concentrations  greater 
than  3  percent  are  particularly  dangerous  to  handle. 

Other  Chemicals 

A  large  number  of  other  chemicals  have  been  used 
to  enhance  germination.    These  include,  among 
others,  ethylene  producing  compounds  and  various 
sulphydryl  compounds. 

Light 

Many  seeds  are  sensitive  to  light  during  germina- 
tion.   This  light  or  phytochrome  reaction  involves 
germination  stimulation  by  near  red  light  and  dor- 
mancy inductions  by  far  red  light.    Generally  cool- 
white  florescent  light  enhances  germination  and 
incandescent  light  should  be  avoided. 

Practically,  seeds  that  require  light  for  germina- 
tion have  to  placed  virtually  on  the  surface  of  the 
seedbed.    The  seeds  should  be  pressed  into  the 
seedbed  for  optimum  moisture  transfer. 


Copeland,  L.  0.    Principles  of  seed  science  and 
technology.    Minneapolis,  MN:    Burgess  Publish- 
ing Co. ;  1  976.    368  p. 

Emery,  D.    Seed  propagation  of  native  California 
plants.    Santa  Barbara  Botanical  Garden  Leaflet 
1(10):    81-96;  1  964. 

Grabe,  D.  F.,  ed.    Tetrazolium  testing  handbook. 
Contribution  No.  29  to  the  handbook  on  seed 
testing.    Association  of  Official  Seed  Analysis; 
1  970.    62  p. 

Harmond,  J.  E.;  Brandenburg,  N.  R.;  Klein,  L.  J. 
Mechanical  seed  cleaning  and  handling.  Agricul- 
ture Handbook  No.  354.    U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture;  1  968.    56  p. 

Harmond,  J.  E.;  Klein,  L.  M.    A  versatile  plot 
thresher.    Agriculture  Research  Service  Note 
ARS  42-4-1,  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture; 
1  964.    7  p. 

Harmond,  J.  E.;  Smith,  J.  E.,  Jr.;  Park,  J.  K. 
Harvesting  the  seeds  of  grasses  and  legumes. 
In:    Seeds,  the  Yearbook  of  Agriculture;  Washing- 
ton, D.C.:    U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture; 
1  961:    181  -188. 


SEEDBED  REQUIREMENTS 

Seeds  have  to  take  moisture  up  from  the  germination 
substrate  faster  than  they  lose  it  to  the  atmos- 
phere.   In  a  well -firmed  seedbed,  optimum  germina- 
tion conditions  can  occur  with  proper  water  manage- 
ment.   Planting  small  seeds  on  the  surface  of  a 
firmed  seedbed  and  covering  them  with  vermiculite 
can  produce  a  quality  germination  environment. 

Generally  only  seeds  with  external  mucilage  can 
germinate  on  the  surface  of  seedbeds.  Exceptions 
are  seeds  such  as  Russian  thistle  (Sal  sola  iberica) 
with  extremely  rapid  germination. 

Even  seeds  with  extremely  low  percentage  germina- 
tion can  give  satisfactory  establishment  if 
sufficient  seeds  are  planted  in  a  quality  seedbed. 


SUGGESTED  READING 

Bradenburg,  N.  R.    Bibliography  of  harvesting  and 
processing  forage-seed,  1949-1964.    ARS  42-135. 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Agricultural 
Research  Service;  1968.    17  p. 

Chan,  F.  J.;  Harris,  R.  W.;  Leiser,  A.  T.  Direct 
seeding  of  woody  plants  in  the  landscape. 
Leaflet  No.  2577.    University  of  California, 
Division  of  Agriculture  Science;  1977.    13  p. 

Colby,  M.  K. ;  Lewis,  G.  D.    Economics  of  contain- 
erized conifer  seedlings.     Fort  Collins,  CO: 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service; 
1973.    7  p. 


Harrington,  J.  F.    Problems  of  seed  storage. 

In:    Heydecker,  W.,  ed.  Seed  ecology;  University 
Park,  PA.,  and  London:    Pennsylvania  State 
University  Press;  1973:    578  p. 

Hartman,  J.  T.;  Kester,  D.  E.    Sexual  propagation. 
In:    Plant  propagation--pri nci pi es  and  practice; 
Englewood,  Cliffs,  N.J.:    Prentice  Hall;  1968: 
53-188. 

Hary,  E.  M. ;  Collier,  J.  W.;  Norris,  M.  J.  A 
simple  harvester  for  perennial  grass  seeds. 
Davis,  CA:    University  of  California,  Agronomy 
and  Range  Science;  1969. 

Heydecker,  W.,  ed.    Seed  ecology.  University 
Park,  PA,  and  London:    Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity Press;  1973:    578  p. 

Hopkins,  A.  D.    Periodical  events  and  natural 
law  as  guides  to  agricultural  research  and 
practice.    U.S.  Monthly  Weather  Review  Supple- 
ment.    9:  5-42;  1918. 

Larsen,  J.  E.    Revegetation  equipment  catalog. 
Missoula,  MT:    U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service;  1  980.    1  97  p. 

McKenzie,  D.  W.    Survey  of  high-production  grass 
seed  collectors.    Project  Record.    San  Dimas, 
CA:    U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service,  Equipment  Development  Center;  1977.  13  p. 

Maquire,  J.  D.;  Overland,  A.    Laboratory  germination 
of  seeds  of  weedy  and  native  plants.  Circular 
No.  349.    Washington  Agriculture  Experiment  Sta- 
tion; 1  959.  1  5  p. 


4 


Mirov,  N.  T.;  Kraebel ,  C.  J.    Collecting  and 
handling  seeds  of  wild  plants.    Forestry  Publi- 
cation No.  5.     U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Civilian  Conservation  Corps;  1939.  42  p. 

Mitrakos,  K. ;  Shropshire,  W.,  Jr.,  ed.  Phytochrome. 
London  and  New  York:    Academic  Press;  1971.  631  p. 

Nord,  E.  C.  Bitterbrush  and  seed  harvesting:  When, 
where,  and  how.    Journal  of  Range  Management 
16:    258-261 ;  1963. 

Peterson,  B.  0.  Bitterbrush  (Purshia  tridentata) 
seed  dormancy  broken  with  thiourea.  Journal  of 
Range  Management  10:    41-42;  1957. 

Plummer,  A.  P.;  Christensen,  D.  E.;  Monsen,  S.  B. 
Restoring  big-game  in  Utah.    Utah  Division  of 
Fish  and  Game  Publication  No.  68-3;  1  968.  183  p. 

Schneegas,  E.  R.;  Graham,  J.    Bitterbrush  seed 
collecting  by  machine  or  by  hand.    Journal  of 
Range  Management  20:  99-102;  1967. 

Schopmeyer,  C.  S.,  ed.    Seeds  of  woody  plants  in 
the  United  States.    Agriculture  Handbook  No.  450, 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture;  1974.  878  p. 

Spencer,  J.  S.;  Rashelof,  V.  M.;  Young,  J.  A. 
Safety  modification  for  operations  and  trans- 
portation of  the  rangeland  drill.    Journal  of 
Range  Management  32:  406-407;  1979. 

Storey,  C.  L.;  Speirs,  R.  D.;  Henderson,  L.  S. 
Insect  control  in  farm-stored  grain.  Farmers' 
Bulletin  No.  2269,  U.S.  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture; 1979.  18  p. 

Tinus,  R.  W.;  Stein,  W.  I.;  Balmer,  W.  E.,  eds. 
Proceedings  of  the  North  American  containerized 
forest  trees  seedlings  symposium;  1974  August 
26-29;  Denver,  CO.    Washington,  D.C.:  Government 
Printing  Office,  Great  Plains  Agricultural 
Council,  Publication  No.  68;  1974.  458  p. 

Young,  J.  A.;  Evans,  R.  A.;  Kay,  B.  L.;  Owen,  R.  E.; 
Budy,  Jerry.    Collecting,  processing,  and  germi- 
nating seeds  of  western  wildland  plants.  ARM-W-3. 
Oakland,  CA:    U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Science  and  Education  Administration;  1981.  44  p. 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture.    Woody  plant  seed 
manual.    Miscellaneous  Publication  No.  654;  1948. 
416  p. 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculutre.  Stored-grain 
insects.    Agriculture  Handbook  No.  500,  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture;  1979.  54  p. 


In:   Murphy,   Patrick  M.,   compiler.   The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the   I n termounta i n 
area:   proceedings:    I n termounta i n  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;   1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.   General  Technical   Report   I  NT- 1 68 . 
Ogden,  UT :  U.S.   Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,    I ntermounta i n  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;   1984.  96  p. 


5 


PRODUCING  BAREROOT  SEEDLINGS  OF  NATIVE  SHRUBS 
Nancy  Shaw 


ABSTRACT:    Bareroot  planting  stock  of  native 
shrub  species  is  being  requested  for  soil 
stabilization,  range  and  wildlife  habitat 
improvement,  and  low-maintenance  landscaping 
projects  in  the  Intermountain  region.  Shrub 
seedlings  of  a  number  of  species  are  successfully 
grown  using  modifications  of  techniques  developed 
for  the  propagation  of  conifers  and  introduced 
shrubs.    Refinement  of  techniques  and  solutions 
to  specific  cultural  problems  in  the  production 
of  individual  species  should  improve  the  quality 
of  stock  being  produced. 


INTRODUCTION 

Bareroot  seedlings  of  introduced  hardwood  tree 
and  shrub  species  traditionally  used  in  windbreak 
and  conservation  plantings  are  routinely  produced 
by  many  Federal,  State,  and  private  nurseries. 
In  the  Intermountain  region  the  need,  and  in  some 
cases  the  legal  requirement  (McArthur  1981),  for 
native  species  to  revegetate  disturbed  lands  has 
led  to  the  production  of  a  number  of  native 
shrubs  as  bareroot  stock.    Seed  and  transplant 
stock  of  species  suited  to  specific  habitat  types 
are  needed  for  reclamation  of  disturbed  sites, 
range  and  wildlife  habitat  improvement,  and  low 
maintenance  landscaping. 

The  decision  to  use  bareroot  or  container 
planting  stock  depends  upon  a  number  of  factors: 

1.  Species  required.    Although  some 
species  are  difficult  to  grow  as 
bareroot  stock,  others  have  been 
successfully  propagated  (tables  1,  2) 
using  modifications  of  cultural 
practices  developed  for  conifers. 
Information  relating  to  the  germination 
and  growth  of  related  species  (for 
example,  Rosa ,  Rhus ,  or  Prunus  spp. ) 
has  also  been  applied.  Cultural 
practices  are  being  refined  based  on 
experience  gained  in  growing  native 
plants  at  specific  nursery  sites. 
Consequently,  techniques  and 
information  exist  that  are  not 
presently  available  in  the  literature. 

2.  Characteristics  of  the  planting  site. 
Both  container  and  bareroot  seedlings 
have  been  successfully  planted  on  a 
wide  variety  of  wildland  sites, 


Nancy  Shaw  is  a  Botanist,  Intermountain  Forest 
and  Range  Experiment  Station,  Forest  Service, 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  located  at  the 
Forestry  Sciences  Laboratory,  Boise,  Idaho. 


although  bareroot  stock  generally  does 
not  perform  as  well  on  adverse  sites 
(Hodder  1970),  particularly  rocky 
areas  where  there  is  inadequate  soil 
to  pack  around  the  root  system. 

3.  Scheduling.    The  time  from  seed 
collection  to  lifting  of  bareroot 
stock  varies  from  approximately  11 
months  for  fall  lifting  1-0  big 
sagebrush  (Artemisia  tridentata)  to 
nearly  3  years  for  species  such  as 
Rocky  Mountain  maple  (Acer  glabrum) 
that  are  lifted  as  2-0  stock.  For 
some  species  sowing  and  lifting  may 
be  scheduled  for  either  fall  or 
spri  ng . 

4.  Cost.    Bareroot  seedlings  generally 
cost  less  than  seedlings  grown  in 
containers.    Consequently,  their  use 
may  often  be  justified  economically. 
Handling  and  transportation  of 
bareroot  seedlings  must  be  carefully 
planned  to  protect  plants  from 
desiccation  and  overheating  before 
planting  (Dahlgreen  1976).  However, 
bareroot  seedlings  are  much  less 
bulky  than  container  seedlings,  and 
if  adequate  storage  facilities  are 
available,  they  can  be  transported 
and  maintained  with  much  less 
difficulty  and  at  a  lower  cost 
(Stevens  1981). 


PLANNING  AND  SCHEDULING 

For  both  speculation  and  contract  growing  the 
source  of  seed  or  cuttings  should  be  carefully 
selected.    Extensive  morphological  and 
physiological  variation  exists  among 
populations  of  individual  native  shrub  species 
(Stutz  1974;  Blauer  and  others  1975;  Welch  and 
Monsen  1981).    Populations  vary  in  their  range 
of  adaptation,  growth  habit,  growth  rates, 
pal atabi 1 i ty ,  nutrient  value,  soil  stabilizing 
capability,  and  ease  of  propagation.  The 
opportunity  exists  to  select  and  market 
transplants  using  seed  or  cuttings  from 
populations  adapted  to  the  planting  site  that 
exhibit  characteristics  compatible  with 
specific  planting  goals. 

Seed  production  of  many  shrub  species  is 
erratic  and  scheduling  problems  may  make  seed 
collection  difficult.    Seed  of  some  minor 
species  is  not  harvested  regularly  by 
commercial  collectors.    Seed  banks  may  be 
maintained  to  avoid  these  problems.  Bareroot 
stock  of  easily  rooted  species  may  be 


6 


propagated  from  cuttings  if  seed  is  unavailable 
or  difficult  to  germinate. 

All  steps  in  the  propagation  of  each  species  must 
be  carefully  scheduled.    Seed  and  cuttings  must 
be  collected  during  the  appropriate  season  (see 
Plummer  and  others  1968;  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Forest  Service  1974;  Hartmann  and 
Kester  1975;  Vories  1981).    Adequate  time  must  be 
allotted  for  seed  processing,  testing,  presowing 
treatments,  field  or  laboratory  stratification, 
and  field  production.    Most  seedlings  are  lifted 
after  one  year's  growth  in  the  seedbed,  although 
a  few  species  may  require  two  growing  seasons. 
Seedlings  may  be  lifted  in  either  the  fall  or 
spring. 

Antelope  bitterbrush  and  other  native  shrubs  have 
been  grown  at  the  Lucky  Peak  Forest  Service 
Nursery  near  Boise,  Idaho,  during  the  past  10 
years.    Practices  employed  for  native  shrub 
production  at  Lucky  Peak  will  be  described  where 
applicable  throughout  this  paper. 


SEED  ACQUISITION  AND  PROCESSING 
Purchase  or  Collection 

Named  varieties  of  several  important  native  shrub 
species  have  been  released  for  commercial  seed 
production  following  extensive  testing  by  the 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Soil  Conservation 
Service,  and  cooperating  agencies  (U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Soil  Conservation 
Service  1982).    Seed  of  these  releases  is  being 
produced  under  agricultural  conditions  in  seed 
orchards  or  seed  fields  and  is  commercially 
available.    The  characteristics  and  range  of 
adaptation  of  each  named  variety  have  been 
carefully  determined.    Production  of  shrub  seed 
under  agricultural  conditions  should  result  in 
improved  seed  quality  and  availability  as 
appropriate  cultural  techniques  are  developed  for 
each  species.    Other  seed  sources  include  plants 
of  selected  populations  maintained  at  the 
nursery,  collections  from  selected  wildland 
stands,  or  purchases  from  commercial  seed 
dealers.    Seed  source  information  should  be 
provided  with  purchased  seed.    Acceptable  purity 
levels  for  seed  used  for  wildland  plantings  have 
been  suggested  by  Plummer  and  others  (1968). 
Acceptable  germination  levels  are  given  in  table 
1.    Seed  transfer  guidelines  have  not  been 
established  for  native  shrubs.    For  contract 
growing,  seed  of  populations  known  to  be  adapted 
to  the  planting  site  should  be  obtained. 

Precise  timing  is  essential  for  the  collection  of 
seed  from  wildland  stands.    Maturation  dates  for 
individual  shrub  species  range  from  May  to 
February  (U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service  1974;  Vories  1981;  Wasser  1982).  The 
exact  seed  maturation  date  for  a  specific 
wildland  stand  will  depend  upon  its  geographic 
location  and  local  weather  conditions.  Species 
that  ripen  in  late  fall  and  winter  must  be 
collected  nearly  a  year  before  fall  sowing.  Seed 
maturation  in  stands  selected  for  seed  collection 
should  be  carefully  monitored.     Expected  crops 


may  not  develop  and  seed  of  some  species  such  as 
antelope  bitterbrush  or  snowbrush  ceanothus 
(Ceanothus  velutinus)  is  dispersed  very  quickly 
after  ripening  (U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service  1974;  Vories  1981). 


Cleaning  and  Storage 

Seedlots  must  be  cleaned  carefully  to  obtain 
high  purity  levels.    Clean  seed  is  required  to 
maximize  uniformity  of  seed  placement  and 
subsequent  seedling  development  in  the  nursery 
beds.    Sagebrush,  rabbitbrush  (Chrysothamnus 
spp.),  and  other  species  are  often  sold  at  low 
purities  for  rangeland  seedings.  Purchased 
seed  of  these  species  may  require  additional 
cleaning  for  nursery  use. 

Optimum  storage  conditions  and  the  effect  of 
various  storage  methods  on  the  duration  of  seed 
viability  have  not  been  determined  for  most 
native  plant  species.    Dry  seed  of  sumac  (Rhus 
spp.)  and  other  species  with  water-impervious 
seed  coats  will  remain  viable  for  10  to  20 
years  when  exposed  to  ambient  temperature  and 
humidity  conditions  in  open  storage  (Heit  1967; 
Hartmann  and  Kester  1975).    Stevens  and  others 
(1981)  found  seed  of  antelope  bitterbrush, 
fourwing  saltbush  (Atriplex  canescens),  and  a 
number  of  other  native  shrub  species  to  retain 
viability  for  at  least  15  years  in  open 
storage.    Fumigation  or  insecticides  may  be 
required  to  prevent  infestation  of  open-stored 
seed. 

Cold,  dry  storage  increases  the  longevity  of 
most  medium  to  long-lived  seeds  and  is  desir- 
able if  seeds  are  to  be  stored  for  long 
periods.    Seed  should  be  placed  in  sealed, 
moisture  proof  containers  and  stored  at  32°  to 
50°F  (0  to  10°C).    Below  freezing  temperatures 
(0°  to  32°F  [-18  to  0°C])  are  most  effective  if 
the  added  cost  is  justified.    The  most 
effective  moisture  contents  for  cold,  dry 
storage  of  native  species  have  not  been 
determined.    Maximum  safe  seed  moisture 
contents  for  cold,  dry  storage  of  many  tree 
species  is  9  percent.    The  relative  humidity 
(R.H.)  should  be  less  than  70  percent  and,  if 
possible,  less  than  50  percent  (Heit  1967; 
Hartmann  and  Kester  1975). 

Cold  moist  storage  (32°  to  50°F  [0  to  10°C])  at 
80  to  90  percent  humidity  is  required  for  such 
species  as  oak  (Quercus  spp.)  and  spring 
ripening  maple  species.    Seeds  of  these  species 
should  not  be  allowed  to  dry  prior  to  storage 
(Hartmann  and  Kester  1975). 


Testi  ng 

Purity  and  germination  or  viability  tests  are 
used  to  provide  an  estimate  of  seed  quality. 
Seeding  rates  are  subsequently  based  on  these 
tests  plus  determination  of  number  of  seeds  per 
pound.    Purity  and  seed  weight  are  obtained 
following  standardized  procedures  (A0SA  1981). 
Association  of  Official  Seed  Analysts  (A0SA) 
standards  for  testing  the  germination  of 


7 


Table  1. — Nursery  production  of  native  plant  species 


Species 


Seed 

maturation 
dates 


Seed  Acceptable    Acceptable      Duration  of  Storage  5  g  y  Presowing^ 

cleaning^  purity  j     germination      viability    requirements  '   '  treatment 

(percent)       (percent)  (years) 


Stratification5 '6 
Warm  Cold 
(numbers  of  days) 


Bitterbrush,       6/25-8/15  4-2-4-5 
antelope 


Buffaloberry,  8/1-9/30 
silver 


3-6-4 


Ceanothus , 
redstem 


7/10-8/15  6-4 


Chokecherry,       7/25-9/15  3-6-4 
common 


Cliffrose,  7/5-8/10 
Stansbury 


2-4-5 


Currant , 
golden 

Dogwood , 
redosier 

Elder, 

blueberry 

Ephedra, 
green 

Eriogonum, 
Wyeth 

Hawthorn, 
river 


7/20-8/10  3-6-4-5 

8/20-9/10  3-6-7-4 

8/15-9/25  3-6-4-5 

7/15-9/1  6-2-4 

7/25-8/20  6-2-4 

8/15-10/15  3-6-7-4 


Juniper,  Rocky  9/1-12/30  2-6-4 
Mountain 


Maple,  Rocky  8/1-9/30 
Mountain 


2-4 


Mountain  mahogany,  7/10-9/1  2-4-5 
curlleaf 

Rabbitbrush,       10/15-12/30  2-4 
rubber 

Rose,  Woods        9/1-11/30  3-6-4 


Sagebrush , 
big 

Saltbush , 
f ourwing 


11/5-1/15  1  or  2-4 

10/20-3/1  1-4 


Serviceberry ,     7/10-9/15  3-6-7-4 
Saskatoon 


Snowberry , 
common 

Sumac , 

skunkbrush 

Winterf at 
common 


8/10-9/15  3-6-4 
6/20-10/10  3-6-4 
9/25-11/25  2-4 


95 


98 


98 


95 
95 
95 
95 
95 
95 
95 
98 
90 
90 

10-15 

95 
8-12 

95 

95 

95 

95 

50 


90 


85 

70 

85 

65 

85 

50 

85 

75 

70 

60 

85 

80 

75 

70 
80 

50 

85 

80 

40 

85 


16+  open  or  cold,' 

dry 

11-15        cold,  dry 


16+  open  or  cold, 

dry 

4-6  cold,  dry 


16+  open  or  cold, 

dry 

16+  dry,  sealed 


4-6  cold,  dry 

16+  cold,  dry 

16+  open 

4-6   

16+  cold,  dry 

16+  cold,  dry 

0-3   


16+  open  or  cold, 

dry 

0-3  open 


16+  cold,  dry 

4-6   

16+  open 

16+  cold,  dry 


7-10  open  or  cold, 

dry 

16+  open  or  cold, 

dry 

0-3  cold,  dry 


hot  water  none 


H.SO.  (15 

2  j 
mm.  dry 

seed  only) 

none 


H  SO 
(60  min) 

hot  water 


120 


20-60 


60-90 


0-90 


60 


120-160 


30 


60 


60-90 


84-112 

120 

180 

36 
120 

30-365 
0-10 

30-50 

120-180 

60-300 

30-90 


Purities  listed  are  recommended  minimum  acceptable  levels  for  rangeland  seedlings  (Plummer  and  others  1968) . 

"Key:   1.  Hammermill;  2.  Barley  debearder;  3.  Dybvig  with  water;  4.  Two  screen  fan  machine;  5.  Gravity  table;  6.  Dry;   7.  Seed 
grindermacerator .     Jorgenson,  K. ;   Stevens,  R. ,  Ephraim,  UT:  Data  on  file  at  Great  Basin  Experimental  Area;  1982. 

^Recommended  minimum  acceptable  levels  for  rangeland  seedings.  Jorgensen,  K. ;  Stevens,  R. ,  Ephraim,  UT:  Data  on  file  at  Great 
Basin  Experimental  Area;  1982. 

Open  warehouse  storage.     Stevens  and  others  (1981). 

3Vories  (1981). 

3 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service  (1974). 

7Heit  (1967). 

3 

Treatments  used  at  Lucky  Peak  Nursery. 

3  o  o 

Open  storage  -  ambient  conditions.  Cold,  dry  storage  -  dried  seed  stored  under  refrigeration  at  0°  to  50°F  (-18°  to  10  C)  in 
sealed  containers  (R.H.  of  70  percent  or  less). 


8 


Table  2. — Nursery  production  of  native  plant  species  . 


Species 

Sowing  Hand 
date  cast 

or  broad- 
sowing 

Pruning 
Top  Root 

Lifting 
considerations 

Production 
period 

Persistent  Vegetative 
leaves  propagation 

Special 
considerations 

Bitterbrush, 
antelope 

Fall2 

Lateral  roots 
strip  easily 

1-0 

x3 

Treat  seed  with  captan 

Blueberry , 
elder 

Fall 

X 

X 

Thick  taproot 

1-0 

Stratified  seed  germinates 
over  2-year  period. 

Buf faloberry , 
silver 

Fall 

1 

-0  or  2- 

-0 

Ceanothus , 
redstem 

Fall 

1-0 

X 

Short  seed  collection  period. 
Insect  predation  of  seeds 
common.     Seedlings  subject  to 
damping  off,  stem  rot. 

Chokecherry , 
common 

Fall 

1-0 

Cliffrose, 
Stansbury 

Fall 

Lateral  roots 
strip  easily 

1-0 

X 

Currant , 
golden 

Fall 

1-0 

Hardwood 
cuttings 

Dogwood, 
redosier 

Fall 

1 

-0  or  2- 

-0 

Ephedra, 
green 

Fall,  spring 

Fragile  roots 

1-0 

Eriogonum, 
Wyeth 

Fall,  spring 

X 

Taproot 

1-0 

X 

Insect  predation  of  seeds 
c  ommon . 

Hawthorn, 
river 

Fall 

1-0 

Dry  fresh  seed  several  weeks 
prior  to  acid  treatment. 
Seed  lots  frequently  do  not 
germinate  uniformly. 

Juniper,  Rocky 
Mountain 

Summer 

2-0 

X 

Maple,  Rocky 
Mountain 

Fall 

1 

-0  or  2- 

-0 

Mountain  mahogany, 
curlleaf 

Fall 

1-0 

X 

Rabbitbrush, 
rubber 

Fall,  spring 

(X) 

X 

X 

Large  taproot 

1-0 

Wildings 

Rose,  Woods 

Fall 

1-0 

Sagebrush,  big 

Fall,  spring 

(X) 

X 

X 

Large  taproot 

1-0 

X 

Wildings 

Saltbush,  fourwing 

Fall 

X 

X 

Large  taproot, 
brittle  stems 

1-0 

X 

Low  seed  fill. 

Serviceberry , 
Saskatoon 

Fall 

1-0 

Snowberry , 
common 

Late  summer, 
early  fall 

1- 

-0  or  2- 

-0 

Stem 
cuttings 

Warm  stratification  more 
effective  than  acid  treat 

Sumac , 

skunkbush 

Fall 

Large  taproot 

1-0 

Root 
cuttings 

Winterf at , 
common 

Fall,  spring 

X 

X 

X 

Large  taproot 

1-0 

X 

Fluffy  seed  -  not  free  flow- 
ing. 

Willow, 
Scouler 

X 

X 

Extensive 
root  system 

1-0 

Hardwood  stem 
cuttings 

Based  on  production  experience  at  Lucky  Peak  Nursery. 

Species  normally  sown  in  fall  may  be  artificially  stratified  and  sown  in  spring. 
Normally  deciduous,  but  may  retain  leaves  in  nursery. 


9 


individual  native  shrub  species  have  not  yet  been 
established.    Consequently,  each  seed  laboratory 
has  developed  or  adopted  procedures  for 
germinating  commonly  tested  species. 

Individual  populations  of  a  single  shrub  species 
may  vary  widely  in  germination  requirements.  In 
addition,  the  prolonged  stratification  periods 
required  to  release  the  dormancy  of  many  shrub 
species  (Vories  1981)  decrease  the  usefulness  of 
germination  tests.    Tetrazolium  chloride  tests  of 
seed  viability  are  frequently  substituted  for 
germination  tests.    At  present,  tetrazolium 
chloride  test  results  for  native  shrubs  are 
generally  higher  and  more  consistent  than 
germination  results,  as  not  all  viable  seed  will 
germinate  under  the  less  than  optimum  germination 
conditions  provided. 


Condi  tioni  ng 

Some  native  shrub  species  require  presowing 
treatments  to  release  various  forms  of  seed 
dormancy  (Heit  1971;  U.S.  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture, Forest  Service  1974;  Vories  1981;  table  1). 
Acid  or  mechanical  scarification,  dry  heat,  hot 
water,  hormone  applications,  and  other  chemical 
treatments  are  commonly  used.    The  level  of 
treatment  required  varies  with  accession  and 
condition  of  the  seedlot. 

Dormancy  requirements  of  many  native  shrub 
species  are  met  by  fall  seeding.    Heit  (1968) 
found  fall  seeding  of  many  dormant  species  ful- 
filled cold  stratification  requirements  and 
provided  increased  seedling  production,  more 
uniform  stands,  maximum  first  year  production, 
and  less  disease  loss  compared  to  spring  sowing. 
He  provided  fall  sowing  recommendations  for  55 
shrub  species.    Species  requiring  moist,  warm 
stratification  may  be  sown  during  the  late  summer 
or  early  fall,  watered,  and  covered  with  a  layer 
of  polyethylene  or  other  mulching  material. 
Artificially  stratified  seed  of  dormant  species 
and  seed  of  nondormant  species  such  as 
rabbitbrush  and  winterfat  (Ceratoi des  1  anata )  may 
be  sown  in  spring. 

Seed  should  be  artificially  stratified  if  it  is 
unlikely  that  an  adequate  stratification  period 
would  be  provided  in  the  nursery.  Artificial 
stratification  is  also  an  alternative  if  seed  is 
not  available  at  the  time  of  fall  seeding  or  when 
fall  seeding  is  impossible  due  to  weather 
conditions.    Spring  sowing  also  provides  a  means 
of  controlling  seedling  size. 


or  greater.    Other  nursery  drills  that  were 
developed  for  conifer  seed  are  difficult  to 
calibrate  and  cannot  be  used  to  sow 
small-seeded  species. 


Seeding  Rate 

Optimum  seedling  densities  have  not  been 
established  for  native  shrubs.  Densities 
selected  depend  upon  the  species  sown, 
geographic  location  of  the  nursery,  size 
requirements  for  lifted  seedlings,  and  other 
nursery  conditions.    Most  shrubs  grow  rapidly 
compared  to  conifers  and  can  be  lifted  as  1-0 
stock.    Fourwing  saltbush,  blueberry  elder 
(Sambucus  cerulea),  big  sagebrush  and  related 
species  develop  extensively  branched  shoot 
systems,  large  taproots,  and  spreading,  lateral 
root  systems,  particularly  when  grown  at  low 
densities.    Although  they  grow  rapidly,  species 
such  as  common  chokecherry  ( Prunus  vi rginiana) 
and  curl  leaf  mountain  mahogany  (Cercocarpus 
ledifol ius)  usually  produce  one  main  shoot  and 
only  moderate  sized  root  systems.  Slowly 
developing  species  such  as  silver  buffaloberry 
(Shepherdia  argentea)  and  Rocky  Mountain  maple 
may  be  lifted  as  2-0  stock  and  are  normally 
planted  at  higher  densities  than  species  on  a 
1-0  rotation.    Desired  densities  for  native 
plant  species  range  from  16  to  25  per  square 
foot  (172  to  269/m2)  at  the  Lucky  Peak  Nursery. 

For  many  shrub  species,  the  amount  of  seed 
required  to  produce  a  requested  number  of 
seedlings  may  be  only  estimated.    Culling  rates 
and  seedbed  mortality  figures  have  not  been 
established  for  individual  species  at  most 
nurseries  because  too  few  seedlots  have  been 
sown  to  provide  adequate  data.     In  addition, 
these  figures  tend  to  vary  with  the  seed 
accessions  being  grown.    At  the  Lucky  Peak 
Nursery,  seedbed  mortality  for  bitterbrush  is 
estimated  to  be  approximately  35  percent  and 
the  culling  rate  15  percent.    A  seedbed 
mortality  figure  of  40  percent  and  culling  rate 
of  20  percent  are  used  for  all  other  native 
plant  species. 

The  following  equation  may  be  used  to  calculate 
the  amount  of  cleaned  seed  required  to  grow  a 
specified  number  of  plantable  seedlings.  Data 
for  typical  seed  lots  and  constants  for 
production  at  the  Lucky  Peak  Nursery  were  used 
to  calculate  the  amount  of  seed  needed  to 
produce  1,000  plantable  seedlings  of  antelope 
bitterbrush  and  fourwing  saltbush. 


Sowi  ng 

Newly  developed  nursery  drills  such  as  the 
Love-Oyjord  are  capable  of  sowing  seeds  with  a 
wide  range  of  sizes  and  shapes.    Seed  must  be 
carefully  cleaned  to  facilitate  uniform 
distribution  and  prevent  clogging  of  the  drill 
drop  tubes.    Seed  of  big  sagebrush,  which 
averages  well  over  2,000,000  seeds  per  pound 
(4,400,000  per  kg)  (Plummer  and  others  1968),  for 
example,  can  be  successfully  seeded  through  such 
drills  if  first  cleaned  to  a  purity  of  80  percent 


10 


•   (lbS-}  =  (P)(G)(n)(l-M)(l-C) 


Antelope  Fourwing 

Symbol s  bitterbrush  sal tbush 

N  =  number  of  plantable  seedlings 

required  1,000  1,000 

P  =  purity  (decimal)  .95  .95 

G  =  germinabi 1 i ty  (decimal)  .90  .50 

n  =  number  of  seeds  per  pound  21,900  58,000 

M  =  seedling  mortality  (decimal)  .35  .40 

C  =  culling  rate  (decimal)  .15  .20 

Wt(lbs.)  =  weight  of  seed  required  to 

produce  N  seedlings  .10  lb  .  08  1  b 


Seeding  Depth 

Shrub  seeds  vary  in  size  from  those  of  the  common 
chokecherri es  (4,790  per  pound  [10  538  per  kg]) 
to  rockspirea  (Holodiscus  discolor)  (5,340,000 
per  pound  [11  748  000  per  kgj)  (Grisez  1974; 
Stickney  1974).     Seeds  should  be  sown  at 
approximately  1.5  times  seed  diameter,  or 
slightly  deeper  in  light  soils  or  for  fall 
seedings  (Williams  and  Hanks  1976).    Small -seeded 
species  are  easily  sown  too  deep.    They  should  be 
drilled  into  shallow,  open  furrows  and  mulched 
lightly  to  regulate  the  planting  depth. 

Seed  of  shrubs  such  as  winterfat  and  rabbitbrush 
do  not  flow  freely.    These  and  any  other  species 
that  cannot  be  satisfactorily  seeded  with 
available  equipment  may  be  hand  sown  in  drill 
marks  and  covered.    Alternatively,  seed  may  also 
be  broadcast  mechanically  or  by  hand.  Small 
seeds  can  be  broadcast  on  a  prepared  seedbed  and 
covered  using  a  lightweight  drag.    The  seedbed 
may  be  prepared  using  a  roller,  cultipacker,  or 
other  imprinter.    Trashy  or  fluffy  seed  such  as 
winterfat,  rabbitbrush,  Apache-plume,  ( Fal 1 ugi a 
paradoxa ) ,  or  western  virginsbower  ( CI emati s 
1  i gusti ci f ol i a )  can  be  broadcast  on  an  imprinted 
or  rough  surface.    However,  these  seeds  cling 
together  and  are  not  effectively  covered  with 
drags.    They  should  be  incorporated  in  the  soil 
surface  by  running  an  imprinting  implement  such 
as  a  cultipacker  over  the  seeded  beds. 


NURSERY  CULTURE 

Cultural  requirements  for  most  native  shrub  and 
tree  species  have  not  been  determined. 
Practices  in  use  include  a  combination  of  stan- 
dard propagation  techniques  modified  through 
on-site  experience  and  observations  of  seedling 
development,  growth  rates,  and  morphological 
characteristics  of  individual  species. 


Mulching 

Mulching  fall-sown  seedbeds  reduces  erosion, 
frost-heaving,  drying,  and  crusting;  protects 
seeds  from  cold;  and  reduces  weed  growth. 
Spring-sown  seed  may  be  mulched  to  retard 
surface  evapotranspi rati  on  and  regulate  seeding 
depth.    Well -watered  seedbeds  may  be  covered 
with  a  polyethylene  film  or  any  of  a  variety  of 
materials  commonly  used  as  mulches  (Hartmann 
and  Kester  1975).    Seedbeds  may  be  rapidly 
covered  by  hydromul ching .    Mulch  net,  burlap, 
or  snow  fencing  may  be  placed  over  the  mulch  to 
protect  it  from  high  winds.    Mulches  provide  a 
uniform  environment  for  overwinter 
stratification.    They  may  be  left  in  place  to 
prevent  premature  germination  where  late  frosts 
are  a  hazard.    Rapid  germination  results  when 
they  are  removed  (Heit  1968;  Hartmann  and 
Kester  1975;  Williams  and  Hanks  1976). 


Irrigation 

Once  established,  many  species  from  arid  sites 
require  less  irrigation  than  species  from  more 
mesic  sites.    Although  it  may  not  be  possible 
to  provide  separate  irrigation  regimes  for 
individual  species,  it  may  be  possible  to  group 
species  from  similar  vegetative  communities 
within  compartments  or  nursery  fields. 

Throughout  the  germination  period,  the  soil 
surface  must  be  kept  moist  to  maximize  seed 
germination  and  seedling  emergence.    This  may 
be  difficult  to  accomplish  as  the  soil  surface 
is  subject  to  wide  fluctuations  in  temperature 
and  moisture  supply.    This  problem  is  accentu- 
ated for  small -seeded  species  sown  at  shallow 
depths  and  for  seedlots  with  low  germination 
rates  and  long  germination  periods.     If  a 
number  of  species  are  fall-planted  without 
mulching,  germination  of  individual  species  may 
occur  at  various  times  during  a  2-  to  3-month 
period.    Fall  or  spring  mulching  of  fall-sown 
seedbeds  and  removal  of  mulch  after  the  danger 
of  spring  frosts  has  passed  serves  to  minimize 
this  problem  by  promoting  more  uniform 
germination,  reducing  the  length  of  the 
germination  period,  and  decreasing  the  length 


11 


of  time  the  surface  of  the  seedbeds  must  be  kept 
moist.     Fungal  infections  are  of  concern  in  the 
production  of  antelope  bitterbrush,  fourwing 
saltbush,  mountain  mahogany,  and  other  native 
plants.    Emergence  may  be  enhanced  by  surface- 
sterilizing  the  seeds  or  dusting  the  seeds  with  a 
fungicide  such  as  captan  (Booth  1980).  If 
seedling  mortality  is  noted,  water  should  be 
applied  only  sparingly. 


Ferti 1 ization 

Native  plants  are  generally  faster  growing  and 
less  demanding  of  nutrients  than  conifers.  If 
adequate  nutrient  levels  are  established  before 
seeding,  deficiencies  of  most  elements  are  not 
likely  to  occur  (Smith  1979).  Nitrogen 
applications  are  usually  necessary,  particularly 
if  high  carbon-nitrogen  ratios  develop  as  a 
result  of  mulching.    Conifers  and  shrubs  normally 
receive  similar  fertilizer  treatments  at  the 
Lucky  Peak  Nursery.    Two  thousand  pounds  per  acre 
(2  245  kg/ha)  of  6-2-0  Milorganite  is 
incorporated  into  the  soil  prior  to  sowing. 
Ammonium  nitrate  (34-0-0)  and  superphosphate 
(0-46-0)  are  applied  as  side  dressings. 


Weed  Control 

Soil  fumigants  may  be  applied  to  nursery  beds 
before  shrub  seeding  to  reduce  weed  problems. 
However,  late  August  or  early  September  fumiga- 
tion with  methyl  bromide  (98  and  67  percent)  at 
249  and  349  lbs/acre  (280  and  392  kg/ha)  followed 
by  seeding  of  broadleaf  species  has  produced 
unsatisfactory  results  in  northern  Plains 
nurseries  (Riffle  1976).    Poor  seed  germination 
and  erratic  growth  during  the  first  growing 
period  following  fumigation  were  attributed  to 
decreased  endomycorrhizal  spores  in  the  soil  and 
endomycorrhizal  development  on  seedlings  (Riffle 
1980).    The  use  of  fumigants  such  as  Mylone  that 
eliminate  root  pathogens  but  are  not  harmful  to 
mycorrhizal  fungi  was  recommended. 

Most  native  shrub  seedlings  are  weeded 
mechanically  or  by  hand  as  herbicide 
recommendations  are  not  available  for  individual 
species.    Lohmiller  and  Young  (1972)  believed 
that  herbicide  recommendations  established  for 
agricultural  species  could  be  transferred  to 
related  wildland  shrubs  following  simple  testing. 
They  found  that  preemergence  herbicide  techniques 
developed  for  peanuts  and  soybeans  could  be 
applied  to  several  leguminous  shrubs. 

Several  introduced  hardwood  species  as  well  as 
antelope  bitterbrush  and  common  chokecherry  have 
been  included  in  the  Western  Forest  Tree  Nursery 
Herbicide  Study  (Abrahamson  1980;  Ryker  1979). 
Ryker  (1979)  found  postsowing  and  postgermination 
applications  of  bifenox  reduced  height  growth  of 
antelope  bitterbrush  and  common  chokecherry  while 
postsowing  and  postgermination  applications  of 
DCPA  were  safe  for  common  chokecherry.    Enide  has 
been  used  as  a  post-emergence  herbicide  for 
antelope  bitterbrush  at  the  Lucky  Peak  Nursery. 
Nursery  managers  should  test  promising  herbicide 


treatments  by  applying  them  to  test  plots  of 
individual  species  at  the  nursery  site  before 
large  scale  application  (Sandquist  and  others 
1981). 


Pruni  ng 

Many  shrub  species  grow  rapidly,  producing 
highly  branched  shoots  (fourwing  saltbush,  big 
sagebrush)  or  shoots  with  numerous  large  leaves 
(blueberry  elder,  smooth  sumac)  during  the 
first  growing  season.    Large  plants  dominate 
smaller  or  later  germinating  seedlings, 
resulting  in  a  lack  of  plant  uniformity.  Top 
pruning  larger  seedlings  encourages  more 
uniform  growth  and  improves  shoot/root  ratios 
because  smaller  seedlings  are  released  from 
competition.    Top  pruning  early  in  the  season 
promotes  the  development  of  larger  branches  on 
the  lower  stems  (Williams  and  Hanks  1976). 
Seedlings  may  also  be  top  or  side  pruned  in  the 
nursery  during  the  dormant  season  or  in  the 
packing  shed  after  lifting  to  provide  a  more 
desirable  size  for  packing  and  planting. 

Roots  are  pruned  to  increase  seedling 
uniformity,  stimulate  fibrous  root  development, 
and  improve  shoot/root  ratios.    Severing  the 
taproot  of  bitterbrush,  fourwing  saltbush, 
blueberry  elder,  and  other  species  early  in  the 
growing  season  serves  to  stimulate  lateral  root 
growth.    The  fibrous  roots  that  develop  are 
stronger  and  less  easily  damaged  during 
lifting.    Pruning  taproots  of  rapidly  growing 
species  one  or  more  times  during  the  growing 
season  at  increasing  depths  (for  example,  4,  6, 
and  8  inches  [10,  15,  and  20  cm]  also  prevents 
the  development  of  a  thick  root  at  the  normal 
lifting  depth.     If  these  thick  taproots  are 
damaged  during  lifting,  the  open  wound  can 
easily  be  infected  with  disease  organisms. 

Lateral  root  pruning  is  used  to  increase 
fibrous  root  development,  control  seedling  size 
and  facilitate  lifting.    Roots  of  some  species 
(for  example,  shrubby  penstemon  [Penstemon 
fruticosus] )  may  intertwine  in  the  nursery  bed 
and  must  be  separated  by  hand  during  sorting. 


SEEDLING  HARVESTING  AND  STORAGE 
Lifting 

Shrub  seedlings  are  frequently  lifted  in  the 
spring,  and  usually  break  dormancy  earlier  in 
the  spring  than  do  conifers.    They  may  also  be 
lifted  in  the  fall  for  immediate  planting,  when 
weather  and  soil  conditions  are  favorable. 
Fall  lifting  and  overwinter  storage  is  a  third 
option,  especially  for  stock  that  must  be 
planted  early  in  the  spring  before  weather 
conditions  would  permit  lifting.    Fall  lifting 
and  overwinter  seedling  storage  also  serve  to 
reduce  the  spring  workload  and  free  bed  space 
for  sowing.    Seedlings  should  not  be  lifted  in 
the  fall  until  they  are  adequately  hardened  by 
exposure  to  low  temperature  or  frosts,  or 
following  leaf  fall  (Williams  and  Hanks  1976). 


12 


Species  with  fragile  root  systems  or  brittle 
shoots  are  easily  damaged  during  lifting, 
packing,  and  planting.    Plants  that  produce 
extensive  root  and  shoot  systems  that  have  not 
been  adequately  pruned  are  bulky  and  difficult  to 
pack  and  plant  without  damaging  the  plants  or 
reduci ng  survi val  . 


Gradi  ng 

Grading  criteria  have  not  been  established  for 
most  native  plant  species.     If  possible, 
seedling  specifications  should  be  developed 
with  the  customer  before  sowing.  Several 
factors  should  be  considered  in  establishing 
specifications  for  individual  species  and 
orders.    First,  past  outplanting  experience  may 
indicate  morphological  or  size  characteristics  of 
seedlings  that  are  correlated  with  transplanting 
success.    For  example,  Carpenter  (1983) 
recommends  that  only  those  antelope  bitterbrush 
seedlings  with  branched  stems  should  be  used  as 
this  characteristic  seemed  to  be  indicative  of  an 
adequate  root  system  for  field  planting  (table 
3).    Second,  seedling  size  requirements  are 
related  to  planting  site  conditions;  larger 
seedlings  are  generally  required  for  more 
adverse  sites.    Third,  size  specifications  may 
be  modified  to  fit  the  proposed  planting 
method.    Seedlings  with  bulky  root  and  shoot 
systems  are  difficult  to  plant  using  standard 
planting  tools  or  mechanical  tree  planters. 
Fourth,  customers  may  have  individual 
preferences  based  on  planting  goals  or  past 
experience. 


Table  3. — Grading  and  first  year  field  survival  of  antelope  bitterbrush 
seedlings  at  Lucky  Peak  Nursery.    Nursery  bed  density  17.6 
seedlings  per  square  foot  (180  seedl ings/m2 ) . 


Grading  Criteria 

i 

Size  Class 

u 

III 

Shoots 

length  (inches) 
branching 

dry  wt.  (g) 

4.7  (4-6) 
branches  <l/3 
length  of  main  stem 
0.5 

6.5  (6-8) 
branches  equal 
main  stem  length 
1.2 

8.8  (>8.0) 
branches  equal 
main  stem  length 
1.9 

Roots 

length  (inches) 
description 

dry  wt.  (g) 

9.5  (8-10) 
taproot  -  few  short 
lateral  roots 
0.4 

9.8  (8-10) 
taproot  -  few 
lateral  roots 
0.8 

10.7  (10-12) 
taproot  -  few 
lateral  roots 
1.0 

Outplanting 

Percent  of  plantable 
seedlings  13 
survival  (percent)  88 

79 
88 

8 
90 

Storage 

Fall -lifted  seedlings  of  deciduous  species  may 
be  held  in  frozen  storage  at  28°F  (-2°C)  for 
extended  periods.    Seedlings  must  be  protected 
from  desiccation.    At  the  Lucky  Peak  Nursery 
antelope  bitterbrush  and  other  shrubs  may  be 
fall-lifted  for  immediate  planting  at  local 
sites.    Seedlings  not  planted  are  packed  in 
Kraft  bags  with  polyethylene  liners  and  stored 
in  coolers  at  28°F  for  spring  planting 
(Carpenter  1983;  Carpenter,  personal  communica- 
tion).   Fall-lifted  seedlings  with  persistent 
leaves  are  subject  to  mold  infection  if  held  in 
cold  storage  and  may  be  more  successfully 
stored  by  "heeling  in",  although  the  success  of 
this  technique  depends  upon  local  weather 
conditions.    At  Lucky  Peak  spring-lifted  shrubs 
are  refrigerated  at  32°  to  34CF  (0°  to  1°C)  in 
Kraft  bags  for  periods  of  1  to  3  months  prior 
to  planting. 


VEGETATIVE  PROPAGATION 

Some  species  of  native  plants  are  more  easily 
and  economically  produced  from  cuttings  than 
from  seed.    Vegetative  propagation  is  also  used 
to  maintain  the  genetic  identity  of  stock  with 
desirable  characteristics.    Such  easily  rooted 
species  as  willows  (Sal ix  spp. ) ,  poplar 
(Populus  spp.),  and  cottonwood  are  often 
produced  from  hardwood  cuttings.  Oldman 
wormwood  (Artemisia  abrotanum),  Absinthium  (A. 
absinthium),  willow  (Salix  spp.),  and  currant 
( Ri bes  spp .  )  have  been  grown  from  cuttings  at 
the  Lucky  Peak  Nursery. 

Hardwood  or  semi -hardwood  cuttings  of  the 
wormwood  species  root  readily  and  may  be 
collected  and  planted  immediately  without 
callusing.    Cuttings  may  be  made  when  the 
plants  are  dormant  or  during  the  growing 
season.    Most  species  that  can  be  propagated 
vegetatively  in  the  nursery  are  grown  from 
hardwood  cuttings.    Hardwood  cuttings  are  inex- 
pensive and  are  easily  collected,  handled, 
stored,  and  propagated.    Cuttings  may  be 
collected  from  stands  near  the  planting  site  or 
from  cutting  blocks  maintained  at  the  nursery. 
Cuttings  are  taken  during  the  dormant  period 
from  healthy,  moderately  vigorous  plants 
growing  in  full  sunlight.     Wood  from  the 
previous  season's  growth  should  be  selected. 
Individual  cuttings  should  include  at  least  two 
nodes  and  may  be  from  4  to  30  inches  (10  to  76 
cm)  in  length  and  from  0.25  to  1.5  inches  (0.6 
to  3.8  cm)  in  diameter  (Hartmann  and  Kester 
1975;  Williams  and  Hanks  1976). 

Cuttings  of  species  that  do  not  root  readily 
may  be  treated  with  a  root-promoting  substance 
such  as  i ndol ebutyri c  acid,  naphthal eneacetic 
acid,  or  indoleacetic  acid.     Indol ebutyri c  acid 
at  concentrations  between  500  and  10,000  ppm 
(0.05  to  1.0  percent)  is  commonly  used  with 
higher  concentration  usually  being  more 
effective  for  hardwood  cuttings.  Fungicides 
such  as  captan  or  benomyl  may  be  applied  in 
combination  with  rooting  compounds.  Cuttings 
should  be  allowed  to  callus  for  several  weeks 


13 


in  cold  storage  before  planting.  Dormant 
cuttings  are  planted  2  to  4  inches  (5  to  10  cm) 
apart  within  rows  of  the  nursery  bed  with  at 
least  one  bud  above  ground.    They  should  be 
watered  frequently  as  roots  begin  to  develop. 
Willow,  currant,  wormwoods,  poplar,  and  other 
rapid-growing  species  can  normally  be  lifted  as 
1-0  stock. 


PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Abrahamson,  L.  P.;  Burns,  K.  F.  Western  forest 
tree  nursery  herbicide  study  -  Great  Plains 
segment.  Syracuse,  NY:  State  University  of  New 
York;  1980.  49  p.  1979  progress  report. 

Association  of  Official  Seed  Analysts.  Rules  for 
testing  seeds.  J.  Seed  Tech.  6(2):  1-126;  1981. 

Blauer,  A.  C;  Plummer,  A.  P.;  Stevens,  R.; 

Giunta,  B.  C.  Characteristics  and  hydridization 
of  important  Intermountai n  shrubs.  I.  Rose 
family.  Res.  Pap.  INT- 169.  Ogden,  UT:  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service, 
Intermountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment 
Station;  1975.  32  p. 

Booth,  D.  T.  Emergence  of  bitterbrush  seedlings 
on  land  disturbed  by  phosphate  mining.  J.  Range 
Manage.  33(6):  439-441;  1980. 

Carpenter,  R.  Artificial  revegetation  using 
antelope  bitterbrush  -  a  land  manager's  view. 
In:  Tiedemann,  A.  R.;  Johnson,  K.  L.  , 
compilers.  Research  and  management  of 
bitterbrush  and  cliffrose  in  western  North 
America;  1982  April  13-15;  Salt  Lake  City,  UT. 
Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  INT-152.  Ogden,  UT:  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service, 
Intermountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment 
Station;  1983:  118-125. 

Dahlgreen,  A.  K.  Care  of  forest  tree  seedlings 
from  nursery  to  planting  hole.   In:  Baumgartner, 
D.  M.  ;  Boyd,  R.  J.,  eds.  Tree  planting  in  the 
inland  northwest;  1976  February  17-19;  Pullman, 
WA.  Pullman,  WA:  Washington  State  University 
Cooperative  Extension  Service;  1976:  205-238. 

Grisez,  T.  J.  Prunus  L.   In:  Shopmeyer,  C.  A., 
tech.  coord.  Seeds  of  woody  plants  in  the 
United  States.  Agric.  Handb.  No.  450. 
Washington,  DC:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service;  1974:  658-673. 

Hartmann,  H.  T.;  Kester,  D.  E.  Plant  propagation. 
3rd  ed.  Englewood  Cliffs,  NJ:  Prentice-Hall, 
Inc.;  1975.  662  p. 

Heit,  C.  E.  Propagation  from  seed.  Part  II: 
Storage  of  deciduous  tree  and  shrub  seeds.  Am. 
Nurseryman  9:  12-13,  86-94;  1967. 

Heit,  C.  E.  Propagation  from  seed.  Part  15:  Fall 
planting  of  shrub  seeds  for  successful  seedling 
production.  Am.  Nurseryman  10:  8-10,  70-80; 
1968. 


Heit,  C.  E.  Propagation  from  seed.  Part  22: 
Testing  and  growing  western  desert  and 
mountain  shrub  species.  Am.  Nurseryman 
13(10):  10-12,  76-89;  1971. 

Hodder,  R.  L.  Roadside  dryland  planting 

research  in  Montana.  Highway  Res.  Rec.  335: 
29-34;  1970. 

Lohmiller,  R.  G.;  Young,  W.  C.  Propagation  of 
shrubs  in  the  nursery.  In:  McKell,  C.  M. ; 
Blaisdell,  J.  P.;  Goodin,  J.  R. ,  tech.  eds. 
Wildland  shrubs  -  their  biology  and 
utilization;  July  1971;  Logan,  UT.  Gen.  Tech. 
Rep.  INT-1.  Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  Intermountain 
Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station;  1972: 
349-358. 

McArthur,  E.  D.  Shrub  selection  and  adaptation 
for  rehabilitation  plantings.  In:  Stelter,  L. 
H. ;  DePuit,  E.  J.;  Mikol,  S.  A.,  tech. 
coords.  Shrub  establishment  on  disturbed  arid 
and  semi-arid  lands;  1980  December  2-3; 
Laramie,  WY.  Cheyenne,  WY:  Wyoming  Game  and 
Fish  Department;  1981:  1-8. 

Plummer,  A.  P.;  Christensen,  D.  R. ;  Monsen,  S. 
B.  Restoring  big-game  range  in  Utah.  Publ . 
No.  68-3.  Salt  Lake  City,  UT:  Utah  Department 
of  Fish  and  Game;  1968.  183  p. 

Riffle,  J.  W.  Effects  of  soil  fumigation  on 
growth  of  hardwood  seedlings  in  a  northern 
plains  nursery.  (Abstr.)  Amer.  Phytopathol . 
Soc.  Proc.  3:  215;  1976. 

Riffle,  J.  W.  Growth  and  endomycorrhi zal 
development  of  broadleaf  seedlings  in 
fumigated  nursery  soil.  Forest  Sci.  26(3): 
403-413;  1980. 

Ryker,  R.  A.  Western  nursery  herbicide  study  - 
1979  update.  In:  Proceedings  of  the 
Intermountain  Nurserymen's  Association 
meeting;  1979:  16-23. 

Sandquist,  R.  E.;  Owston ,  P.  W.;  McDonald,  S. 
E.  How  to  test  herbicides  at  forest  tree 
nurseries.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  PNW-127.  Portland, 
OR:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service;  1981.  24  p. 

Smith,  E.  M.  Fertilizer  practices  for 

field-grown  nursery  stock.  Am.  Nurseryman  21: 
9,  62,  63,  64;  1979. 

Stevens,  R.  Techniques  for  planting  shrubs  on 
wildland  disturbances.   In:  Stelter,  L.  H.; 
DePuit,  E.  J.;  Mikol.  S.  A.,  tech.  coords. 
Shrub  establishment  on  disturbed  arid  and 
semi-arid  lands;  1980  December  2-3;  Laramie, 
WY.  Cheyenne,  WY:  Wyoming  Game  and  Fish 
Department;  1981:  29-36. 

Stevens,  R. ;  Jorgensen,  K.  R. ;  Davis,  J.  N. 
Viability  of  seed  from  thirty-two  shrub  and 
forb  species  through  fifteen  years  of 
warehouse  storage.  Great  Basin  Nat.  41(3): 
274-277;  1981. 


14 


Stickney,  P.  F.  Holodiscus  discolor  (Pursh) 
Maxim.   In:  Shopmeyer,  C.  S. ,  tech.  coord. 
Seeds  of  woody  plants  in  the  United  States. 
Agric.  Handb.  No.  450.  Washington,  DC:  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service; 
1974:  448-449. 

Stutz,  H.  C.  Rapid  evolution  in  western  shrubs. 
Utah  Sci.  34:  16-20,  33;  1974. 

Vories,  K.  C.  Growing  Colorado  plants  from  seed: 
a  state  of  the  art.  Volume  I:  shrubs.  Gen. 
Tech.  Rep.  INT-103.  Ogden ,  UT:  U.S.  Department 
of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  Intermountai n 
Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station;  1981. 
80  p. 

Wasser,  C.  H.  Ecology  and  culture  of  selected 
species  useful  in  revegetating  disturbed  lands 
in  the  West.  Washington,  DC:  U.S.  Department  of 
Interior,  Office  of  Biological  Services,  Fish 
and  Wildlife  Service;  1982.  347  p. 

Welch,  B.  L.;  Monsen,  S.  B.  Winter  crude  protein 
among  accessions  of  fourwing  saltbush  grown  in 
a  uniform  garden.  Great  Basin  Nat.  41(3): 
343-345;  1981. 

Williams,  R.  D. ;  Hanks,  S.  H.  Hardwood 

nurseryman's  guide.  Agric.  Handb.  No.  473. 
Washington,  DC:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service;  1976.  78  p. 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service. 
Seeds  of  woody  plants  in  the  United  States. 
Agric.  Handb.  No.  450.  Shopmeyer,  C.  S. ,  tech. 
coord.  Washington,  DC:  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Forest  Service;  1974.  883  p. 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Soil  Conservation 
Service.  Improved  plant  materials.  Tech.  Note 
42.  Washington,  DC:  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Soil  Conservation  Service;  1982. 
17  p.  Revi sed  annual ly . 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the   I ntermounta i n 
area:   proceedings:    I ntermounta i n  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;   1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.   General  Technical   Report   I  NT - 168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.   Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,    I ntermounta i n  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;   1984.   96  p. 


15 


PRODUCING  NATIVE  PLANTS  AS  CONTAINER  SEEDLINGS 
Thomas  D.  Landis  and  Edward  J.  Simonich 


ABSTRACT:     Crops  of  native  plants  should  be  planned 
to  allow  enough  time  for  seed  collection,  seed 
processing,   seed  treatments  and  stratification, 
greenhouse  growth,   and  hardening.     An  ideal  con- 
tainer nursery  consists  of  a  production  green- 
house, a  cold  frame,  a  shadehouse  and  refrigerated 
storage.     Four  propagation  methods  can  be  used  to 
produce  native  plants:     direct  seeding,  germinants, 
transplants,  and  rooted  cuttings.     The  choice  of 
container  should  consider  seedling  growth,  species 
characteristics  and  outplanting  site.     Most  native 
plants  can  be  grown  reasonably  well  under  a  stand- 
ard greenhouse  environment  and  in  commercial  pot- 
ting mixes.     The  type  and  amount  of  hardening  will 
depend  on  the  species  characteristics  and  the 
future  use  of  the  plant.     Nursery  managers  must  be 
aware  of  variation  between  species,   seed  sources, 
and  annual  seed  crops.     Successful  growers  must 
acquire  direct  experience  in  producing  each 
species  under  their  own  nursery  system. 

INTRODUCTION 

The  large  scale  production  of  native  plants  is 
still  a  relatively  new  enterprise  and  the  grow- 
ing of  container  seedlings  in  greenhouses  is  the 
newest  production  technique  in  western  forest  nurs- 
eries. Producing  native  plants  in  containers  is  a 
logical  operation,  however,  because  some  species 
have  proven  difficult  to  grow  as  bareroot  seed- 
lings.    For  example,  Mormon  tea  (Ephedra  spp.)  has 
very  brittle  stems  and  fragile  root  systems  which 
are  sensitive  to  breakage  during  bareroot  lifting 
operations  and  the  expansive  root  system  of  elder- 
berry (Sambucus  spp.)  makes  it  hard  to  culture  in 
seedbeds.     Other  native  plants  such  as  Arizona 
cypress  (Cupressus  avizonied)  just  seem  to  grow 
better  in  containers. 

Container  seedlings  have  been  reported  to  have 
several  advantages  over  bareroot  seedlings  such 
as  a  shorter  production  period  and  improved  sur- 
vival and  growth  after  outplanting  (Stein  1974). 
As  already  mentioned,  some  species  are  easier  to 
grow  in  containers  compared  to  bareroot  stock  and 
there  is  no  root  disturbance  during  seedling  pro- 
cessing.    On  the  outplanting  site,  container  seed- 
lings suffer  less  transplant  shock  and  are  generally 
easier  to  plant  than  bareroot  seedlings.  Instead 
of  the  limited  spring  planting  period  for  bareroot 
trees,  container  seedlings  have  been  successfully 


Thomas  D.  Landis  is  Western  Nursery  Specialist 
for  the  USDA  Forest  Service,  Lakewood,  Colo. 
Ed  Simonich  is  Nursery  Manager  for  Native 
Plants  Inc.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 


outplanted  during  the  fall  and  may  be  suitable 
for  other  planting  times  as  well  (Stein  1974). 

Although  tree  seedlings  have  been  grown  in  con- 
tainers for  well  over  a  decade,   only  a  few  nur- 
series are  producing  native  plants  as  container 
seedlings.     Compared  to  commercial  tree  species, 
very  little  is  known  about  the  culture  of  native 
plants  in  greenhouses.  Many  nursery  managers  are 
reluctant  to  try  and  grow  natives  because  they 
have  heard  horror  stories  about  the  difficulty  of 
breaking  seed  dormancy,  and  the  availability  and 
quality  of  native  plant  seeds  have  been  unreliable. 

The  objective  of  this  paper,   therefore,  is  to 
discuss  some  of  the  cultural  practices  useful  in 
growing  native  plants  in  containers.     Because  of 
their  years  of  experience  and  good  reputation  in 
the  field,   the  greenhouse  operations  of  Native 
Plants  Inc.   of  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  will  be  used 
as  a  model  throughout  the  paper.     Other  pertinent 
literature  will  be  referred  to  whenever  appropriate. 

PLANNING  AND  CROP  SCHEDULING 

Before  the  decision  is  made  to  produce  native 
plants  in  containers,   the  grower  should  assess 
the  potential  market.     This  assessment  requires 
business  and  marketing  skills  which  are  beyond 
the  scope  of  this  paper.     Basically,  though, 
there  are  two  business  approaches:     (1)  contract 
growing,   or  (2)  speculation  on  future  demand. 
Growing  contracts  are  typically  for  a  designated 
number  of  one  or  more  plant  species  which  are  to 
be  grown  to  certain  size  and  quality  standards  by 
a  specified  time.     Speculative  growing  is  often 
risky  and  requires  a  keen  appraisal  of  future 
markets.  Some  nurseries  like  Native  Plants  Inc. 
operate  with  a  combination  of  contract  and  specu- 
lation growing. 

The  market  analysis  should  result  in  a  list  of 
plant  species  to  be  produced.     The  grower  must 
next  decide  whether  the  species  can  best  be  prop- 
agated by  seeds  or  by  vegetative  cuttings.  Seed 
dealers  should  be  consulted  to  determine  seed 
availability  as  some  native  plants  do  not  produce 
a  good  seed  crop  every  year  and  seed  of  some 
species  does  not  store  well.     The  grower  must  be 
certain  that  he  can  secure  seeds  or  cuttings 
before  proceeding  with  the  planning  process. 

When  the  crop  species  have  been  selected,  the 
grower  should  develop  detailed  production 
schedules  that  delineate  the  duration  and  sequence 
of  the  various  operations  (fig«   1  &  2).  Crop 
planning  is  normally  done  during  April  or  May  so 
that  there  is  enough  time  to  secure  seed  later 
in  the  summer  or  early  fall. 


16 


Jan 

Feb 

Mar 

Apr 

M  a  v 

J  u  n 

Jul 

A  u  a 

Sep 

Oct 

Nov 

Dec 

Plans 

Collect  Seed 

Seed 

Jan 

Feb 

Mar 

A  p  r 

M  a  v 

J  u  n 

Jul 

A  u  q 

Sep 

Oct 

Nov 

Dec 

Stratification 

Greenhouse 

Hardening 

Jan 

Feb 

M  a  r  A  p  r 

M  a  v 

J  u  n 

Jul 

A  u  q 

Sep 

Oct 

Nov 

Dec 

Shadehouse 

Figure  1. — Production  schedule  for  growing  native  plants  in  containers: 
creeping  Oregon  grape   (Mahonia  repens) — germinants 


Jan 

Feb 

M  a  r 

A  p  rfM  a  v 

J  u  n 

Jul 

A  u  a 

Sep 

Oct 

Nov 

Dec 

Plans 

Collect  Seed 

Strat. 

Jan 

Feb 

Mar 

A  p  r 

M  a  v 

J  u  n 

Jul 

Aug 

Sep 

Oct 

: 

Dec 

In  Seed  Trays 

Transplanting 

Greenhouse 

Jan 

Feb 

Mar 

Apr 

M  a  v 

J  u  n 

Jul 

Aug 

Sep 

Oct 

Nov 

Dec 

Greenhouse 

Hardening 

Shadehouse 

Figure  2. — Production  schedule  for  growing  native  plants  in  containers: 
Rocky  Mountain  juniper  ( Juniperus  scopulorem) — transplants 


17 


If  seed  must  be  procured,   the  total  time  for  crop 
production  may  take  from  2  to  3  years  depending 
on  the  species  of  native  plant  and  the  type  of 
propagation  system  (fig.   1  &  2).     These  rotation 
times  are  longer  than  for  a  typical  conifer  seed- 
ling which  may  take  only  from  8-12  months.  The 
longer  production  period  is  primarily  due  to  the 
problems  with  seed  collection  and  processing  and 
the  extended  stratification  periods  required  for 
many  native  plant  species.     If  seed  can  be  obtained 
immediately,   then  the  production  time  of  some 
native  species  can  be  reduced  to  about  1  year. 
Most  native  plant  seed  can  be  collected  and  stored 
ahead  of  time  although  storability  varies  with 
species.     Butterbrush  (Purshia  trident at a)  can  be 
stored  under  refrigeration  for  over  10  years, 
whereas  prostrate  summer  cypress  (Kochia  pvostvata) 
loses  viability  after  one  year  (Steve  Monsen,  per. 
comm.).     For  planning  purposes,  however,   it  would 
be  wise  for  new  growers  to  allow  ample  time  to 
grow  their  first  crop  of  native  plants. 

Compared  with  many  greenhouse  crops  where  the 
plants  are  sold  directly  out  of  the  production 
greenhouse,  native  plants  must  be  properly  hard- 
ened before  they  are  suitable  for  sale.  This 
hardening  period  will  be  discussed  in  detail  later 
but  normally  requires  at  least  1  month. 

PRODUCTION  FACILITIES 

Whereas  many  ornamental  crops  can  be  produced  in 
a  single  structure,   the  greenhouse,  native  plants 
may  require  as  many  as  four  separate  facilities. 
An  ideal  container  nursery  consists  of  1)  a  pro- 
duction greenhouse  to  grow  the  seedlings,  2)  a  cold 
frame  or  shadehouse  to  harden  the  plants  3)  a  shade- 
house  to  store  the  seedlings  until  they  are  sold 
and  4)  refrigerated  storage  to  maintain  dormant 
stock  for  late  season  plantings.     Native  Plants 
Inc.   has  a  three-structure  system  consisting  of 
greenhouses,  a  cold  frame,  and  an  extensive  shade- 
house  . 

The  best  type  of  greenhouse  depends  on  several 
factors  but  most  important  is  the  nursery  climate. 
Most  nurseries  in  the  Intermountain  area  use 
fully-controlled  houses  which  give  maximum  control 
over  the  environment  whereas  nurseries  in  milder 
climates  may  be  able  to  use  semi-controlled  green- 
houses.    The  advantages  and  disadvantages  of 
different  facilities  are  discussed  in  detail  in 
Tinus  and  McDonald  (1979). 

One  of  the  operational  advantages  of  a  fully- 
controlled  greenhouse  is  the  production  of  more 
than  one  crop  per  year;   Native  Plants  Inc.  is 
capable  of  producing  two  to  three  crops  of  plants 
per  year  depending  on  species.     Some  plants  do  not 
grow  well  during  the  winter  season  when  day 
length  is  short  and  light  intensities  are  low. 
Squawbush  {Rhus  trilobata)  is  very  sensitive  to 
photoperiod  so  crop  lights  are  necessary  to  pro- 
duce multiple  crops  (Steve  Monsen,   pers.  comm.). 
Desert  species  just  naturally  grow  better  during 
the  summer  season. 


The  optimum  size  of  greenhouse  for  producing  native 
plants  will  vary,   depending  on  the  need  for  sepa- 
rate growing  environments  and  the  cost  and  opera- 
tional difficulties  of  maintaining  individual 
houses.     Small,   separate  greenhouses  permit  the 
nurseryman  to  generate  a  range  of  environments 
and  are  also  better  for  multiple  cropping  because 
species  with  different  growing  requirements  can 
be  sown  and  hardened  at  different  times  during  the 
season.     Separate  houses  allow  more  flexibility 
because  the  nursery  manager  can  shut  down  some  of 
his  greenhouses  and  grow  a  smaller  crop  more 
economically.     A  single,   large  greenhouse  can  be 
designed  with  moveable  curtains  to  produce  com- 
partments with  different  environments  but  the 
crop  lights  and  irrigation  system  should  also  be 
under  separate  controls.     On  the  other  hand, 
larger  houses  are  generally  cheaper  to  heat  and 
maintain,  and  less  expensive  to  build  than  a 
range  of  smaller  greenhouses. 

PROPAGATION  METHODS 

The  choice  of  propagation  method  is  probably  one 
of  the  most  critical  phases  in  native  plant  pro- 
duction. The  majority  of  seedlings  in  forest  nurs- 
eries are  produced  by  direct  seeding  but  the 
stringent  stratification  requirements  and  limited 
availability  of  many  native  plant  seeds  may  require 
other  approaches. 

Native  Plants  Inc.  uses  four  different  methods  to 
propagate  woody  plants  in  containers:  direct 
seeding,   gerrainants,   transplants,  and  rooted  cut- 
tings (table  1).     Some  species  such  as  pinyon 
pine  (Pinus  edulis)  are  only  produced  by  one  method 
(seed)  whereas  others  such  as  common  juniper 
(Juniperus  communis)  can  be  propagated  by  gerrain- 
ants or  cuttings.     The  choice  of  propagation 
method  also  has  its  economic  considerations. 
Direct  seeding  is  the  cheapest  method  because  of  a 
lower  labor  requirement  compared  to  the  rooted  cut- 
ting technique  which  is  more  labor  intensive  and 
requires  special  facilities. 

Direct  seeding  is  defined  as  the  sowing  of  seed 
into  the  growth  container  and  is  the  standard 
technique  for  most  conifer  species  and  wildf lowers. 
This  propagation  method  is  limited  to  those  spec- 
ies with  little  or  no  dormancy  requirement  which 
works  out  to  about  10  percent  of  the  species  pro- 
duced at  Native  Plants  Inc.     The  advantages  and 
disadvantages  of  this  method  are  given  in  table 
1.     If  a  stratification  period  or  other  pre- 
treatment  is  specified,   then  the  seed  is  treated 
prior  to  the  planned  sowing  date.  Otherwise,  the 
seed  is  generally  soaked  in  room  temperature 
water  for  24-48  hours  and  surface  dried  before 
sowing. 

The  seeding  procedure  begins  with  the  calculation 
of  the  proper  sowing  density  based  on  germination 
tests  and  past  experience.     Generally  several 
seeds  are  sown  per  container  and  are  later  thinned 
to  one  seedling  per  cell.     Because  of  the  irregular 
shapes  and  sizes  of  most  native  plant  seeds,  most 
sowing  is  done  by  hand  although  a  shutterbox  or 


18 


Table  1. — Properties  of  four  propagation  methods  for  producing  native  plants  in  containers 


Propagation  Technique 

Advantages 

Disadvantages 

1.     Seeds  -  Direct  sowing  of 

•  Quick 

•  Hard  to  control  cell  occupancy 

seed  to  growth 

*  Minimal  handling  of  seed 

and  seedling  density 

containers 

•  Sowing  can  be  mechanized 

'  Requires  thinning  and  consolidation 

*  Uniform  crop  development 

*   Inefficient  and  costly  use  of  seed 

*  Greenhouse  time  lost  prior  to 

emergence 

2.     Germinants  - 


Sowing 
germinated 
seed  from 
stratification 
into  growth 
containers 


Control  of  cell  occupancy 
and  seedling  density 

Efficient  use  of  valuable 
seed 

Good  use  of  greenhouse 
space 

Accommodates  variable 
germination  rates 


Sowing  is  slow  and  involves  skilled 
labor 

Irregular  germination  rate  may  cause 
variation  in  crop  development 

Number  of  seedlings  subject  to 
quality  of  seed  lot 

Requires  specialized  stratification 
chambers 


Transplants 


Seedlings  are 
grown  in  trays 
and  transplanted 
to  growth 
containers 


•  Control  of  cell  occupancy 

and  seedling  density 

•  Efficient  use  of  valuable 

seed 

•  Good  use  of  greenhouse 

space 

•  More  uniform  crop 

development 

•  Can  use  natural  or  arti- 

ficial stratification 


Transplanting  is  slow  and  involves 

skilled  labor 
Requires  additional  operation  of 

sowing  seed  trays 
Overly  dense  seed  trays  could  lower 

seedling  vigor  or  lead  to  disease 

problems 


Rooted  cuttings  - 


Vegetative 
cuttings  are 
rooted  in 
trays  and 
transplanted 
to  growth 
containers 


Control  of  cell  occupancy 
and  seedling  density 

Not  dependent  on  seed 
crops 

Good  use  of  greenhouse 
space 

Ability  to  preserve 
desirable  genetic 
characteristics 

Some  species  can  be  pro- 
duced more  quickly 

Maintain  sexual  character- 
istics of  dioecious 
species 


Transplanting  is  slow  and  involves 

skilled  labor 
Some  species  do  not  root  well 
Requires  special  facilities 
Most  costly  technique 


vacuum  seeder  could  be  used  for  certain  species 
and  large  seed  lots.     The  sown  seed  is  usually 
covered  with  some  type  of  material  such  as  per- 
lite  or  grit  to  hold  the  seed  in  contact  with  the 
potting  soil  and  retard  evaporation  and  algae 
growth. 

The  success  of  the  direct  seeding  method  is 
dependent  on  the  accuracy  of  the  seed  information. 
Germination  tests  vary  from  lab  to  lab  and  no 
standardized  tests  are  available  for  many  native 
shrubs  and  forbs.     Laboratory  germination  tests 
are  run  under  ideal  conditions  and  therefore  test 
results  may  differ  from  greenhouse  germination. 
Sometimes  the  seed  is  obtained  just  before  the 
sowing  date  and  so  there  is  not  enough  time  for 
seed  testing. 

The  germinant  technique  is  defined  as  the  sowing 
of  pregerrainated  seed  into  the  growth  container. 


This  propagation  method  is  best  for  plants  with 
simple  dormancy  requirements  and  species  with 
seeds  too  large  to  handle  mechanically.     It  is 
particularly  suitable  for  seed  lots  of  variable 
or  unknown  quality  because  only  good  seed  is 
sown  in  the  growth  container.     Cell  occupancy 
is  maximized  with  this  method  as  there  are  few 
blank  cells  and  no  subsequent  thinning  is  needed. 
The  germinant  technique  is  used  for  about  15  per- 
cent of  the  native  plant  species  produced  at  Native 
Plants  Inc.     The  advantages  and  disadvantages  are 
listed  in  table  1  and  a  sample  production  schedule 
is  given  in  fig.  1. 

The  germinant  procedure  requires  clean  seed  so 
seed  lots  should  be  surface  sterilized  with  chlorox 
or  Captan  to  reduce  molding  during  stratification. 
The  seeds  are  usually  hydrated  with  a  24-48  hour 
soak  and  then  prepared  for  the  stratification 
chamber . 


19 


Seed  can  be  germinated  in  "naked"  stratification 
where  the  bare  seeds  are  kept  in  a  plastic  bag  or 
mixed  with  a  moisture-holding  material  such  as 
peat  moss.     Native  Plants  Inc.  uses  a  fine- 
textured,   sterile  peat  moss,  mixes  the  seed  with 
the  moss,  and  places  the  mixture  in  a  plastic  bag 
in  a  refrigerator  at  30°  to  40°  F  (-1°  to  +4°  C) . 
The  acid  peat  moss  helps  retard  seed  molds  during 
the  lengthy  stratification  period  which  can  last 
up  to  8  months.     The  stratification  bags  should 
be  checked  at  least  weekly  until  germination 
begins.     Seeds  are  ready  to  transfer  to  the  growth 
container  when  a  white  radicle  becomes  visible 
but  before  the  radicle  becomes  so  long  that  it  is 
easily  damaged.  Cracked  seeds  are  not  necessarily 
germinating;   some  species  of  seed  swell  and  crack 
long  before  the  radicle  begins  to  emerge.  Choke- 
cherry  (Prunus  virginiana)  seeds  may  take  several 
months  to  produce  a  radicle  after  the  seed  intially 
cracks . 

The  planting  operation  consists  of  pouring  the 
stratified  seed  out  in  a  tray  and  picking  out  the 
germinants  by  hand  or  with  tweezers.     The  germin- 
ants  are  placed  in  a  depression  or  small  hole  in 
the  potting  soil  in  the  growth  container  and 
covered  with  grit  or  perlite.     Seeds  should  be 
placed  with  the  radicle  oriented  downward;   if  the 
radicle  is  pointed  upward  it  will  reverse  itself  in 
response  to  gravity  which  may  result  in  a  stem 
crook  in  the  young  seedling.     The  crews  at  Native 
Plants'   greenhouse  have  been  able  to  achieve  pro- 
duction rates  of  1500-2000  plants  per  person-day 
using  this  procedure.     It  is  a  good  idea  to  double 
sow  the  last  couple  of  rows  of  containers  in  each 
tray  to  provide  extra  seedlings  to  transplant 
back  into  any  empty  cells. 

Once  all  the  germinants  have  been  planted  out  of 
the  tray,   the  seeds  are  placed  back  into  the 
stratification  bag  and  returned  to  the  refriger- 
ator.    The  planting  crews  go  through  the  strati- 
fication bags  three  times  per  week  until  the 
germination  rate  begins  to  decline.     These  bags 
have  been  maintained  for  as  long  as  8  months  for 
some  species  (eg.  Prunus  spp.)  and  germinating 
seed  can  be  used  as  long  as  mold  does  not  be- 
come a  problem. 

Transplants  are  the  third  propagation  method  used 
at  Native  Plants  Inc.  and  account  for  65  percent 
of  the  species  produced.     Transplants  are  defined 
as  seedlings  which  are  grown  to  the  cotyledon 
stage  in  trays  and  then  transplanted  into  growth 
containers.     This  propagation  method  is  best  for 
woody  plants  with  complex  dormancy  requirements 
or  for  species  such  as  quaking  aspen  whose  small 
seeds  would  be  almost  impossible  to  plant  by  hand. 
This  technique  is  ideal  for  seed  lots  of  variable 
or  unknown  quality.     A  list  of  the  advantages  and 
disadvantages  of  the  transplant  method  is  given 
in  table  1 . 

The  transplant  trays  are  filled  about  2  inches 
(5  cm.)  deep  with  standard  potting  mix  and  broad- 
cast seeded  by  hand.     Very  small  seed  can  be 
applied  through  a  large  salt  shaker  to  ensure 
even  seed  distribution.     Cover  the  seed  with  a 
light  application  of  a  fine-textured  material 
such  as  sand-blasting  grit. 


The  transplant  trays  are  filled  about  2  inches 
(5  cm.)  deep  with  standard  potting  mix  and  broad- 
cast seeded  by  hand.     Very  small  seed  can  be 
applied  through  a  large  salt  shaker  to  ensure 
even  seed  distribution.     Cover  the  seed  with  a 
light  application  of  a  fine-textured  material 
such  as  sand-blasting  grit. 

Seeds  that  require  stratification  are  sown  in  the 
fall,   irrigated,  and  placed  outside  in  a  sheltered 
location  and  protected  against  dessication.  This 
outside  storage  allows  the  seed  to  naturally 
stratify  over  winter.     When  the  trays  are  brought 
into  the  greenhouse  in  the  spring,   the  seeds 
germinate  readily  and  can  be  immediately  trans- 
planted.    A  growing  schedule  for  this  propagation 
method  is  given  in  fig.  2. 

For  seeds  that  do  not  require  stratification,  the 
transplant  trays  are  taken  directly  into  the  green- 
house.    In  the  greenhouse,   the  transplant  flats 
are  kept  moist  by  frequent  hand  irrigation  and 
germination  usually  occurs  in  1-2  weeks.     Once  the 
seedlings  grow  to  the  cotyledon  stage  and  begin  to 
grow  primary  leaves,   they  are  ready  for  trans- 
planting. The  transplanting  procedure  consists  of 
working  the  seedlings  loose  from  the  soil,  making 
a  dibble  hole  in  the  potting  soil  of  the  growth 
container,  and  transplanting  a  seedling  into  the 
hole.  The  potting  soil  is  then  firmed  around  the 
seedling  and  the  growth  containers  are  irrigated 
and  moved  to  the  greenhouse  benches.     An  experi- 
enced worker  can  transplant  up  to  2,000  seedlings 
in  an  8-hour  day. 

When  all  the  seedlings  have  been  removed  from  the 
transplant  trays,   the  soil  is  mixed,   the  trays 
irrigated,  and  the  plants  allowed  to  sprout  again. 
Depending  on  the  germination  rate,   the  trays  may 
produce  up  to  three  successive  crops  of  transplant 
material . 

Rooted  cuttings  are  the  final  propagation  method 
for  native  plant  production.     This  technique  con- 
sists of  rooting  vegetative  cuttings  in  trays  and 
transplanting  them  to  growth  containers.  Approx- 
imately 10  percent  of  the  species  grown  at  Native 
Plants  Inc.  are  produced  by  cuttings  which  is  the 
best  method  for  plants  that  are  difficult  to  grow 
from  seed  or  for  which  seed  is  difficult  to  obtain. 
The  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  rooted  cuttings 
are  listed  in  table  1.     At  the  Native  Plants  Inc. 
greenhouse,   rooted  cuttings  are  used  as  a  last 
resort  when  the  species  cannot  be  reliably  pro- 
duced by  another  propagation  technique;   based  on 
their  cost  figures,  rooted  cuttings  are  four  to 
five  times  as  expensive  to  produce  as  seedlings. 

The  production  of  rooted  cuttings  requires  a  spe- 
cial propagation  facility  which  at  Native  Plants 
Inc.  consists  of  a  separate  greenhouse  with  heated 
benches  and  a  special  misting  system  to  control 
relative  humidity.     The  cutting  room  is  maintained 
at  70  to  75°  F  (21  to  24°  C)  and  humidities  appro- 
aching 100  percent.     The  atomized  misting  system  is 
designed  to  maintain  high  humidities  without  over- 
watering  the  media  in  the  cutting  trays  because  fun- 
gal diseases  quickly  become  damaging  under  saturated 
soil  conditions.     Supplemental  lighting  is  used  to 
extend  normal  day  length  and  permit  the  production 
of  rooted  cuttings  year  round. 


20 


Cuttings  are  normally  collected  from  plants  in  the 
field.     The  best  season  for  collection  depends  on 
the  species.     Cuttings  of  two  species  of  saltbush 
(Atriplex  cuneata  and  A.  con fevti folia)  rooted 
best  when  collected  in  spring  or  summer  but  the 
rooting  percentage  dropped  markedly  when  cuttings 
were  taken  in  the  fall  (Richardson  and  others 
1979).  Cuttings  of  some  species  such  as  big  sage- 
brush {Artemisia  tvidentata)  root  better  when 
collected  during  winter  dormancy  (Alvarez-Cordero 
and  McKell  1979). 

Native  Plants  Inc.   currently  collects  most  of 
their  cutting  material  from  "mother  plants"  which 
are  older  plants  from  the  production  stock  at  the 
nursery.     To  prevent  disease  spread,   these  mother 
plants  are  sprayed  with  a  broad  spectrum  fungicide 
prior  to  collecting  cuttings.     Richardson  and 
others  (1979)  reported  that  cuttings  from  green- 
house-grown plants  rooted  considerably  better  than 
field-collected  cuttings  for  greasewood 
(Savcobatus  vevmicu latus J ,  a  species  that  is  nor- 
mally difficult  to  propagate  vegetatively . 

A  good  step-by-step  procedure  for  collecting  cut- 
tings is  described  by  Norris  (1983).  Cuttings 
should  be  collected  early  in  the  day  from  new 
growth  of  active,  healthy  plants.     Cutting  the 
stem  at  an  angle  increases  the  surface  exposure 
to  increase  new  root  production  sites.  All 
leaves  should  be  removed  from  the  lower  third  of 
the  cutting  and  the  cuttings  should  be  kept  in  a 
shady,  moist  location.     The  crews  at  Native 
Plants  Inc.   prefer  to  plant  the  cutting  the  same 
day  as  it  is  collected. 

Before  the  cuttings  are  planted,   they  are  often 
treated  with  a  special  hormone  to  stimulate  pro- 
duction of  root  primordia.     These  "rooting"  chemi- 
cals can  be  made  from  scratch  by  mixing  indolebutyric 
acid  (IBA)  with  common  talc,  or  you  can  buy  commer- 
cial products  such  as  Rootone  or  Hormodin.  The 
best  concentration  of  rooting  hormone  depends  on 
many  variables  but,   in  general,   the  more  difficult 
the  plant  is  to  root  the  higher  the  concentration 
of  rooting  chemical  that  should  be  used  (Norris 
1983).  The  rooting  success  of  big  sagebrush  cut- 
tings increased  with  increases  in  IBA  concentra- 
tion from  0.0  to  2.0  percent  (Alvarez-Cordero 
and  McKell  1979). 

Treated  cuttings  should  be  inserted  to  a  depth  of 
1  to  2  inches  (2.5  to  5  cm)  into  a  well-drained 
medium  in  a  shallow  rooting  tray.     The  best  media 
for  rooting  cuttings  is  subject  to  debate.  Norris 
(1983)  recommends  a  1:1  ratio  of  peat  to  perlite 
or  peat  to  fine  sand.     Native  Plants  Inc.  uses 
different  grades  of  sand  and  several  combinations 
of  sand,   perlite,  and  potting  soil.     More  informa- 
tion is  needed  on  the  best  rooting  media  for 
different  native  plant  species.     Generally,  the 
rooting  medium  does  not  contain  any  type  of  ferti- 
lizer because  of  a  possible  stimulating  effect 
on  disease  organisms. 

Some  cuttings  root  quickly  so  it  is  important  to 
begin  checking  the  cuttings  after  the  first  week. 
Typically,   the  cuttings  "callus-over"  first  and 
then  produce  adventitious  roots  from  the  callus 
tissue.     Some  cuttings  such  as  those  of  juniper 


take  as  long  as  6  months  to  root,   so  the  cuttings 
should  be  inspected  regularly  for  rooting  or  dis- 
ease problems.     Cutting  success  can  exceed  95  per- 
cent with  some  species  and  Native  Plants  Inc.  has 
achieved  75  to  100  cuttings  per  sq.   ft.   (6.9  to 
9.3  per  sq .   m)  of  bench  space. 

The  rooted  cuttings  should  be  transplanted  immedi- 
ately into  a  dibble  hole  in  the  growth  container 
being  careful  to  protect  the  new  roots  from 
injury.     The  transplanting  procedure  is  inherently 
slower  than  any  of  the  propagation  methods  using 
seeds  but  it  is  possible  to  reach  up  to  a  95 
percent  success  rate  if  the  transplanting  is 
performed  conscientiously.  The  transplanted 
cuttings  are  grown  under  the  standard  greenhouse 
environment  with  special  attention  to  irrigation 
during  the  initial  period. 

Another  technique  for  producing  cutting  material 
involves  the  use  of  root  sprouts.     Species  that 
regenerate  by  root  suckers  such  as  quaking  aspen 
(Populus  tvemuioid.es)  can  be  propagated  by  plant- 
ing sections  of  lateral  roots  in  an  optimum  en- 
vironment and  harvesting  the  succulent  sprouts 
(Schier  1978).     The  excised  roots  are  cut  into 
6  inch  (15  cm.)  sections  and  covered  with  potting 
media  in  a  shallow  tray  and  placed  in  the  green- 
house.    After  several  weeks,   root  sprouts  will 
appear.     These  sprouts  are  cut  off,   treated  with 
rooting  hormones,  and  transplanted  to  a  growth 
container.     This  technique  is  an  effective  way  to 
propagate  certain  species  but  is  quite  costly  in 
terras  of  the  labor  requirement. 

PROPAGATION  OF  SELECTED  NATIVE  PLANT  SPECIES 

The  propagation  techniques  used  by  Native  Plants 
Inc.   for  23  native  plants  are  provided  in  table  2. 

The  stratification  periods  recommended  in  Seeds 
of  Woody  Plants  in  the  United  States  (USDA  1974) 
illustrate  the  wide  ecotypic  variation  in  some 
species  (e.g.  Woods  rose,  30-365  days)  and  lack 
of  data  for  other  species.     The  propagation 
methods  listed  are  those  most  commonly  used  and 
some  native  plants  can  be  propagated  by  more  than 
one  technique.     Certain  species  are  produced  more 
easily  during  a  particular  season  in  the  green- 
house whereas  others  can  be  grown  any  time  during 
the  year.     Cropping  time  indicates  the  amount  of 
time  required  to  produce  a  saleable  plant  in  the 
greenhouse  and  varies  from  3-16  months. 

GROWTH  CONTAINER  AND  POTTING  MEDIA 

The  best  size,   shape,  and  volume  of  growth  container 
for  producing  a  native  plant  that  will  survive  and 
grow  well  in  the  field  is  a  subject  that  is  still 
open  to  debate.     Ferguson  and  Frischknecht  (1981) 
recommended  a  container  that  is  6  to  8  in.  (15 
to  20  cm)  deep  and  has  a  volume  of  15  to  25  cu. 
in.   (245  to  410  cu.  cm.).     Barker  and  McKell  (1979) 
grew  four-wing  saltbush  (A.  caneseens)  and  grease- 
wood  in  four  sizes  and  types  of  containers  ranging 
from  6  to  70  cu.     in.     (98  to  1147  cu.     cm.)  and 
found  that  shoot  length,   shoot  biomass,  and  root 
biomass  all  increased  with  size  of  container. 


21 


Table  2  -  Propagation  procedures  for  selected  native  plants 


Species 


Production  Scheduling 
Stratification        Propagation  Cropping 
Period  (Days)-*-/        Method^/       Season-^/        Time  (mos) 


Acer  civcinatum,  vine  maple  ' 

120-240 

1  1  G, 

T 

1   Spring  | 

4-5 

Amelanchiev  alnifolia,  serviceberry                    ! ; 

120-180+ 

1  1  G, 

T, 

s 

1  Any 

3-4 

Arctostaphylos  spp.,  manzanita 

0-210 

1  1  T, 

C 

1  Any 

4-6 

Avtemesia  tridentata,  big  sagebrush 

0-10 

1  1  T, 

S 

Spr,   Sum  | 

3-4 

Atviplex  eanesoens,  fourwing  saltbush 

30-50 

1  1  T, 

S 

|   Spr,   Sum  | 

3-4 

Cevcocavpus  montanus,  mountain  mahogany 

30-90 

1  1  G 

1  Any 

4-6 

Chvy sothanmus  nauseosus,  rabbitbrush 

0-120 

1  1  T 

|   Spr,   Sum  | 

3-4 

Cowania  mexicana,  cliff rose 

1  1  G, 

S 

|   Spr,   Sum  | 

6-8 

Ephedra  viy-idis,  Mormon  tea 

- 

1  1  T, 

S 

[  Summer 

4-6 

Junipevus  scopulovum,  Rocky  Mountain  juniper 

240 

1  1  T 

|   Spr,   Sum  | 

12-16 

Firms  monophylla,  singleleaf  pinyon  [ 

28-90 

1 1  s 

|  Any 

8-12 

Populus  angustif  olia,  narrowleaf  cottonwood 

0 

1  1  T, 

c 

|  Summer 

3-4 

Populus  tvemuloides,  quaking  aspen 

0 

1  1  T, 

s 

|   Spr,   Sum  | 

3-4 

Potentilla  f  vuticosa,  shrubby  cinquefoil 

- 

1  1  T, 

c 

1  Any 

3-5 

Pvunus  virginiana,  chokecherry 

120-160 

1  1  G, 

T, 

s 

'  1  Any 

3-5 

Puvshia  tvidentata,  bitterbrush 

60-90 

1  1  G, 

S 

I  Any 

4-8 

Quevcus  gambelii,  Gambel  oak 

1  1  G, 

S 

|   Fall  | 

6-8 

Phus  tvilobata,  skunkbush  sumac 

30-90 

1  1  G, 

s 

1  |  Any 

4-6 

Rosa  woodsii,  Woods  rose 

30-365 

1  1  T, 

c, 

s 

|   Spr,   Sum  [ 

3-5 

Sambuous  cevulea,  blue  elderberry 

30-210 

1  1  T, 

s 

!  I  Spring 

3-5 

Shepherdia  avgentea,  buffaloberry 

0-90 

1  1  T, 

s 

1 |  Summer 

4-6 

Symphoricavpos  oveophilus,  mountain  snowberry  | | 

60-300 

1  1  T, 

c, 

s 

1  1   Spring  | 

4-6 

Yucca  glauca,  yucca 

0 

1 1  s 

|  Spring 

4-6 

1/     USDA-FS.     1974.     Seeds  of  woody  plants  in  the 
2/     S  =  seed;  G  =  germinants;  T  =  transplants;   C  = 
3/     Spr  =  Spring  crop;   Sum  =  Summer  crop 


United  States 
cuttings 


Agric.  Handbook  No.  450.     883  p. 


They  concluded  that,  all  other  things  being  equal, 
these  two  native  plants  should  be  grown  in  the 
largest  container  possible. 

The  best  container  size  for  good  field  performance 
is  not  necessarily  the  best  container  for  seedling 
growth  in  the  greenhouse.     Plants  grown  in  large 
capacity  containers  generally  perform  best  in  the 
field  but  require  too  much  greenhouse  space  and 
are  costly  to  handle  and  ship.     The  best  container 
also  varies  with  plant     species  and  environmental 
and  soil  conditions  on  the  outplanting  site. 

Native  Plants  Inc.  uses  two  different  "tubepak" 
containers  for  most  of  their  species:     the  6-pack 
containers  contain  13  cu .   in.   (213  cu.   cm.)  and 
the  5-pack  has  a  capacity  of  17  cu.  in.   (279  cu. 
cm.).  Most  species  can  be  grown  satisfactorily  in 
the  13  cu.   in.     container  but  many  broadleaved 
species  have  to  be  produced  in  the  larger  cells 
because  their  large  leaves  intercept  irrigation 
and  shade  out  adjacent  seedlings.     Some  native 
plants  such  as  elderberry  (Sar^bucus  spp.)  and 


mountain-ash  (Sorbuc  spp.)  have  massive  root 
systems  that  require  larger  capacity  containers. 
The  density  or  spacing  of  the  containers  in  the 
rack  is  also  important  because  some  species  do  not 
grow  well  at  higher  densities.     Obviously,  more 
work  is  needed  to  determine  the  best  container  to 
use  for  each  of  the  native  plant  species. 

Based  on  their  experiences  at  the  Native  Plants' 
greenhouses,  most  natives  grow  quite  well  in  stand- 
ard potting  mixes.     Native  Plants  uses  a  mixture 
of  equal  portions  of  four  materials:     peat  moss, 
vermiculite,   perlite,  and  composted  bark.  They 
also  incorporate  a  starter  fertilizer  mix  (Osmocote 
14-14-14)   into  the  potting  soil  at  10  lbs.  per 
cu.  yd.   (7.6  per  cu.  m.)  and  Micromax  at  1.5  lbs 
per  cu.  yd.   (1.1  per  cu.  m.)to  supply  micro- 
nutrients  . 

The  potting  mix  should  be  near  pH  5.5  and  have 
an  electrical  conductivity  (E.C.)  reading  of  less 
than  2.0  mmhos . 


22 


Other  researchers  have  reported  on  potting  mixes 
for  native  plants.     Ferguson  and  Monsen  (1974) 
found  that  mixes  containing  peat  moss  and  verrai- 
culite  produced  better  mountain-mahogany 
(Cereocarpus  ledifoti-us)  seedlings  compared  to 
those  containing  sand.     The  SEAM  project  at  the 
Coeur  d'Alene  nursery  produced  40  different  spec- 
ies of  native  plants  using  a  standard  1:1  mix  of 
peat  moss  and  vermiculite.     Ferguson  (1980)  stud- 
ied 39  different  potting  media  and  found  that  no 
one  mix  was  consistently  superior.     He  did  report 
that  a  potting  mix  of  50  percent  peat  moss,  30 
percent  arcillite  aggregate  and  20  percent  vermi- 
culite is  recommended  for  Bonneville  saltbush 
(A.  bonnevillensis)  and  possibly  other  plant  spec- 
ies native  to  alkaline  soils.     Mixing  native  soil 
into  standard  potting  mixes  can  increase  growth 
of  some  chenopod  species  (Monsen,   pers.  comm.). 
A  survey  of  nurseries  growing  desert  shrubs 
reported  a  wide  variety  of  potting  mixes  that 
contained  such  diverse  components  as  sand,  cinder, 
peat  moss,   composted  bark,   charcoal,  sawdust, 
vermiculite,   perlite,  and  native  soil  (Anon. 
1979).     Obviously,   there  is  much  variation  in 
potting  mixes  but  it  appears  that  standard 
commercial  potting  soils  are  suitable  for  most 
native  plants  although  special  mixes  may  be  desir- 
able for  some  species. 

GREENHOUSE  CULTURE 

Native  shrubs  have  been  found  to  grow  well  under 
normal  greenhouse  environments.     Native  Plants  Inc. 
uses  a  uniform  environment  with  day  temperatures 
of  80°F  (27°C),   night  temperatures  of  65°F  (18°C), 
a  relative  humidity  of  30-40  percent,  800-1500  ppm 
carbon  dioxide  and  a  24-hour  intermittent  photo- 
period  of  40  ft.   candles.     The  SEAM  project  at 
Coeur  d'Alene  nursery  maintained  a  greenhouse 
temperature  of  65°F  (18°C)  for  the  entire  growing 
cycle  and  intermittent  photoperiod  lights  (20 
sec.     every  3  min.)  at  an  intensity  of  20-40  ft. 
candles.  Monsen  (pers.   comm.)  stresses  that  many 
native  plants  are  very  sensitive  to  photoperiod 
and  so  greenhouses  should  have  continuous  lighting 
systems . 

Fertilization  at  the  Native  Plants'  greenhouse  is 
applied  by  two  methods,  Osmocote  14-14-14  ferti- 
lizer is  added  to  the  potting  soil  and  Peters 
20-20-20  soluble  fertilizer  is  injected  through 
the  irrigation  system.     The  injected  fertilizer 
is  not  applied  at  any  standard  rate  but  is  custom- 
applied  based  on  experience.     Because  of  the  wide 
variation  in  nutrient  requirements  between  the 
different  native  plant  species,   the  grower  must 
visually  monitor  the  growth  and  color  of  the 
plants  and  fertilize  based  on  experience. 

Other  greenhouse  growers  also  emphasize  the  bene- 
fits of  fertilization  of  native  plants.     The  SEAM 
project  applied  all  their  nutrients  through  the 
irrigation  system  using  a  commercial  20-20-20 
mix  at  a  1:100  injection  ratio.     This  solution 
was  applied  weekly  at  the  rate  of  2  lbs.   of  fer- 
tilizer per  500  ft.   (0.9  kg.  per  46  sq.  m.)  of 
bench  space.     Once  the  desired  top  growth  was 
achieved,   the  fertilizer  mix  was  changed  to  a 
15-30-15  mixture.     Ferguson  and  Monsen  (1974) 


grew  mountain-mahogany  seedlings  with  3  different 
rates  of  Osmocote  18-6-12  slow  release  fertilizer 
ranging  from  1  to  4  oz  per  cu.   ft  (34  to  102  g. 
per  0.03  cu.  m.)  of  potting  soil  and  found  no 
significant  growth  differences  between  the  rates. 

THE  HARDENING  PHASE 

The  hardening  phase  is  one  of  the  most  overlooked 
yet  most  critical  periods  in  the  growing  cycle. 
It  is  relatively  easy  to  produce  an  acceptable 
plant  in  the  greenhouse  but  these  plants  are 
worthless  unless  they  are  properly  conditioned  so 
that  they  can  survive  and  grow  on  the  planting 
site.     Many  native  plant  species  grow  very  rapidly 
under  the  optimal  conditions  in  the  greenhouse  but 
this  rapid  growth  consists  of  relatively  large 
cells  with  thin  cell  walls  and  little  tolerance  to 
cold  temperatures.     Unlike  most  ornamental  crops, 
native  plants  cannot  be  sold  directly  out  of  the 
greenhouse  but  must  undergo  a  period  of  hardening. 
Ferguson  and  Monsen  (1974)  stated  that  the  proper 
amount  of  cold  hardening  was  one  of  the  most 
difficult  problems  in  the  container  production 
of  native  plants. 

Hardening  can  be  defined  as  the  process  in  which 
growth  is  reduced,   stored  carbohydrates  accumulate, 
and  the  plant  becomes  better  able  to  withstand 
adverse  conditions   (Penrose  and  Hansen  1981). 

There  are  three  major  objectives  of  the  hardening 
phase : 

1.  To  minimize  physical  damage  during 
handling,   shipping,  and  planting. 

2.  To  condition  the  plant  to  tolerate  cold 
temperatures  during  refrigerated  storage 
or  after  outplanting. 

3.  To  acclimatize  plants  to  the  outside  environ- 
ment and  satisfy  internal  dormancy  requirements 
of  some  species. 

The  type  and  amount  of  hardening  depends  on  the 
individual  species  characteristics  and  the  future 
use  of  the  plant.     Native  plants  produced  as 
ornamentals  usually  require  much  less  hardening 
compared  to  plants  produced  for  a  high  elevation 
revegetation  project.     The  two  most  important 
factors  to  consider  in  designing  a  hardening 
program  are  the  planting  date  and  the  climate  of 
the  outplanting  site.     Most  greenhouse  nurseries 
are  located  at  low  elevations  where  the  growing 
season  begins  earlier  than  at  higher  elevation 
planting  sites.     Native  plants  that  will  be  planted 
in  an  environment  that  is  similar  to  that  where 
they  were  grown  may  only  require  a  4-6  week 
period  of  hardening.     Plants  that  are  outplanted 
at  higher  elevations  during  spring  or  fall  must 
be  able  to  tolerate  colder  temperatures  and 
perhaps  even  frost. 

Dormancy  is  another  term  that  is  often  used  in 
conjunction  with  hardiness.     Dormant  conifer  seed- 
lings have  been  shown  to  have  the  ability  to 
produce  abundant  new  roots  when  planted  in  a 
favorable  environment.     This  high  "root  growth 


23 


capacity"  should  increase  the  ability  of  seedlings 
to  survive  and  grow  on  harsh  sites.     The  role  of 
dormancy  and  root  growth  capacity  has  not  been 
studied  for  most  native  plants.     Plants  stored 
under  refrigeration  for  extended  periods  should 
also  be  dormant  to  minimize  respirational  heat 
build-up  in  the  storage  bags.     Both  dormancy  and 
cold  hardiness  can  be  induced  by  proper  scheduling 
of  the  hardening  regime. 

Hardiness  should  be  induced  in  stages  and  the 
process  usually  takes  at  least  6-8  weeks.  The 
hardening  begins  in  the  greenhouse  by  shutting 
off  the  photoperiod  lights  and  carbon  dioxide 
generators  and  leaching  excess  nutrients  out  of 
the  potting  media.     Night  temperatures  are  de- 
creased and  the  seedlings  are  fertilized  with  a 
low  nitrogen/high  phosphorus  and  potassium  fertil- 
izer.    Some  growers  also  induce  a  mild  level  of 
moisture  stress  between  irrigations  which  sup- 
posedly prepares  the  plant  for  the  droughty 
conditions  on  the  outplanting  site.  Drought 
stressing  should  be  carefully  monitored,  however, 
because  overly  dry  potting  soil  may  be  difficult 
to  rewet  and  stressed  plants  may  not  cold  harden 
normally.     In  the  final  hardening  stages,  temper- 
atures are  gradually  lowered  to  the  freezing  level 
and  tolerant  plant  species  may  even  be  taken 
slightly  below  32°F  (0°C). 

Hardening  can  be  achieved  in  either  of  two 
structures,  a  cold  frame  or  a  shadehouse.  Shade- 
houses  are  generally  used  to  harden  crops  that 
are  taken  out  of  the  greenhouse  in  summer  or 
early  fall  when  freezing  temperatures  are  not 
expected.     The  shadehouse  consists  of  a  frame 
structure  that  is  covered  with  snowfence  or  shade- 
cloth  and  is  equipped  with  an  irrigation  and 
fertilizer  injection  system.     Seedlings  are 
protected  from  wind,   intense  sunlight,  and  light 
frosts  in  a  shadehouse  and  usually  continue  to 
produce  new  roots  and  increase  in  stem  diameter 
during  favorable  weather.     The  shadehouse  also 
provides  a  good  overwintering  environment  and 
such  plants  are  well  hardened  by  the  following 
spring  and  ready  for  planting. 

The  cold  frame  used  at  Native  Plants  Inc.  is  a 
modified  greenhouse  structure  which  is  maintained 
at  low  temperatures  to  promote  hardening.  Cold 
frame  hardening  is  often  necessary  for  crops  that 
need  to  be  removed  from  the  greenhouse  during 
freezing  weather.     Often,  cold  frames  are  used 
to  induce  dormancy  and  cold  hardiness  in  plants 
before  they  are  moved  to  a  shadehouse  for  final 
hardening  and  storage. 

VARIATION  BETWEEN  SPECIES  AND  BETWEEN  CROPS 

Although  it  is  possible  to  grow  several  species 
of  native  plants  under  a  standard  greenhouse 
environment,  nursery  managers  should  be  cognizant 
of  the  variable  growth  requirements  and  morpho- 
logical characteristics  of  the  individual  species. 
A  grower  must  directly  experience  how  plants 
perform  under  his  own  nursery  system  before  he 
will  be  able  to  consistently  produce  uniform 
crops  of  native  plants. 


Individual  species  will  not  grow  the  same  during 
different  growing  seasons  or  during  different 
years.     Some  species  that  grow  best  during  the 
summer  season  will  not  perform  satisfactorily  if 
grown  over  the  winter.     Because  of  differences 
in  seed  crops  from  year  to  year  and  between  seed 
sources,   every  crop  of  native  plants  will  be 
slightly  different  in  growth  characteristics. 

CONCLUSIONS 

1 .  Crop  planning  is  very  important  when  working 
with  native  plants  and  a  crop  may  take  from 
2  to  3  years  to  produce  if  seed  is  not 
immediately  available. 

2.  Production  of  native  plants  may  require  as 
many  as  four  separate  facilities:  production 
greenhouse,   cold  frame,   shadehouse,  and 
refrigerated  storage. 

3.  Four  propagation  methods  are  used  to  produce 
native  plants  in  containers:  direct  seeding, 
germinants,   transplants,  and  rooted  cuttings. 

4.  The  best  size,   shape,   and  volume  of  growth 
container  is  dependent  on  the  species  of 
plant  and  characteristics  of  the  outplanting 
site . 

5.  Standard  potting  mixes  are  adequate  for  many 
native  plants  but  some  species  may  require 
special  mixes. 

6.  Native  plants  grow  well  under  normal  green- 
house environments  but  a  grower  should  be 
aware  of  individual  species  differences. 

7.  Plants  should  be  hardened  in  several  stages  by 
changing  the  growing  environment  and  moving 
them  to  either  a  cold  frame  or  shadehouse. 

8.  There  is  considerable  variation  between  in- 
dividual species  and  between  seed  collections 
and  so  each  crop  of  native  plants  will  perform 
differently. 

PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Alvarez-Cordero ,  E.;   McKell,  C.  M.     Stem  cutting 
propagation  of  big  sagebrush  {Artemisia 
tvidentata  Nutt.)  J.  Range  Manage.  32(2): 
141-143;  1979. 

Anonymous.     Soil  mixes  for  greenhouse  and  nursery 
growth  of  desert  plants.     Desert  Plants  1(2): 
82-89;  1979. 

Barker,  J.  R.;  McKell,  C.  M.     Growth  of  seedling 
and  stem  cuttings  of  two  salt-desert  shrubs  in 
containers  prior  to  field  planting.  Reclamation 
Review  2:  85-91;  1979. 


24 


Ferguson,  R.  B.  Potting  media  for  Atviplex 
production  under  greenhouse  conditions.  Res. 
Note  INT  301.  Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  Intermountain 
Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station;   1980.  7  p. 

Ferguson,  R.  B.;   Frischknecht ,  N.  C.  Shrub  estab- 
lishment on  reconstructed  soils  in  semi-arid 
areas.     In:     Stelter,  L.H.;   DePuit,  E.  J.; 
Mikol,   S.  A.,   ed.  Shrub  establishment  on  dis- 
turbed arid  and  serai-aird  lands:  proceedings; 
1980  December  2-3;   Laramie,  WY.  Laramie,  WY: 
Wyoming  Game  and  Fish  Dept.   1981:  57-63. 

Ferguson,  R.  B.;  Monsen,   S.  B.  Research  with 
containerized  shrubs  and  forbs  in  southern 
Idaho.   In:  Tinus,  R.  W.;   Stein,  W.   I.;  Balmer, 
W.  E.,   ed.  Proceedings  of  the  North  American 
Containerized  Forest  Tree  Seedling  Symposium; 
1974  August  26-29;  Denver,  CO.  Great  Plains 
Agricultural  Council  Publication  No.  68; 
1974:  349-358. 

Norris,  C.  A.  Propagating  native  plants  from  seeds 
and  cuttings.  Amer.  Nurseryman  157(9):  100-105; 
1983. 

Penrose,  R.  D.;  Hansen,  D.  I.  Planting  techniques 
for  establishment  of  container-grown  or  bareroot 
plants.  In:  Stelter,  L.  H.;  DePuit,  E.  J.;  Mikol, 
S.  A.,  ed.  Shrub  establishment  on  disturbed  arid 
and  semi-arid  lands:  proceedings;  1980  Dec.  2-3; 
Laramie,  WY.  Laramie,  WY:  Wyoming  Game  and  Fish 
Dept.;   1981:  37-46. 

Richardson,  S.  G.;  Barker,  J.  R.;  Crofts,  K.  A.; 
Van  Epps,  G.  A.  Factors  affecting  root  of  stem 
cuttings  of  salt  desert  shrubs.  J.  Range  Mgmt . 
32(4):  280-283;  1979. 


Schier,  G.  A.     Vegetative  propagation  of 

Rocky  Mountain  aspen.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  INT-44. 
Ogden,  UT :  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Science,  Intermountain  Forest  and 
Range  Experiment  Station;   1978.   13  p. 

Stein,  W.   I.  Improving  containerized  reforestation 
systems.     In:  Tinus,  R.  W.;   Stein,  W.  I.;  Balmer, 
W.  E.,   eds.  Proceedings  of  the  North  American 
Containerized  Forest  Tree  Seedling  Symposium. 
1974  August  26-29;   Denver,  CO.  Great  Plains 
Agr.     Council  Publ.  No.  68.;   1974:  434-440. 

Tinus,  R.  W. ;  McDonald,   S.  E.  How  to  grow  tree 
seedlings  in  containers  in  greenhouses.  Gen. 
Tech.  Rep.  RM-60.     Ft.  Collins,  CO:   U.S.  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  Rocky 
Mountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station; 
1979.  256  p. 

USDA  Forest  Service.   Seeds  of  woody  plants  in  the 
United  States.     Agr.  Handbook  450.  Washington 
D.C.:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service;   1974.  883  p. 


OTHER  GENERAL  REFERENCES 

Vories,  K.  C.  Growing  Colorado  plants  from  seed: 
a  state  of  the  art.     Vol.  1  -  Shrubs.  Gen. 
Tech.  Rep.   INT-103.  Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department 
of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  Intermountain 
Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station;   1981.   80  p 

Wasser,  C.  H.  Ecology  and  culture  of  selected 
species  useful  in  revegetating  disturbed  lands 
in  the  West.     FWS/0BS-82/56 .     Washington,  DC: 
U.S.  Department  of  Interior,  Fish  and  Wildlife 
Service;   1982.  347  p. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;   1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT- 168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 


25 


USE  OF  SHRUBS  ON  MINE  SPOILS 
Stephen  B.  Monsen 


ABSTRACT:     Mine  disturbances  can  often  be 
revegetated  through  natural  plant  succession. 
Plants  that  spread  well  by  natural  seeding  can 
be  used  to  seed  mine  spoils.  Transplanting 
shrubs  and  herbs  on  mine  sites  hastens  plant 
establishment  and  improves  productivity  and 
species  diversity.     However,  shrub  species 
differ  in  their  ability  to  establish  and 
survive  as  transplant  stock.  Therefore, 
planting  sites  must  be  prepared  to  accommodate 
direct  seeding  or  transplanting.  Environmental 
conditions  of  the  planting  site  dictate  the 
type  of  material  and  methods  of  planting. 
Existing  herbaceous  vegetation  must  be 
controlled  to  allow  shrub  seedlings  to  become 
established . 


INTRODUCTION 

Rehabilitation  of  mined  land  normally  requires 
planting  a  combination  of  herbs  and  woody 
species.     Natural  invasion  of  native  plants 
onto  mined  sites  usually  occurs  too  slowly  to 
acceptably  restore  the  site   (McKell  and  Van 
Epps  1981).     Planting  is  required  to  provide 
soil  protection  (Packer  and  others  1981), 
reduce  the  spread  of  weeds,  and  provide  herbage 
and  habitat  to  animals   (Monsen  and  Plummer 
1978) . 

Plantings  also  serve  to  establish  a  desirable 
and  compatible  array  of  species  that  will 
provide  initial  cover  and  ultimately  develop  a 
stable  community   (Laycock  1980). 

Mined  lands  are  generally  harsh  sites  and 
plantings  are  not  always  successful.  Seeding 
or  transplanting  may  fail  even  when  adapted 
species  are  used.     Considerable  differences 
exist  between  the  microsites  and  soil 
conditions  of  mine  spoils  compared  to 
undisturbed  locations   (Sindelar  1980). 
Consequently,   it  is  difficult  to  determine  the 
adaptability  of  individual  species  to  mined 
land  environments. 

Species  that  are  climax  plants  of  undisturbed 
communities  often  are  planted  on  mine  spoils. 
Unfortunately,  not  all  species  that  are 
regarded  as  climax,  and  usually  considered 
desirable  plants,   are  able  to  grow  on 
disturbances   (Eberly  and  Dueholum  1979; 
McGinnies  and  Nicholas   1980) .     Usually  climax 
plants  become  established  after  the  site  has 
been  modified  by  pioneer  species.     Many  species 
that  are  initially  adapted  to  mine  spoils  are 


Stephen  B.  Monsen  is  Botanist/Biologist, 
Intermountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station, 
Forest  Service,  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
located  at  the  Intermountain  Station's  Shrub 
Sciences  Laboratory,  Provo,  Utah. 


considered  weedy  plants.     These  may  persist  for 
only  a  short  time,  but  are  useful  to  initiate 
plant  succession  (Stark  1966). 

Species  that  are  adapted  to  a  wide  range  of 
soils,   temperature  extremes,  and  moisture 
conditions  are  the  most  successful  species  for 
harsh  sites  (Stark  1966).     However,  ecotypic 
differences  occur  within  most  species.  Each 
ecotype  is  adapted  to  a  particular  range  of 
conditions,  and  if  planted  within  its  natural 
range  the  selection  will  do  well.     If  moved  to 
unnatural  conditions  specific  ecotypes  often  do 
not  always  survive   (Plummer  1977). 

Few  plants  have  been  specifically  selected  for 
their  adaptability  to  mine  disturbances.  Only 
a  limited  number  have  been  fully  evaluated  for 
their  performance  and  survival  on  mine  spoils. 
Most  species  that  are  currently  used  are  native 
or  introduced  species  that  have  been  used 
mostly  for  other  purposes.     However,  research 
has  determined  that  certain  species  are  adapted 
to  infertile  soils,  and  can  be  used  on  mined 
and  associated  disturbances  (Stark  1966;  Aldon 
and  Pase  1981) . 


NATURAL  INVASION  OF  PLANTS 

Weedy  annuals  and  short-lived  perennial  herbs 
are  the  principal  species  that  invade  most 
mined  lands   (Howard  and  Samuel  1979).  However, 
some  important  woody  plants  also  spread  rapidly 
onto  abandoned  mines   (Butterfield  and  Tueller 
1980).     Many  plants  are  adapted  to  mine 
disturbances  but  spread  very  slowly  by  natural 
means.     Invasion  by  plants  is  often  hindered  by 
factors  related  to  seed  production  (Plummer 
1977),  seed  germination,  and  seedling  survival 
(Sabo  and  others  1979).     The  quality  and 
quantity  of  seed  produced  on  wildlands  varies 
greatly  and  can  be  influenced  by  unpredictable 
climatic  conditions  and  insects  (U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture  1974). 

Winds,  overland  flow  of  water,  and  rodents  are 
agents  that  carry  seeds  onto  mine  sites.  Under 
wildland  conditions  rodents  not  only  distribute 
but  plant  many  seeds   (West   1968).     A  high 
proportion  of  seed  produced  in  wildland  stands 
is  consumed  by  animals  including  rodents 
(Bradley  1968).     The  excess  is  all  that  remains 
to  perpetuate  the  species. 

Rodents  usually  collect  and  store  seeds  of 
large  fruited  species  and  seed  that  consists  of 
an  edible  endosperm.     Usually,   seeds  that 
remain  viable  for  an  extended  period  are  stored 
as  caches  in  the  soil  surface  by  rodents  for 
later  consumption   (Sherman  and  Chilcote  1972). 
Seeds  planted  as  rodent  caches  frequently  are 
not  eaten  but  germinate  later  to  form  a  cluster 
of  new  seedlings.     Shrub  seeds  that  are 


26 


normally  gathered  and  stored  in  caches  include: 
antelope  bitterbrush  (Purshia  tridentata) , 
desert  peachbrush  (Prunus  f asciculata) ,  green 
ephedra   (Ephedra  viridis) ,  Martin  ceanothus 
(Ceanothus  martinii) ,   Saskatoon  serviceberry 
(Amelanchier  alnif olia) ,  and  Woods  rose  (Rosa 
woodsi) . 

Rodent  activity  is  usually  confined  to  areas 
offering  overstory  protection.     However,  rodent 
populations  and  habitat  are  not  always 
decreased  by  clearing  the  vegetation  (Turkowski 
and  Reynolds  1970).     Yet,   small  animals  usually 
do  not  venture  onto  barren  mine  wastes  or 
exposed  sites.     As  sites  become  vegetated, 
rodents  inhabit  the  area.     Once  plants  that  are 
established  on  the  mine  begin  to  bear  seeds, 
rodents  gather  the  fruits  and  help  further  the 
species  and  progress  of  successional  stages  in 
plant  development. 

A  substantial  amount  of  seed  is  produced  by 
certain  plants.     Clean  seed  yields  have 
exceeded  300  pounds  per  acre   (338  kg/ha)  for 
antelope  bitterbrush  grown  on  a  planted  site 
near  Boise,   Idaho.     During  years  of  high  seed 
production  many  species  increase  dramatically 
due  to  the  planting  efforts  of  small  rodents. 
Adapted  shrubs  and  herbs  can  be  selectively 
located  on  mined  sites  to  provide  rodent 
habitat,  regulate  their  distribution,  and  thus 
advance  the  spread  of  select  species. 

Small  seeded  species  and  appendaged  seeds  are 
widely  distributed  by  wind   (Mirov  and  Kraebel 
1939).     Although  a  high  proportion  of  weedy 
species  is  spread  by  the  wind,  many  useful 
species  are  also  dispersed  by  this  method. 
Wind-carried  seeds  often  spread  plant  species 
quickly,  and  populate  otherwise  inaccessible 
sites.     Species  that  are  successfully  spread  by 
wind  include:     Apache-plume  (Fallugia 
paradoxa) ,   sagebrush  (Artemisia  spp.), 
penstemon  (Penstemon  spp.),   and  rabbitbrush 
(Chrysothamnus  spp . ) . 

CONDITIONS  INFLUENCING  ARTIFICIAL  SEEDING 

Mined  lands  are  usually  planted  soon  after 
mining  is  completed.     Disturbances  primarily 
consist  of  overburden  material  or  tailings 
composed  of  unconsolidated  soil  materials. 
Although  topsoil  and  fertilizer  may  be  added, 
mine  spoils  usually  lack  soil  structure  and 
particle  aggregation  that  contribute  to  a 
optimum  seedbed  condition.     Soil  drainage, 
aeration,  microorganism  content,  nutrient 
balance,  and  organic  matter  are  all  poorly 
developed  for  supporting  a  combination  of 
plants  (Frischknecht  and  Ferguson  1979). 

Although  fresh  mine  spoils  are  usually  less 
productive  than  undisturbed  sites,  cultural 
practices  often  are  not  employed  to  improve 
tilth  and  productivity  before  planting. 
Therefore,  planted  species  must  be  adapted  to 
infertile  sites,  and  capable  of  developing 
concurrently  as  young  seedlings. 


Grasses,  broadleaf  herbs,  and  woody  species  are 
often  planted  together.     Assembly  of  a  mixture 
of  plants  with  different  growth  forms  creates 
serious  problems  of  competition  among  young 
seedlings.     Mixed  plantings  favor  herbs  over 
shrubs  and  trees   (Jensen  1980). 

Grasses  that  are  currently  seeded  on  most  mined 
sites  are  derivatives  formulated  for  high 
germinability  and  seedling  vigor.     These  highly 
competitive  grasses  develop  much  faster  than  do 
most  native  shrubs  or  trees.     Grasses  and  many 
forbs  not  only  germinate  earlier  than  most 
shrubs,  but  attain  a  mature  status  much  sooner. 
Most  seeded  grasses  reach  maturity  in  1  to  3 
years.     In  contrast,   shrubs  may  require  5  to  10 
years  to  attain  a  sufficient  size  to  be  fully 
competitive   (Plummer  and  others  1968).  During 
this  interim,   the  developing  shrubs  are 
subjected  to  extensive  competition,  and  plant 
losses  are  common   (Booth  and  Schuman  1981).  To 
be  fully  competitive  with  grasses,  seeded 
shrubs  and  trees  must  possess  the  following 
traits:      (1)   seeds  must  germinate  readily,  (2) 
seedlings  must  develop  rapidly,    (3)  seasonal 
growth  periods  should  be  compatible  with  the 
seeded  herbs,  and   (4)   developing  plants  must 
remain  competitive. 

Shrubs  that  can  survive  and  develop 
satisfactorily  by  direct  seeding  are  species 
that  would  not  usually  be  grown  as  transplant 
stock.     Some  plants  can  justifiably  be 
transplanted  or  direct  seeded.     Seeding  is 
usually  much  cheaper  and  easier  to  accomplish. 
Some  useful  shrubs  that  can  be  successfully 
seeded  include:     basin  big  sagebrush  (Artemisia 
tridentata  tridentata) ,   low  sagebrush 
(Artemisia  arbuscula) ,   f ourwing  saltbush 
(Atriplex  canescens ) ,  winterfat  (Ceratoides 
lanata) ,   snowbrush  ceanothus  (Ceanothus 
velutinus) ,  rubber  rabbitbrush  (Chrysothamnus 
nauseosus) ,  Wyeth  eriogonum  (Eriogonum 
umbellatum) ,  prostrate  summer  cypress  (Kochia 
prostrata) ,  antelope  bitterbrush,  and  thinleaf 
alder   (Alnus  tenuif olia) . 

Natural  plant  succession  and  edaphic  changes 
that  occur  after  mined  sites  are  initially 
planted  change  the  growing  conditions  and 
productivity  of  the  disturbance.     Some  species 
that  have  been  difficult  to  establish  initially 
on  fresh  mine  spoils  by  direct  seeding  or 
transplanting  have  been  successfully 
established  at  a  later  date.     New  shrub  and 
tree  seedlings  are  frequently  encountered  as  a 
result  of  natural  reproduction,  beginning  5  to 
10  years  after  a  site  has  been  reclaimed.  The 
encroachment  often  occurs  on  sites  dominated  by 
a  competitive  understory  of  herbs.  However, 
the  environment  of  some  disturbances  is  so 
harsh  that  only  a  limited  number  of  species 
establish  and  persist.     Little  improvement  can 
be  expected  for  a  considerable  period  of  time 
on  these  areas. 

The  success  of  most  plants  has  been  based  upon 
the  response  attained  from  plantings 
established  on  newly  exposed  mine  spoils. 


27 


Unfortunately  many  useful  species  are  often 
discarded  due  to  failures  from  initial 
plantings.     Growing  conditions  improve  as  soil 
nutrients  build  up  or  the  soil  microflora  is 
established . 


VALUE  OF  TRANSPLANT  STOCK 

Although  plants  may  be  successfully  established 
by  direct  seeding,   transplanting  is  also  a 
viable  revegetation  technique.     Some  species 
that  establish  readily  by  seeding  do  not  grow 
rapidly  enough  to  provide  initial  ground  cover 
for  soil  stabilization   (Shaw  1981).  Some 
species  that  may  fail  to  establish  or  perform 
satisfactorily  by  direct  seeding  can  be 
transplanted.     This  has  been  particularly 
evident  with  Woods  rose  and  chokecherry  (Prunus 
virginiana  melanocarpa)  planted  on  phosphate 
mines  in  southeastern  Idaho.     Seedlings  of  both 
species  germinated  erratically  and  young  plants 
were  weak  and  slow  to  develop.  Although 
plantings  have  been  established  on  topsoiled 
and  fertilized  sites,   the  growth  performance  of 
these  small  seedlings  has  remained  unchanged. 
However,   2-0  transplants  of  both  species 
developed  rapidly. 

Transplants  that  are  properly  spaced  can 
provide  an  immediate  and  effective  cover. 
Transplanting  can  be  effectively  used  to 
stabilize  erodible  sites  and  promote  the 
natural  establishment  of  understory  species. 
Megahan  (1974)  reported  that  over  50  percent  of 
surface  erosion  from  roadfills  was  controlled 
by  planting  1-year-old  bareroot  stock  of 
ponderosa  pine  (Pinus  ponderosa) . 

Transplants  can  also  be  used  to  control  the 
establishment  and  spread  of  weeds.  In 
contrast,   shrub  and  tree  transplants  may  also 
promote  the  establishment  of  some  understory 
species.     Ponderosa  pine  transplanted  along 
steep  roadcut  and  fill  slopes  in  central  Idaho 
stabilized  the  sites  and  served  as  a  nurse  crop 
for  understory  herbs   (Monsen  1974).  The 
presence  of  the  overstory  canopy  of  Woods  rose, 
blueberry  elder  (Sambucus  cerulea) ,  and  redstem 
ceanothus  (Ceanothus  sanguineus)  also  aids  in 
the  establishment  of  other  species.     Shrubs  and 
trees  that  may  persist  for  only  a  few  years  can 
be  highly  useful  in  the  development  of 
satisfactory  cover. 

Some  leguminous  and  nonleguminous  shrubs  and 
trees  are  beneficial  in  improving  soil 
nutritive  levels.     Klemmedson   (1979)  reported 
that  eight  genera  of  shrubs  are  able  to  fix 
nitrogen  through  actinomycete  nodulation. 
These  species  can  be  used  as  companion  plants 
to  improve  the  performance  of  various 
understory  herbs.     Species  of  Ceanothus  have 
been  successfully  used  for  this  purpose  on  mine 
spoils  in  Idaho   (Monsen  1974).     Langkamp  and 
others   (1979)  reported  that  reestablishment  of 
a  nutrient  bank  would  occur  slowly  with  the  use 
of  Acacia   (Acacia  pellita) ,  and  that  pasture 
legumes  would  rapidly  rebuild  nutrient  levels. 


Transplants  can  be  used  to  increase  the  rate  of 
plant  succession.     In  addition,  transplant 
stock  matures  quickly  and  community  changes 
occur  rapidly.     If  persistent  and  compatible 
species  are  planted  initially,  a  predesigned 
community  structure  can  be  arranged.     This  is 
an  important  feature,  as  many  planted  species 
do  not  attain  full  prominence  until  a  mature 
and  stable  plant  composition  is  achieved. 

FACTORS  AFFECTING  TRANSPLANT  SUCCESS 

Factors  that  affect  transplant  survival  are 
similar  to  those  that  influence  seedling 
establishment.     However,  a  significant 
difference  is  that  transplanting  usually 
eliminates  the  need  for  a  prepared  seedbed. 
The  principal  factors  that  reduce  transplant 
survival  are:      (1)  planting  unadapted  species 
and  ecotypes;    (2)  carelessness  in  planting;  (3) 
insufficient  soil  moisture  resulting  from 
inadequate  site  preparation  and  planting  at  the 
wrong  time  of  year;   and   (4)  use  of  poor  quality 
planting  stock. 

Planting  Adapted  Species  and  Ecotypes 

Species  that  are  reared  and  planted  on  wildland 
sites  in  the  West  normally  include  selections 
that  are  native  to  the  planting  site.     Seed  and 
vegetative  cuttings  often  are  collected  from 
the  planting  area.     If  this  is  not  possible, 
stock  is  obtained  from  similar  vegetative  types 
growing  in  separate  areas.     In  addition, 
various  grasses,   forbs,  and  shrubs  have  been 
developed  for  rangeland  plantings. 

However,  few  native  or  introduced  species  have 
been  specifically  developed  for  mined  sites. 
Although  numerous  plants  have  been  established 
on  mined  lands,   their  persistence  and  areas  of 
adaptability  have  not  been  fully  determined. 
Considerable  differences  have  been  recorded  in 
the  survival  and  initial  growth  rates  of 
ecotypes  when  planted  on  mined  sites. 
Different  strains  or  ecotypes  of  many  native 
shrubs  could  be  used  to  select  sources  that 
have  vigorous  seedling  adaptability  to 
infertile  soils. 

Growers  should  be  aware  of  the  differences  that 
occur  among  ecotypes  of  a  particular  species, 
and  seek  to  raise  stock  that  is  adapted  to 
specific  soil  and  climatic  conditions.  Mined 
sites  should  be  evaluated  before  planting  to 
assure  that  adequate  time  is  given  to  program 
the  vegetation  efforts,  collect  sufficient 
adapted  seed,  and  rear  transplant  stock. 

Plants  that  inhabit  the  site  before  mining  may 
not  be  adapted  to  the  mine  spoils.  Present 
State  and  Federal  laws  often  require  mining 
companies  to  restore  native  plant  species  to 
reclaimed  areas.     Although  the  use  of  adapted 
native  plants  is  often  advisable,  many  mined 


28 


sites  are  not  capable  of  immediately  sustaining 
the  dominant  species  of  the  undisturbed  site. 

Some  species  and  ecotypes  are  currently 
available  that  are  adapted  to  mined  lands,  and 
these  should  be  promoted  and  used.     Research  is 
needed  to  develop  additional  plants  adapted  to 
mined  sites.     A  classification  system  needs  to 
be  developed  to  identify  plant  selections  for 
disturbed  situations.     The  system  currently 
used  in  reforestation  makes  use  of  soil  types, 
elevation,  and  climatic  zones  in  selecting 
adapted  ecotypes  for  planting.     These  features 
should  also  be  applicable  in  delineating  plants 
for  mined  lands,  although  the  edaphic 
conditions  of  mine  spoil  are  not  entirely 
comparable  to  undisturbed  soils.  However, 
mining  does  not  completely  alter  climatic  and 
biotic  influences.     Consequently,  plants  that 
are  components  of  original  sites  are  still 
candidates  for  initial  revegetation  trials. 
Equally  important  is  the  identification  of 
individual  species  that  possess  inherent 
characteristics  that  contribute  to  the  range  of 
adaptation  of  the  species.     For  example,  the 
occurrence  of  different  subspecies,  ecotypes, 
and  kinds  of  sagebrush  offers  a  wide  diversity 
of  planting  stock  suited  to  different  site 
conditions   (McArthur  and  others  1974).  Through 
careful  selection,  adapted  ecotypes  of  other 
species  can  be  used  to  revegetate  mine  spoils. 

Site  Preparation  and  Planting 

Transplanting  does  not  require  the  intensive 
surface  preparation  treatment  required  for 
direct  seeding,  yet  most  mines  usually  utilize 
both  revegetation  techniques.     Surface  tillage 
and  fertilization  are  required  to  enhance  the 
survival  of  the  seeded  species.     Seeding  is 
frequently  done  to  control  soil  erosion  and 
surface  runoff.     Transplanting  may  be 
superimposed  over  the  existing  seeding.  This 
usually  does  not  create  serious  problems  if 
transplant  needs  are  recognized. 

Transplants  can  usually  compete  with  newly  sown 
grass.     However,   if  the  grass  is  heavily  seeded 
and  fertilized,  shrub  transplants  may  suffer 
(Jensen  1980).     Therefore,   to  improve  shrub  and 
tree  survival  the  seeding  should  not  be  at  a 
high  rate.     Fertilization  of  herbaceous  species 
should  be  applied  at  a  low  rate,  yet  the 
seeding  can  be  refertilized  after  the  shrubs 
are  well  established. 

Mine  spoils  should  be  treated  to  aid  plant 
survival.     Compact  soils  should  be  ripped  to 
allow  infiltration,  aeration,  and  root 
development.     Transplants  should  also  be 
fertilized.     Fertilizer  tablets  placed  in  the 
planting  hole  significantly  aided  tree  growth 
in  an  Idaho  trial  (Megahan  1974) . 

Woody  species  that  grow  slowly  and  require  2  or 
3  years  to  fully  establish  should  be 
interspaced  in  strips  or  clearings  separate 
from  more  competitive  species   (Giunta  and 
others  1975).     The  planting  areas  should  be 


delineated  according  to  site  conditions  to 
assure  that  species  are  planted  in  adapted 
locations.     It  is  not  necessary  to  plant  the 
entire  site  in  a  grid  pattern.     Species  can  be 
transplanted  in  groups,   clusters,  or  mixes  to 
provide  diversity. 

Planting  Quality  Stock 

The  development  of  high-quality  transplant 
stock  is  essential  to  plant  survival  on  mine 
wastes.     Specimens  that  are  poorly  developed 
succumb  quickly  to  adverse  conditons.  Failure 
to  acquire  and  plant  quality  stock  accounts  for 
many  planting  failures. 

Growers  frequently  produce  a  uniform  grade  of 
planting  stock.     Materials  are  grown  to  1-0  or 
2-0  size  classes.     Container-grown  stock  is 
also  produced  in  rather  uniform  grades.  Plants 
can  be  grown  to  different  age  and  size  classes, 
but  this  is  difficult  to  program  for  a  mine 
location  when  only  a  short  rearing  time  is 
available . 

The  size  and  type  of  transplant  is  vital  to 
plant  survival.     Species  that  grow  rapidly  will 
normally  survive  and  grow  well  if  a  healthy  1-0 
transplant  is  used.     Other  species  grow  slowly, 
requiring  a  year  or  two  to  fully  establish  and 
begin  any  appreciable  growth.     Green  ephedra, 
mountain  snowberry   (Symphoricarpos  oreophilus) , 
mountain-ash  (Sorbus  scopulina) ,  roundleaf 
buffaloberry  (Shepherdia  rotundif ilia) , 
skunkbush  sumac   (Rhus  trilobata) ,  and  spiny 
hopsage   (Grayia  spinosa)  do  poorly  when  planted 
as  1-0  stock,  but  perform  much  better  when 
planted  as  2-0  or  larger  stock.     Survival  rates 
improve  and  growth  is  markedly  increased. 

Proper  maintenance  and  field  planting  of  a 
well-conditioned  transplant  is  essential  to 
plant  survival.     Shrubs  such  as  Wyeth 
eriogonum,  bush  penstemon  (Penstemon 
f ruticosus) ,  and  prostrate  ceanothus  (Ceanothus 
prostratus)  begin  growth  early  in  the  season 
and  must  be  lifted  and  planted  as  dormant 
stock,  otherwise  survival  is  very  low. 

Container-grown  stock  or  ball  and  burlap 
materials  are  useful  in  planting  rocky  sites. 
However,  high-quality  bareroot  stock  will 
perform  satisfactorily.     Planting  large  pads 
and  root  sections  as  wildlings  has  proven 
successful  with  species  of  aspen  (Populus 
tremuloides) ,  oak  (Quercus  spp.),  and  other 
plants   (Crofts  1978). 

Mine  plantings  require  special  attention. 
Sites  often  are  rocky  and  planting  is  impared. 
Without  particular  care,  plants  may  fail  simply 
because  of  poor  handling.     Care  must  be  taken 
to  follow  normal  planting  guides. 


29 


PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Aldon,   E.   F. ;   Pase,   C.   P.   Plant  species 

adaptability  on  mine  spoils  in  the  Southwest: 
a  case  study.   Res.   Note  RM-398.   Fort  Collins, 
CO:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service,  Rocky  Mountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1981.   3  p. 

Booth,  Terrance  D. ;   Schuman,  Gerald  E.  Shrub 
reestablishment  research  at  the  High  Plains 
Grasslands  Research  Station.   In:   Stelter,  L. 
H.;  DePuit,  E.  J.;  Mikol,  S.  A.,  tech.  coord. 
Proceedings,   shrub  establishment  on  disturbed 
arid  and  semi-arid  lands;   1980  December  2-3; 
Laramie,  WY.   Cheyenne,  WY:  Wyoming  Game  and 
Fish  Department;   1981:  81-88. 

Bradley,  Glen  W.   Food  habits  of  the  antelope 
ground  squirrel  in  southern  Nevada.  J. 
Mammal.   49(1):   14-21;  1968. 

Butterfield,  Richard  I.;   Tueller,   Paul  T. 

Revegetation  potential  of  acid  mine  wastes  in 
Northern  California.  Reclamation  Rev.  3: 
21-31;  1980. 

Crofts,  Kent  A.   Coal  mine  reclamation  in 

Colorado.   In:   32nd  annual  report,  vegetative 
rehabilitation  and  equipment  workshop;  1978 
February  5-6;   San  Antonio,  TX.  Missoula,  MT: 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service;   1978:  43-45. 

Eberly,  L.  W. ;  Dueholm,  K.  H.  A  program  to 
reestablish  and  study  prairie  grassland  and 
assess  effect  of  fire.  J.  Minnesota  Acad. 
Sci.  45(2):  8-11;  1979. 

Frischknecht ,  Neil  C. ;   Ferguson,  Robert  B. 
Revegetating  processed  oil  shale  and  coal 
spoils  on  semi-arid  lands.   Interim  report, 
Interagency  Energy /Environment  R&D  Program. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  and  U.S.  Environmental 
Protection  Agency;   1979.   47  p. 

Giunta,  B.  C. ;  Christensen,  D.  R. ;  Monsen,  S. 
B.  Interseeding  shrubs  in  cheatgrass  with  a 
browse  seeder-scalper.  J.  Range  Manage.  32: 
398-402;  1975. 

Howard,  G.   S.;   Samuel,  M.   J.   The  value  of 

fresh-stripped  topsoil  as  a  source  of  useful 
plants  for  surface  mine  revegetation.  J. 
Range  Manage.   32:   76-77;  1979. 

Klemmedson,  J.   0.   Ecological  importance  of 
actinomycete  nodulated  plants  in  the  western 
United  States.   Bot.   Gaz.   140  (Suppl.): 
591-596;  1979. 

Jensen,  Bernie.  Mine  and  roadside  revegetation 
in  Montana.   In:   Proceedings  of  Intermountain 
Nurseryman's  Association  and  Western  Forest 
Nursery  Association.   Gen.   Tech.   Rep.  INT-109. 
Ogden,  UT:   U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,   Intermountain  Forest  and 
Range  Experiment  Station;   1980:  129-134. 


Langkamp,  Peter  J.;   Swinden,  Lindsay  B. ; 
Dalling,  Michael  J.  Nitrogen  fixation 
(acetylene  reduction)  by  Acacia  pellita  on 
areas  restored  after  mining  at  Groote 
Eylandt,  Northern  Territory,  Aust.   J.  Bot 
27:   353-361;  1979. 

Laycock,  W.   A.  What  is  successful 

reclamation? — a  look  at  the  concepts  of 
adaptability,  productivity,   cover,  and 
diversity  of  seeded  species.   In:  Northwest 
Colorado  land  reclamation  seminar.  I: 
proceedings;   1980  November  18;  Steamboat 
Springs,   CO:   1980:  1-17. 

McArthur,   E.   D. ;   Giunta,  B.   C. ;   Plummer,  A.  P. 
Shrubs  for  restoration  of  depleted  ranges  and 
disturbed  areas.  Utah  Sci.   35:   28-33;  1974. 

McGinnies,  W.   J.;  Nicholas,   P.   J.   Effects  of 
topsoil  thickness  and  nitrogen  fertilizer  on 
the  revegetation  of  coal  mine  spoils.  J. 
Environ.  Qual.   9:   681-685;  1980. 

McKell,   C.  M. ;   Van  Epps,  G.   A.  Comparative 

results  of  shrub  establishment  on  arid  sites. 
In:   Stelter,  L.   H. ;   DePuit,   E.   J.;  Mikol,  S. 
A.,   tech.   coord.   Proceedings,  shrub 
establishment  on  disturbed  arid  and  semi-arid 
lands;   1980  December  2-3;   Laramie,  WY. 
Cheyenne,  WY:   Wyoming  Game  and  Fish 
Department;   1981:  138-154. 

Megahan,  Walter  F.   Deep-rooted  plants  for 

erosion  control  on  granitic  road  fills  in  the 
Idaho  Batholith.   Res.   Pap.   INT-161.  Ogden, 
UT:   U.S.   Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service,   Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;   1974.   18  p. 

Mirov,  N.   T. ;  Kraelbel,   Charles  J.  Collecting 
and  handling  seeds  of  wild  plants.  Civilian 
Conservation  Corps  Forestry  Publ.   No.  5 
Washington,  DC:   U.S.   Department  of 
Agriculture,   Forest  Service,  California 
Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station;   1939.  42 
P- 

Monsen,   S.   B.   Plant  selection  for  erosion 
control  of  forest  roads  of  the  Idaho 
Batholith.  Pap.   74-2559.   Chicago,  IL: 
American  Society  of  Agricultural  Engineers; 
1974.   18  p. 

Monsen,   S.   B.;   Plummer,  A.   P.   Plants  and 
treatments  for  revegetation  of  disturbed 
sites  in  the  Intermountain  area.   In:  Wright, 
R.   A.,   ed.   The  reclamation  of  disturbed  arid 
lands.   Albuquerque,  NM:   University  of  New 
Mexico  Press;   1978:  155-174. 

Packer,  P.   E. ;   Clyde,  C.   C. ;   Israelson,  E. ; 
Farmer,   E. ;   Fletcher,  J.   Erosion  control 
during  highway  construction-A  manual  of 
principles  and  practices  for  erosion. 
Washington,  DC:   National  Academy  of  Science, 
Transportation  Research  Board;   1981.   36  p. 


30 


Plummet",  A.   P.   Revegetation  of  distrubed 

Intermountian  area  sites.   In:   Thames,   J.  L., 
ed.  Reclamation  of  use  of  disturbed  land  in 
the  Southwest.  Tucson,  AZ :   University  Arizona 
Press;   1977:  302-339. 

Plummer,  A.   P.;   Christensen,  D.   R. ;  Monsen,  S. 
B.   Restoring  big  game  range  in  Utah.  Publ. 
68-3.   Salt  Lake  City,  UT:  Utah  Division  of 
Fish  and  Game;   1968.   183  p. 

Sabo,  D.  G. ;  Johnson,  G.  U. ;  Martin,  W.  C. ; 
Aldon,   E.   F.   Germination  requirements  of  19 
species  of  arid  land  plants.   Res.  Pap. 
RM-210.   Fort  Collins,   CO:  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,   Forest  Service,  Rocky  Mountain 
Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station;   1979.  26 
P- 

Sherman,  Robert  J.;   Chilcote,  William  W. 

Spatial  and  chronological  patterns  of  Purshia 
tridentata  as  influenced  by  Pinus  ponderosa . 
Ecology.   53(2):   294-298;  1972. 

Shaw,  Nancy.   Propagation  and  outplanting  shrubs 
on  mine  sites.   In:   Stelter,  L.  H. ;  DePuit,  E. 
J.;  Mikol,   S.  A.,  tech.   coord.  Proceedings, 
shrub  establishment  on  distrubed  arid  and 
semi-arid  lands;   1980  December  2-3;  Laramie, 
WY.   Cheyenne,  WY:  Wyoming  Game  and  Fish 
Department;  1981:  47-56. 

Sindelar,  B.  W.  Achieving  revegetation 
standards  on  surface  mined  lands.  In: 
Adequate  reclamation  of  mined 
lands? — symposium;   Billings,  MT;  1980: 
22-1—22-15. 

Stark,  N.  Review  of  highway  planting 

information  appropriate  to  Nevada.   College  of 
Agriculture  Bull.  No.   B-7.   Carson  City,  NV: 
Desert  Research  Institute,  University  of 
Nevada;  1966:1-290. 

Turkowski,  Frank  J.;   Reynolds,  Hudson  G. 
Response  of  some  rodent  populations  to 
pinyon-j uniper  reduction  on  the  Kaibab 
Plateau,  Arizona.   The  Southwestern  Nat. 
15(1):  23-27;  1970. 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service. 
Seeds  of  woody  plants  in  the  United  States. 
In:   Shopmeyer,   C.   S. ,   tech.  coord.; 
Agricultural  Handbook  No.   450.  Washington, 
DC:   U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service;  1974.   883  p. 

West,  Neal  E.   Rodent-influenced  establishment 
of  ponderosa  pine  and  bitterbrush  seedlings 
in  central  Oregon.   Ecology.   49(5):  110-1011; 
1968. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman' s 
Association  1983  conference;  1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT-168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,   Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;   1984.   96  p. 


31 


TOWARD  PRODUCING  DISEASE-FREE  CONTAINER-GROWN  NATIVE  WILDLAND  PLANTS 

David  L.  Nelson 


ABSTRACT:     Methods  and  a  fundamental  philosophy 
for  producing  healthy  planting  stock  of  native 
wildland  plants  are  presented.     Drawing  from 
the  experience  of  agriculture,  horticulture, 
and  forestry,  cultural  and  biological  disease 
control  methods  are  reviewed.     The  focus  is 
placed  on  certification  of  planting  materials, 
producing  pathogen-free  propagules,  greenhouse 
design  and  management  for  disease  prevention, 
controlling  pathogens  in  plant  growing  medium, 
the  role  of  native-host  genetic  variability, 
and  managing  biological  control  of  soil-borne 
diseases . 


INTRODUCTION 

Interest  is  increasing  rapidly  in  using  native 
wildland  plants  to  revegetate  disturbed  areas 
and  improve  wildlife  and  livestock  ranges  in 
the  western  United  States.     Producing  healthy 
planting  stock  can  enhance  these  activities. 
It  is  important  to  know  when  to  take  action  in 
preventing  and  controlling  diseases  of  plants. 
It  is  generally  believed  that  if  a  disease  is 
present  it  will  be  obvious  and  the  plant  will 
die,  or  if  it  does  not  die  then  it  must  not 
have  a  disease.     A  plant  without  obvious 
disease  symptoms  is  not  necessarily  a 
disease-free  or  pathogen-free  plant.     There  are 
also  examples  of  viruses,  bacteria,  fungi,  and 
nematodes  that  affect  roots  only  slightly.  The 
only  visible  injury  is  reduced  top  growth. 
Probably  as  much  damage  results  from  these 
"root  nibblers"  as  from  virulent  pathogens  that 
induce  obvious  symptoms  and  kill  plants 
rapidly.     Fungicidal  treatment  to  prevent 
seedling  diseases  such  as  damping-off  often 
only  suppresses  the  pathogen  which  later 
induces  further  disease  in  the  container  plant 
or  in  the  field  after  outplanting   (Baker  1965) . 

A  wise  approach  is  to  adopt  rigid  disease 
prevention  methods  regardless  of  present  known 
disease  problems.     Currently,   little  if  any 
research  effort  is  directed  toward  controlling 
diseases  in  the  production  of  wildland  planting 
stock.     The  purpose  here,   therefore,   is  to 
relate  facets  of  existing  knowledge  developed 
over  the  years  in  the  horticultural  and 
agricultural  experience  that  may  be  of  value  in 
the  wildland  plant  scene. 


David  L.   Nelson  is  plant  pathologist, 
Intermountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment 
Station,  Forest  Service,  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,   located  at  the  Shrub  Sciences 
Laboratory,  Provo,  Utah. 


Becoming  aware  is  a  major  step  in  preventing 
plant  disease  problems.     A  long-standing 
principle  in  plant  pathology  is  that  action 
must  be  taken  in  advance  to  prevent  disease 
problems.     The  goal  of  producing  disease-free 
planting  stock  is  also  a  responsibility,   from  a 
biological  standpoint,   that  must  be  considered. 
There  are  several  basic  reasons  for  emphasis  on 
producing  disease-free  planting  materials. 
Clearly,   the  production  of  healthy  planting 
stock  is  essential.     It  is  important  to  avoid 
introduction  of  seed-borne  pathogens  to  new 
field  sites  via  planting  stock.  After 
outplanting,   failure  of  the  plant  from  a 
disease  that  did  not  express  obvious  symptoms 
during  container  culture  is  an  important  but 
more  subtle  problem.     The  responsibility  to 
produce  disease-free  stock  extends  beyond  the 
marketing  stage  of  containerized  plants. 

How  can  an  emerging  native  wildland  plant 
industry  organize  itself  to  discharge  this 
responsibility?     Through  an  interaction  of 
private,   State,  and  Federal  interests,  an 
improved  certification  program  should  be 
developed.     Certification  of  various  plant 
attributes  is  already  in  progress  at  State  and 
private  concerns,  plant  introduction  stations, 
and  plant  material  centers  across  the  West. 
The  purpose  here  is  to  stress  certification 
against  plant  disease.     Benefits  can  be 
realized.     Disease  prevention  should  focus  on 
certification  in  three  basic  areas:  (1) 
seed-borne  and  vegetative-propagule-borne 
pathogens,    (2)  producing  disease-free  planting 
stock,  both  bare-root  and  containerized,  and 
(3)   a  rigidly  defined  and  controlled  genetic 
base  for  seed  collections. 

Various  methods  have  been  used  to  prevent  plant 
disease  in  container-grown  planting  stock. 
These  methods  have  included  seed  certification, 
cultural  sanitation,  chemical  seed  treatment, 
pesticidal  drenches,   soil  fumigation,  heat 
treatment  of  planting  media,  vegetative 
propagule  disease  indexing,  apical  shoot  tip 
culture,  biological  control,  and  pathogen 
suppressive  growing  media.     These  constitute  a 
broad  area  of  information;   and  this  discussion 
will  be  limited  primarily  to  cultural  and 
biological  means  of  producing  disease-free, 
container-grown  wildland  plants. 


CULTURAL  CONTROL 

Sanitation  is  the  most  important  single 
guideline  in  the  cultural  control  of  plant 
disease  problems  of  container-grown  plants, 


32 


Sanitation  is  essential  in  the  production, 
collection,   cleaning,   storage,  and  germination 
of  seed.     Sanitation  also  is  an  essential 
factor  in  maintaining  greenhouse  and  shadehouse 
environments  and  in  seedling  transport  and 
planting . 


Pathogen-free  Plant  Propagules 

Use  of  pathogen-free  seed  is  an  obvious  first 
step  in  controlling  diseases  in  container-grown 
plants  as  well  as  in  nursery  or  direct  field 
seeding.     Several  good  references  on  seed-borne 
pathogens  are:     Baker  1956,    1972;   Baker  and 
Smith  1966;   and  Harman  1983.     Plant  pathogens 
may  accompany  seed  independently  as  spores, 
resting  structures,  host  debris,   infested  soil, 
and  nematode  galls.     They  may  be  carried 
passively,  attached  to  the  surface  of  seed  or 
fruit  parts,  or  they  may  be  carried  internally, 
imbedded  in  host  seed  tissue. 

Seed  dissemination  of  pathogens  is  a  natural 
biological  mechanism  that  has  evolved  as  a  mode 
of  transmission  in  space,   from  season  to  season 
and  from  plant  generation  to  generation. 
Seed-borne  pathogens  are  not  always 
transmitted,  but  when  they  are,   they  are 
usually  a  source  of  severe  loss.     Viruses  are 
frequently  seed  transmitted.     They  usually 
infect  gametes  and  persist  during  seed 
development.     Mechanically  transmitted  viruses 
infest  seed  coats  and  are  then  transmitted  to 
seedlings.     Bacteria  commonly  infect  developing 
embryos.     They  also  enter  the  seed  through  the 
funiculus  and  reside  in  cavities  of  the  seed 
coat  or  on  outer  layers  of  the  embryo  and 
endosperm.     Fungi  have  numerous  mechanisms  for 
infecting  seed  and  transmission  to  seedlings. 
The  smuts  of  grasses  invade  embryos,  and  Fungi 
Imperfecti  commonly  infect  seed  coats  and 
pericarps . 

Injuries  to  seed  during  cleaning,   for  example, 
cracked  seed  coats,   serve  as  entry  points  for 
both  seed  and  plant  pathogens  and  should  be 
avoided.     Pathogen  propagules  such  as  the 
sclerotia   (ergots)  of  Claviceps  and  seeds  of 
Orobanche  and  Cuscuta  that  accompany  seed  can 
be  removed  by  separation  during  seed  cleaning. 
Externally  borne  pathogens  can  usually  be 
controlled  by  surface  chemical  treatment,  but 
internally  borne  pathogens  are  more  difficult 
to  control  requiring  penetrating  chemicals.  To 
some  extent  thermotherapy  has  been  successful 
in  killing  internally  borne  pathogens.  Hot 
water,   dry  hot  air,  and  aerated  steam  have  been 
used  effectively  to  eliminate  pathogens. 
Aerated-steam  treatment  of  seed  has  promising 
advantages   (Baker  1969).     Temperature  can  be 
controlled  more  accurately,  seeds  are  left 
drier,   there  is  less  leaching,   there  is  less 
damage  to  seeds,  and  the  margin  between 
pathogen  thermal  death  point  and  seed  damage  is 
wider . 


culture,   indexing  and  certification. 
Certification  programs  should  be  organized  to 
establish  tolerance  levels  for  seed-borne 
pathogens.     In  the  emerging  native  wildland 
seed  industry  what  is  the  status  of  knowledge 
on  seed-borne  pathogens?    Has  action  been  taken 
to  establish  even  the  potential  of  what  is 
inevitable?     In  the  wildland  scene  a  sound 
program  must  begin  with  gaining  knowledge  of 
seed-borne  pathogens  and  their  recognition  by 
the  collector. 


Greenhouse  design 

Having  achieved  acceptable  control  of  seed- 
borne  pathogens,   the  focus  can  then  turn  to 
seed  germination  and  growth  of  containerized 
plants  in  greenhouse  culture.     Commonly,   if  not 
almost  universally,  prevention  of  plant  disease 
is  not  considered  in  the  design  of  greenhouses. 
Here  again,  enhancing  sanitation  to  reduce 
sources  of  contamination  should  be  the 
guideline.     Greenhouses  and  adjoining 
headhouses  are  seldom  designed  by  persons  with 
insight  into  plant  disease  prevention. 
Although  elaborate  systems  can  be  devised  to 
exclude  pathogens  for  special  purposes, 
relatively  simple  design  considerations  can 
make  big  improvements  in  routine  operations. 

Contamination  can  be  avoided  or  greatly  reduced 
if,   in  the  headhouse,   container  and  equipment 
cleaning  and  preparation  and  media  treatment 
activities  are  in  a  room  separate  from 
container  filling  and  planting  activities. 
These  rooms  should  be  separated  by  a  buffer 
room  to  reduce  contaminate  passage.  A 
vestibule  should  join  the  headhouse  and 
greenhouse  planting  growing  rooms  to  allow 
independent  access  to  rooms  with  distinct 
activities   (fig.    1).     The  usual 
single-room  thoroughfare  type  headhouses  or 
separate  buildings  that  require  outside 
transport  of  materials  to  greenhouses  are 
unacceptable  because  contamination  is  likely. 


HEADHOUSE 


GREENHOUSE 


Filling 
and 
Planting 


Buffer 
Room 


Cleaning 

and 
Media 

Preparation 


CO 
> 


Growing 
Room 


Corridor 


Growing 
Room 


Prevention  of  seed-borne  pathogens  begins  in 
the  field  with  production  of  disease-free 
plants.     Other  methods  include  apical  meristem 


Figure  1. --Basic  headhouse-greenhouse  design  for 
plant  disease  prevention. 


33 


Figure  2.--A  greenhouse  bench  designed  to  prevent  plant  disease.  Note  bench  sides  are  not  fixed  to 
board  support  pipes,  and  removable  boards  act  to  minimize  accumulation  of  debris. 


Container  filling  and  planting  operations 
should  not  take  place  in  greenhouse  growing 
rooms  because  soil  or  other  planting  media 
spillage  serves  as  an  organic  substrate  for 
growth  of  pathogens  on  greenhouse  floors. 

Greenhouse  benches  come  in  almost  every  form 
and  design  imaginable  and  unfortunately  many 
are  conducive  to  creating  disease  problems.  A 
well-designed  greenhouse  bench  should  feature  a 
container  support  base  that  is  independently 
supported  from  bench  sides  to  avoided  edges  on 
which  debris  may  accumulate   (fig.   2).     The  base 
should  also  minimize  areas  where  organic 
material  can  accumulate.     The  base  should  be 
easily  removable  for  cleaning,  decontamination, 
and  treatment.     An  ideal  system  is  to  use 
removable  boards  impregnated  with 
cooper-naphthenate .     Periodically  cleaning  and 
treating  boards  achieves  an  essentially 
self-sterilizing  base  for  containers  (Baker 
1957). 

Watering  Plants 

Plant  watering  methods  are  a  vital 
consideration  in  disease  prevention.     To  begin 
with,   containers  are  commonly  overfilled  with 
growing  medium,   leaving  no  reservoir  for  water. 
As  a  result,  excess  medium  is  then  flushed  from 
containers  and  accumulates  under  benches  to 
provide  an  organic  base  for  microorganisms. 
Individual  watering  nozzles  should  be  hung  up 


and  not  allowed  to  contact  the  greenhousp  floor 
where  they  can  become  contaminated  with 
disease-inducing  organisms. 

Container-grown  plants  are  almost  universally 
overwatered,  which  usually  leads  to  seedling 
root  rot  problems.     Wildland  plants  present  a 
special  problem  in  this  regard  because  of  their 
innate  variability.     Wide  variation  in 
germination  rate,  growth  rate,  and  form 
requires  selective  watering.  The 
nonselectivity  of  large  automatic  watering 
systems  is  a  particular  problem.  Many 
desirable  western  U.S.  native  plants  are 
adapted  to  semiarid  environments  and  grow  in 
soils  with  extremely  low  water  potentials 
compared  to  the  average  domesticated 
ornamental.     Little  literature  is  available  on 
the  specific  soil  water  potential  requirements 
of  seedlings.     The  role  of  soil  water  potential 
and  the  ecology  of  plant  pathogens  have  been 
studied  for  some  agricultural  plant  diseases 
(Cook  and  Papendrick  1970).     Some  unpublished 
data  on  wildland  shrubs   (Welch  and  others,  USDA 
Forest  Service,   Shrub  Sciences  Lab.,  Provo, 
Utah),  indicate  that  various  species,  sagebrush 
for  example,  grown  in  containers  show  little 
evidence  of  water  stress  even  at  -25  to  -30 
atmospheres.     Visual  judgment  of  the  soil 
moisture  a  plant  needs  will  probably  result  in 
overwatering .     Critical  measurement  of  soil 
moisture  requirements  is  necessary  to  plan 
watering  methods  and  consequently  prevent 
disease . 


34 


Controlling  Pathogens  in  Growing  Media 

Pathogen-free  plant  propagules  and  sanitary 
greenhouse  management  are  of  no  avail  without 
use  of  a  controlled-pathogen  growing  medium.  A 
vital  component  of  native  soil  is  the  array  of 
living  microorganisms  that  exist  in  a 
dynamically  fluctuating  equilibrium.  The 
system  is  controlled  by  the  unique  physical, 
chemical,  and  biological  environmental 
characteristics  of  specific  soil  and  vegetative 
types   (Baker  1961;   Elton  1958).     The  system  is 
biologically  buffered  and  permanent  changes 
occur  only  with  major  environmental  shocks. 
Such  disruptions  occur,   for  example,  as  a 
result  of  the  numerous  modifications  incident 
to  agricultural,  greenhouse,  or  nursery 
operations . 

Containerized  plant  growing  media  can  be 
categorized  as  either  containing  soil  or  as 
soilless.     The  two  types  require  different 
treatments  to  manage  pathogens  and  retain 
proper  biological  and  physical  plant  growth 
factors   (Baker  1957,   1962a,   1962b).     It  cannot 
be  assumed  that  soilless  media  ingredients,  for 
example,  peat,   sawdust,  ground  bark,  perlite, 
or  vermiculite  are  or  will  remain 
pathogen-free.     It  can  be  more  safely  assumed 
that  what  these  media  do  have  are  low  or  poorly 
balanced  microorganism  populations.  Treatments 
to  eradicate  or  control  pathogens  must  contend 
with  these  unique  features. 

Fumigation  of  media  with  chemicals  is  a 
widespread  practice,  although  there  are 
attending  disadvantages   (Baker  1957,  1961, 
1965).     Toxic  chemicals  are  difficult  to 
contain  in  greenhouse  operations  and  their  use 
may  become  legally  complicated  in  urban  areas. 
Toxic  residues  may  remain  even  after  long 
periods  of  aeration.     Fumigants  move  through 
the  soil  in  a  concentration  gradient  resulting 
in  nonuniform  treatment.     Broad  spectrum 


fumigants  such  as  cloropicrin  and  methyl 
bromide  tend  to  "overkill"  and  result  in 
biological  vacuums.     More  specific  fungicides, 
for  example  ,  PCNB,  Dexon,  carbon  disulphide, 
and  Nemagon  are  available.     However,  pathogen 
populations  are  selected  for  resistance  more 
rapidly  by  the  more  specific  chemicals.  Steam 
sterilization  of  media  by  heating  to  212°  F 
also  results  in  biological  vacuums.  Both 
chemical  and  heat  methods  have  the  danger  of 
recontamination.     The  drastically  reduced 
competition  in  these  treated  soils  results  in 
rapid  uninhibited  growth  of  introduced 
pathogenic  organisms.     Loss  to  disease  may  be 
more  severe  than  in  untreated  media. 
Phytotoxic  compounds  are  also  formed  in  soils 
that  are  treated  at  high  temperatures. 

Aerated-steam  treatment  of  plant  growing  media 
avoids  most  of  these  problems   (Baker  1962a). 
With  this  system,  air  is  injected  into  the 
steam  mass,  producing  a  lower  temperature  vapor 
(fig.   3).     By  careful  adjustment  of  vapor 
temperature,  organisms  can  be  selectively 
eliminated  from  the  soil.     Parasitic  organisms 
tend  to  have  more  specialized  enzyme  systems 
than  saprophytic  organisms  and  thus  tend  to 
have  lower  thermal  death  points.     Most  weed 
seeds  and  many  pathogenic  fungi,  bacteria,  and 
viruses  can  be  eliminated  or  inactivated  in 
soil  by  aerated-steam  treatment  at  140°  F  for 
30  minutes,   leaving  a  beneficial  population  of 
microorganisms   (fig.   4).     Remaining  fungi, 
bacteria,  and  actinomycetes  then  increase  in 
number  and  antagonistic  members  act  to  inhibit 
invasion  by  contaminate  pathogens.  Fungistatic 
soil  factors  are  initially  lowered,  but  return 
to  normal.     Any  phytotoxins  produced  are  at  low 
levels.     Fire  molds  or  "weed  fungi"  that  grow 
profusely  in  sterilized  soil  are  suppressed. 
The  use  of  aerated  steam  is  less  expensive  than 
steam  sterilization  because  of  the  reduced 
temperature  and  treatment  time  required. 


MIXING  CHAMBER 
Steam  Supply    3  3  Low  TemP  Vapo^ 


n 


U 

>- 

•*-> 

Q. 

CT3 
(/) 

a 

C 

CO 

de 

c 
o 

< 

J 


Figure  3. --Diagram  illustrating  the  method  of  aerated-stream  production  for  heat-treatment  of  plant 
growing  media. 


35 


c 

100- 

« 

90- 

* 

80- 
70- 

■ 

60- 
50- 
40- 


M 


-200 


-780 


-760 


-740 


-720 


} 


-Resistant  weed  seed 
and  viruses 


-Most  weed  seed 

-All  bacteria  and  most 
viruses 

-Soil  insects 

-Most  fungi  and  bacteria 

-Nematodes 
-  Wate  r  molds 


-700 


Figure  4 . --Temperature  scale  illustrating  the 
thermal  death  zones  of  plant  pathogenic  fungi, 
bacteria,  viruses,  and  other  soil  organisms  and 
weed  seeds  when  subjected  to  moisture  and  heat, 
in  most  cases  for  30  minutes  (adapted  from 
Baker  1957) . 


Aerated-steam  treatment  of  soil  is  a  prelude  to 
and  a  valuable  research  tool  in  achieving 
biological  control  of  soil-borne  plant 
pathogens . 


BIOLOGICAL  CONTROL  OF  PLANT  PATHOGENS  IN 
CONTAINER  MEDIA 

The  environment,  host  plant,  and  pathogen  are 
not  mutually  exclusive.     These  three  elements 
interact  to  result  in  plant  disease.     The  host 
and  pathogen  are  reciprocal  biological 
environmental  elements  and  also  influence  and 
are  influenced  by  the  physical  environment. 
Cultural  methods  of  managing  plant  disease  are 
primarily  directed  toward  manipulating  the 
physical  environment.     The  host  plant, 
pathogen,  and  other  biotic  elements  are  the 
focus  of  biological  control.     The  objective  of 
biological  control  is  not  necessarily  to 
eliminate  disease,  but  to  reduce  it  to  a 
tolerable  level. 


Genetic  Variability  of  Plants 

Genetic  resistance,  tolerance,  and 
susceptibility  to  pathogens  are  of  fundamental 
importance  in  natural  and  manipulated 
biological  control  schemes.     A  basic  difference 
exists  in  the  genetic  nature  of  wildland  plants 


and  domesticated  plants.     This  is  the  native, 
relatively  unaltered  genetic  variability  of 
wildland  plants.     While  this  characteristic 
presents  formidable  problems  for  standardized 
cultural  procedures,   it  is  a  virtue  in 
providing  disease  resistance  that  must  be 
rigidly  protected.     Variability  is  a  basic 
factor  in  the  survival  and  evolution  of  plant 
species.     It  must  be  protected  at  each  step  in 
the  manipulation  of  native  plants  to  be  used 
for  revegetation  or  range  and  wildlife  habitat 
improvement.     Methods  used  at  each  step  must  be 
studied  carefully  for  impact  on 
variability — from  seed  base  selection,  seed 
collection,   seed  cleaning,   seed  storage, 
pregermination  treatment,  and  germination 
culture  to  seedling  culture  and  plant 
establishment  whether  it  be  direct  seeding  or 
planting  bare-root  or  containerized  stock.  Use 
of  narrow  line,  vegetatively  produced  planting 
stock  in  wildland  revegetation  projects  should 
be  seriously  questioned. 

Cultural  predisposition  of  container-grown 
plants  to  various  pathogens  is  a  two-fold 
problem  in  disease  prevention.     There  could  be 
loss  from  disease  in  containerized  plant 
production  or  the  potential  for  loss  extended 
in  time.     If,   for  example,  50  percent  of  a 
native  plant  population  is  susceptible  to  a 
root  rot  when  soil  environment  tends  toward  the 
anaerobic,  one  might  predict  predisposition  to 
certain  pathogens  when  container-grown  plants 
are  overwatered.     The  surviving  population 
could  then  have  a  narrowed  range  of  variability 
with  which  to  confront  their  environment  when 
outplanted . 

To  take  advantage  of  naturally  existing 
biological  control  systems  now  functioning  in 
the  wildlands  of  the  West,  it  is  important,  in 
fact  imperative,   than  an  extreme  effort  is  made 
to  return  revegetation  plants  (via 
containerized  stock,  bare-root,  or  seed)  in 
near  their  native  genetic  state.  Systematic 
seed  collection  methods  need  to  be  developed 
toward  maximizing  the  preservation  of  the 
genetic  amplitude  of  plant  populations  of 
interest.     The  plague  of  achieving  disease 
resistance  in  agricultural  plants  has  been  the 
loss  of  native  gene  pools  through  the  plant 
selection,   improvement,  and  breeding  sequence 
of  domestication.     Through  history,  plant 
pathologists  and  plant  breeders  have  searched 
for  lost  genes  by  returning  to  native 
populations.     Must  the  native  wildland  plant 
venture  repeat  the  costly  mistake  of  losing 
native  variability? 


Managing  Biological  Control 

Biological  control  of  soil-borne  disease 
problems  centers  on  manipulating  antagonists 
and  certain  physical  factors  in  the  growing 
medium  of  container  plants.  Antagonistic 
activity  occurs  by  parasitism,  predation, 
competition  for  nutrients,  and  inhibitions  from 
metabolic  products  of  another  organism  (Baker 
and  Cook  1974) .     Disease  development  may  be 


36 


suppressed  in  certain  soils  even  though  both 
pathogen  and  susceptible  host  are  present 
(Baker  and  Cook  1974;  Liu  and  Baker  1980). 
Both  biological  and  nonbiological  factors  are 
involved  in  these  suppressive  soils. 
Biological  control  and  the  nature  of 
suppressive  soil  are  at  the  forefront  of 
current  research  on  controlling  soil-borne 
diseases  of  greenhouse  and  container-grown 
plants   (Henis  and  others  1979;   Chet  and  Baker 
1980;   Scher  and  Baker  1980). 

With  the  aerated-steam  treatment  method  already 
mentioned,  certain  pathogens,  but  not  all 
pathogens,   can  be  selectively  eliminated  from 
soil.     The  common  spore-forming  bacterium 
Bacillus  subtilis  Cohn  emend  Praznowski  is 
retained  and  proliferates,  producing  rather 
specific  antibiotics  that  are  antagonistic  to 
reinvasion  by  strains  of  Rhizoctonia  solani 
Kuhn,  a  common  pathogen  of  container  plants 
(Baker  and  others  1967;  Olsen  and  Baker  1968). 
The  degree  of  specificity  characteristic  of 
this  bacterium  limits  broad  application. 
Strains  of  the  ectomycorrhizal  fungus  Laccria 
accata  (Scop.:Fr.)  Berk.   &  Br.   protect  Douglas 
fir  (Pseudotsuga  menziesii   [Mirb.]  Franco) 
against  Fusarium  oxysporum  Schlect.   emend  Snyd. 
&  Hans. ,  which  induces  a  root  rot  of  seedlings 
(Sylvia  and  Sinclair  1983) .     The  disease  is 
suppressed  in  soil-free  systems  but  not  in 
heat-treated  soil.     Seedling  root  growth, 
however,   is  also  suppressed  by  cell-free 
metabolites  of  the  fungus.     Various  soil-free 
formulations  containing  composted  hardwood  bark 
used  as  a  growing  medium  are  suppressive  to 
Phy tophthora  c immamomi  Rands,  Rhizoctonia 
solani ,  and  Fusarium  oxysproum,  respectively 


root  rot,  damping-off,  and  wilt  inducers 
(Hoitink  and  others  1977;  Nelson  and  Hoitink 
1983;   Chef  and  others   1983).     A  dual  mechanism 
has  been  suggested,  attributed  to  antagonistic 
fungi   (for  example,  Trichoderma  harzianum 
Rifai)  and  heat-stable  chemical  inhibitors. 
Modification  of  soil  factors  such  as  pH  and 
moisture  levels  can  induce  suppressiveness  in  a 
conducive  soil.     Parasitism  of  Rhizoctonia  by 
Trichoderma  is  enhanced  with  these 
modifications . 

Container  growing  media  containing  native  soils 
have  the  advantage  of  a  more  diverse,  complex 
microbiota  than  soilless  artificial  media. 
With  complexity  comes  stability  and  a  greater 
chance  of  biological  control  without 
modifications  based  on  extensive  research. 
With  introduction  of  specific  antagonistic 
fungi  into  sterile  or  soilless  media  to 
suppress  specific  pathogens  there  remains  the 
risk  of  contamination  and  introduction  of  a 
second  pathogen  not  influenced  by  the  existing 
antagonists.     In  addition,   the  medium 
environment  must  be  adapted  to  the  selected 
antagonist.     The  potential  for  developing 
biological  control  with  container-grown 
wildland  plant  diseases  must  exist.  Existing 
natural  systems  must  be  studied.  Disease 
inducing  organisms  and  specific  antagonists 
need  to  be  identified. 

One  must  conclude  that  no  single  disease 
control  method  is  a  complete  answer,  and  so  we 
hear  terms  like  integrated  control  or  a 
holistic  approach — the  battle  goes  on. 
Regardless  and  undoubtedly,   sanitation  and  good 
housekeeping  will  continue  to  be  in  order. 


37 


PUBLICATIONS  CITED 


Baker,  K.   F.  Development  and  production  of 
pathogen-free  seed  of  three  ornamental 
plants.   Plant  Dis.   Rep.   Suppl.   238:  68-71; 
1956. 

Baker,  K.   F.   ed.   The  U. C.   system  for  producing 
healthy  container  grown  plants.  Manual  23. 
Berkeley,  CA:  University  of  California,  Calif. 
Agr.  Exp.   Sta.;   1957.   332  p. 

Baker,  K.   F.   Control  of  root-rot  diseases; 
section  5,   the  pathogenesis  of  root 
degeneration.   In:  Toronto:  University  of 
Toronto  Press;  Recent  Advances  in  Botany  1: 
486-490;  1961. 

Baker,  K.   F.   Principles  of  heat  treatment  of 
soil  and  planting  material.   J.  Austr.  Inst. 
Agric.   Sci.   28:   118-126;  1962a. 

Baker,  K.  F.   Thermotherapy  of  planting 
material.   Phytopathology.  52:  1244-1255; 
1962b. 

Baker,  K.   F.  Disease-free  plants.  In: 

Symposium,  a  look  into  the  future;  1965 
October  26  and  27.  Dedication  of  the  Kenneth 
Post  Laboratories,  New  York  State  Flower 
Growers,   Inc.,  and  Cornell  University;  The 
Kenneth  Post  Foundation;    1965.   9  p. 

Baker,  K.   F.  Aerated-steam  treatment  of  seed 
for  disease  control.  Hort.   Res.   9:  59-73; 
1969. 

Baker,  K.   F.   Seed  pathology.   In:  Kozlowski,  T. 
T. ,   ed.   Seed  biology.   Vol.   2.  New  York: 
Academic  Press;   1972:  317-416. 

Baker,  K.   F. ;   Cook  R.   J.   Biological  control  of 
plant  pathogens.   San  Francisco,  CA:  W.  H. 
Freeman  Co.;   1974.  433  p. 

Baker,  K.   F. ;   Flentje,  N.   T. ;   Olsen,  C.  M. ; 
Stretton,  H.  M.   Effect  of  antagonists  on 
growth  and  survival  of  Rhizoctonia  solani  in 
soil.  Phytopathology.   57:  591-597;  1967. 

Baker,  K.   F.;   Smith,   S.  H.  Dynamics  of  seed 
transmission  of  plant  pathogens.  Annu.  Rev. 
Phytopathol.  4:  311-334;  1966. 

Chef,  D.   G. ;  Hoitink,  H.  A.   J.;  Madden,  L.  V. 
Effects  of  organic  components  in  container 
media  on  suppression  of  Fusarium  wilt  of 
chrysanthemum  and  flax.   Phytopathology.  73: 
279-281;  1983. 


Chet,   I.;   Baker,  R.   Induction  of 

suppressiveness  to  Rhizoctonia  solani  in 
soil.   Phytopathology.   70:   994-998;  1980. 

Cook,  R.   J.;  Papendrick,  R.   I.   Soil  water 
potential  as  a  factor  in  the  ecology  of 
Fusarium  roseum  f.   sp .   cerealis  "Culmorum". 
Plant  and  Soil.   32:   131-145;  1970. 

Elton,  C.   S.   The  ecology  of  invasions  by 

animals  and  plants.  New  York:   John  Wiley  and 
Sons;   1958.   181  p. 

Harman,  G.   E.  Mechanisms  of  seed  infection  and 
pathogensis.   In:   Symposium  on  deterioration 
mechanisms  in  seed;   73d  annual  meeting  of  the 
American  Phy topathological  Society;  1981 
August  3;  New  Orleans,  LA.  Phytopathology. 
73:  326-329;  1983. 

Henis,  Y. ;   Ghaffer,  A.;   Baker,  R.  Factors 
affecting  suppressiveness  to  Rhizoctonia 
solani  in  soil.   Phytopathology.   69:  1164; 
1979. 

Hoitink,  H.   A.   J.;  VanDoren,  D.  M. ; 
Schmitthenner ,  A.   F.   Suppression  of 
Phy tophthora  cinnamomi  in  a  composted 
hardwood  bark  potting  medium.  Phytopathology. 
67:  561-565;  1977. 

Liu,   S. ;   Baker,  R.  Mechanism  of  biological 
control  in  soil  suppressive  to  Rhizoctonia 
solani.   Phytopathology.   70:   404-412;  1980. 

Nelson,   E.   B. ,  Hoitink,  H.   A.   J.   The  role  or 
microorganisms  in  the  suppression  of 
Rhizoctonia  solani  in  container  media  amended 
with  composted  hardwood  bark.  Phytopathology. 
73:  274-278;  1983. 

Olsen,   C.  M. ;   Baker,  K.   F.   Selective  heat 
treatment  of  soil,   and  its  effect  on  the 
inhibition  of  Rhizoctonia  solani  by  Bacillus 
subtilis.   Phytopathology.   58:   79-87;  1968. 

Scher,   F.   M. ;   Baker,   R.   Mechanism  of  biological 
control  in  a  Fusarium-suppressive  soil. 
Phytopathology.   70:  412-417;  1980. 

Sylvia,  D.  M. ;   Sinclair,  W.  A.  Suppressive 
influence  of  Laccaria  laccata  on  Fusarium 
oxyporum  and  on  Douglas-fir  seedlings. 
Phytopathology.   73:   384-389;  1983. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;   1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT- 168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 


38 


BIOLOGY  AND  MANAGEMENT 
Robert  L. 

ABSTRACT 

Botrytis  cinerea  is  an  important  pathogen  of  coni- 
fer seedlings  in  western  North  America,  especially 
within  greenhouses.     Environmental  conditions  in 
greenhouses,   such  as  high  humidity  and  cool  temper- 
atures, are  conducive  to  infection  by  and  spread  of 
this  fungus.     To  reduce  losses  from  Botrytis  blight, 
cultural  practices  aimed  at  reducing  inoculum  and 
altering  environmental  conditions  necessary  for 
infection  should  be  combined  with  rotated  use  of 
different  fungicides.     Several  fungicides  used  to 
control  Botrytis  in  the  past  are  no  longer  effec- 
tive because  the  fungus  has  developed  tolerance  to 
them.     Fungicides  commonly  used  to  control  this 
disease  are  discussed. 


INTRODUCTION 

Grey  mold  caused  by  Botrytis  cinerea   (Fr.)  Pers. 
is  one  of  the  most  damaging  diseases  of  seedlings 
in  forest  tree  nurseries.     The  disease  is  espe- 
cially severe  on  containerized  conifers  in  green- 
houses where  conditions  are  ideal  for  infection  by 
and  buildup  of  the  fungus   (James,  Woo  and  Myers 
1982;  McCain  1978).     However,   Botrytis  blight  may 
also  occur  in  seedbeds  where  it  causes  damage 
during  cool,  wet  port  ions  of  the  year   (James  1980; 
James  and  others  1983).     The  fungus  is  also 
responsible  for  losses  to  seedlings  in  storage 
(Smith  and  others  1973) . 

Although  many  conifer  species  are  susceptible  to 
Botrytis ,  greatest  damage  has  been  reported  on 
Douglas-fir,  western  hemlock,   lodgepole  pine,  and 
spruce  in  British  Columbia   (Sutherland  and  Van 
Eerden  1980),  western  larch,   lodgepole  pine,  and 
Engelmann  spruce  in  northern  Idaho  and  northwestern 
Montana   (James  and  Genz  1983;   James  and  Gilligan 
1983;  James  and  others  1982),   lodgepole  pine, 
Scots  pine,  Engelmann  spruce  and  blue  spruce  in 
Colorado  (Gillman  and  James  1980),  and  giant 
sequoia  and  Douglas-fir  in  California  (McCain  and 
Smith  1978) . 

BIOLOGY 

Of  the  22  species  of  Botrytis ,   B_.   cinerea,   the  one 
that  affects  conifer  seedlings,    is  the  most  common 
and  has  the  widest  host  range   (over  200  plant 
species)    (Jarvis  1980b;   Sutherland  and  Van  Eerden 
1980) .     Other  Botrytis  species  are  more  pathogen- 
ically  specialized  and  thus  have  narrower  host 
ranges . 


Robert  L.  James,  Plant  Pathologist,  Cooperative 
Forestry  and  Pest  Management,   Northern  Region, 
USDA  Forest  Service,  Missoula,  Montana. 


OF  BOTRYTIS  BLIGHT 
James 

A  typical  disease  cycle  for  B.  cinerea  is 
shown  in  figure  1.     Initial  infection  in 
nurseries  results  from  spores  produced  on  nearby 
infected  plants  or  crop  debris  and  from  fungal 
resting  structures   (sclerotia)   (Coley-Smith  1980; 
McCain  1978).     Sclerotia  often  form  after  the 
growth  phase  of  the  fungus  or  following  seedling 
mortality  (Coley-Smith  1980)  .     These  sclerotia 
persist  in  soil,   plant  debris  or  within  green- 
houses and  can  produce  both  sexual  (ascospores) 
and  asexual   (conidia)  spores. 

The  sexual  stage  of  the  fungus  is  Botryotinia 
f uckeliana   (DeBary)  Whetzel,  which  has  been 
found  frequently  in  nature   (Jarvis  1980b)  . 
Apothecia  produced  from  overwintering  sclerotia 
give  rise  to  ascospores  which  may  initiate  in- 
fection (Jarvis  1980a).     However,   asexual  conidia 
are  responsible  for  most  infection,   spread,  and 
buildup  of  the  disease  in  nurseries. 


Figure  1. — Disease  cycle  of  Botrytis  cinerea 
(after  Jarvis  1980a) . 


Conidia  are  dry  and  usually  dispersed  by  air 
currents  and  less  frequently  carried  by  water 
droplets   (Jarvis  1980a) .     Conidial  dispersal 
occurs  primarily  when  the  relative  humidity  is 
rising  or  falling  rapidly  (Jarvis  1980a) .  Presence 
of  free  moisture  on  foliage  for  several  hours  and 
prolonged  cool  temperatures  of  about  13-14°  C  are 
necessary  for  infection  (Blakeman  1980) .  Germi- 
nating conidia  form  appressoria  on  the  surface  of 
leaves  and  germ  tubes  penetrate  directly  through 
the  cuticle   (Blakeman  1980) .     Wounded  or  necrotic 


39 


host  tissues  are  quickly  infected  and  colonized 
(Sutherland  and  Van  Eerden  1980). 

Within  the  disease  cycle,    the  fungus  may  become 
inactive   (latent)   following  conidial  dispersal 
or  infection  (figure  1) .     However,  when  inoculum 
is  abundant  and  environmental  and  host  suscep- 
tibility conditions  are  conducive,  "aggressive 
pathogenicity"  occurs   (Jarvis  1980a) .  Conducive 
environmental  conditions  include  high  relative 
humidity,   cool  temperatures,   and  free  surface 
moisture  on  foliage.     Host  susceptiblity  factors 
include  nutrient  imbalances  causing  seedling  stress 
and  presence  of  senescent  tissues  for  saprophytic 
buildup  of  inoculum  (Sutherland  and  Van  Eerden 
1980) .     When  conditions  for  infection  are  ideal 
and  inoculum  abundant,   latent  periods  are  short 
and  epidemics  can  occur  quickly   (Jarvis  1980a) . 

Symptoms  of  Botrytis  infection  usually  become 
apparent  when  crowns  of  conifer  seedlings  begin 
to  close  and  affected  seedlings  usually  occur  in 
isolated  pockets  (Gillman  and  James  1980;  James 
and  others  1982).     The  fungus  usually  first 
attacks  senescent  tissues  at  the  base  of  seedlings 
and  then  spreads  to  surrounding  live  host  material 
(Smith  and  others  1973;  Sutherland  and  Van  Eerden 
1980) .     Symptoms  on  infected  seedlings  include 
needle  necrosis,  twig  and  stem  lesions,  and 
mortality. 


MANAGEMENT 

Controlling  Botrytis  blight  is  difficult  because 
the  pathogen  is  capable  of  attacking  all  plant 
parts  at  almost  any  stage  of  their  growth  and  in 
storage   (Maude  1980) .     The  best  approach  to  control 
is  to  avoid  conditions  that  are  suited  for  disease 
buildup.     This  includes  controlling  stocking  by 
reducing  density  to  improve  air  circulation  among 
seedlings   (Cooley  1981),  which  means  producing 
fewer  trees  per  unit  area.     However,   this  is  com- 
pensated by  higher  quality,  disease-free  seedlings. 
If  possible,   irrigation  during  periods  of  host  sus- 
ceptibility should  also  be  limited  (Cooley  1981). 
Adding  drying  agents  to  irrigation  water  to  expedite 
drying  of  foliage  may  also  help  reduce  infection. 
Fertilization  should  also  be  done  properly.  For 
example,   too  much  fertilizer  may  cause  seedlings 
to  burn,  providing  ideal  infection  courts  for 
Botrytis  (Sutherland  and  Van  Eerden  1980),  and  too 
little  fertilizer  may  stress  seedlings  making  them 
more  susceptible  to  infection  (Cooley  1981). 
Another  important  cultural  practice  to  reduce  loss 
from  Botrytis  blight  is  sanitation,   aimed  primarily 
at  reducing  inoculum.     Sanitation  practices  include 
periodic  removal  of  infected  plants  and  plant 
debris,  and  cleaning  greenhouse  benches  and  floors 
with  a  surface  sterilant  between  crops  (Cooley 
1981).     Potential  inoculum  sources  outside  green- 
houses,  especially  those  upwind,   should  be  elimin- 
ated when  possible. 

As  containerized  production  of  conifers  has  in- 
creased, Botrytis  blight  has  become  more  important. 
As  a  result,  many  growers  have  had  to  rely  on  fungi- 
cides to  keep  losses  at  acceptable  levels.  Several 
fungicides  either  used  operationally  or  showing 
promise  for  future  use  are  listed  in  table  1.  Some 


of  the  more  important  of   these  are  discussed  below. 

Benomyl  is  a  systemic  fungicide  that  has  been 
used  operationally  since  the  early  1970' s.  When 
it  was  first   introduced,   benomyl  provided  excellent 
control  of  many  diseases  over  a  wide  range  of  crop 
plants.     As  a  result,  many  growers  began  to  use 
it  exclusively  to  control  Botrytis  blight,  espe- 
cially in  greenhouses   (McCain  1978;  Miller  and 
Fletcher  1974).     However,   as  early  as  1971  toler- 
ance to  benomyl  by  Botry t is  was  evident  (Bollen 
and  Scholten  1971)  .     Since  then,   there  have  been 
many  reports  of  tolerance  to  this  fungicide  by 
different  pathogens  on  a  variety  of  crops  including 
ornamental  flowers,  vegetables,   fruit  crops,  and 
conifer  seedlings   (Cooley  1981;   Gillman  and  James 
1980;   James  and  Gilligan  1983;  Jarvis  and 
Hargreaves  1973;  Miller  and  Fletcher  1974).  Simple 
tests  have  been  developed  to  quickly  assay  presence 
of  tolerant  fungal  strains.     These  involve  growing 
the  test  organisms  on  nutrient  media  amended  with 
the  fungicide.     Such  tests  have  been  used  to 
evalute  tolerance  of  Botrytis  strains  to  benomyl 
and  other  fungicides  throughout  the  West.  Results 
indicate  that  tolerance  of  Botrytis  to  benomyl  is 
so  widespread  that  this  chemical  is  usually 
ineffective  and  no  longer  recommended  for  use  in 
most  nurseries   (Cooley  1981;   Gillman  and  James 
1980;   James  and  Gilligan  1983). 

Chlorothalonil  is  another  fungicide  that  has  been 
commonly  used  to  control  Botrytis  in  greenhouses. 
However,    its  ability  to  adequately  control  the 
disease  has  often  been  reduced,   especially  after 
continued  use   (James  and  Gilligan  1983)  .  Recent 
tests  indicate  that  some  Botrytis  populations  in 
Oregon,  Montana,  and  Colorado  are  tolerant  to 
chlorothalonil   (Cooley  1981;   Gillman  and  James 
1980;   James  and  Gilligan  1983).     Although  tolerance 
to  chlorothalonil  is  not  as  widespread  as  with 
benomyl,   it  is  fairly  common  and  has  been  shown  to 
develop  quickly  in  greenhouses   (James  and  Gilligan 
1983) . 

Captan  is  a  general  protective  fungicide  that  is 
fairly  effective  against  Botrytis  (James  and  others 
1982).     However,  tolerant  strains  to  this  fungicide 
have  also  been  shown  to  exist  (Cooley  1981; 
Gillman  and  James  1980;  James  and  Gilligan  1983; 
Parry  and  Wood  1959) . 

Dicloran  is  an  effective  fungicide  against  Botrytis 
diseases  (James  and  others  1982) ,  even  though 
tolerance  of  natural  Botrytis  strains  has  been 
found  (Cooley  1981;  Gillman  and  James  1980;  James 
and  Gilligan  1983;  Webster  and  others  1970).  Toler- 
ant strains  of  the  fungus  can  also  easily  develop 
in  the  laboratory  (James,  unpublished).  Therefore, 
dicloran  should  not  be  used  repeatedly  unless 
rotated  with  other  fungicides. 

Two  relatively  new  fungicides  should  also  be 
mentioned.     Iprodione  was  originally  developed  for 
turf  diseases  (Danneberger  and  Vargas  1982;  Sanders 
and  others  1978)  and  shows  strong  toxicity 
towards  Botrytis   (Pappas  and  Fisher  1979;  Powell 
1982).     Vinclozolin  is  a  chemical  with  specific 
action  against  Botrytis  and  related  fungi  (Pappas 
and  Fisher  1979;  Ritchie  1982).     Iprodione  has 


40 


been  tested  against  Botrytis  blight  of  conifers 
and  shows  excellent  promise  (James  and  others  1982) . 
Vinclozolin  was  also  tested,  but  showed  extensive 
phytotoxicity  to  western  larch  seedlings  at  label 
rates  (James  and  Genz  1983) .     Both  fungicides 
require  more  field  tests  and  need  to  be  registered 
for  use  on  conifers.     Previous  tests  (Cooley  1981; 
James  and  Gilligan  1983;   Leroux  and  others  1977; 
Pappas  and  others  1979)  indicate  that  strains  of 
Botrytis  tolerant  to  ipriodione  and  vinclozolin 
exists,  although  not  in  large  numbers.  Tolerant 
strains  can  also  develop  rapidly  to  these  fungi- 
cides in  the  laboratory  (James,  unpublished). 

Apparently  none  of   the  fungicides  currently  avail- 
able can  be  considered  completely  effective 
against  all  Botrytis  strains  likely  to  be  encoun- 
tered.    As  a  result,   fungicide  useage  should  be 


limited  to  the  minimum  amounts  necessary  for 
effective  disease  control.     Also,   different  fungi- 
cides should  be  used   in  rotation  so  as  not  to 
exert  selective  pressure  on  Botrytis  populations 
to  develop  tolerance.     Rotated  fungicides  should 
have  different  modes  of  action,   i.e.  systemic 
chemicals  alternated  with  broad  spectrum  protect- 
ants  (Cooley  1981;   James  and  Gilligan  1983). 

For  effective  control  of  Botrytis  blight,  cultural 
practices,   such  as  better  sanitation,  providing 
adequate  air  circulation,   and  reducing  irrigation, 
should  be  combined  with  rotated  use  of  different 
fungicides.     Cultural  practices  can  reduce  fungal 
inoculum  and  alter  environmental  conditions 
necessary  for  infection,  whereas  fungicides  can 
protect  susceptible  plant  tissues  from  infection. 
The  combination  of  both  procedures  is  necessary 
for  an  effective  control  strategy. 


Table  1. — Fungicides  used  to  control  Botrytis  blight  in  containerized  conifer  nurseries. 


Fungicide 

Trade  names 

Manuf ac  t ur er  s 

Chemical  name 

benomyl 

Benlate® 
Tersan  1991® 
Benomyl 

Dupont 

Lilly  Miller 

Methyl-1- (butylcarbamoyl) -2  benzimidazole  carbamate 

captan 

Captan 

Or thoc  ide® 

Stauf  f er 
rhpvron 

N-[ (Trichloromethyl) thio ]-4-cyclohexene-l , 

7  —  c\  i  pa  rhoximi  dp 

chlorothalonil 

Bravo  500® 
Daconil  2787® 

Diamond  Shamrock 

Tetrachloroisophthalonitrile 

copper 

Tri-Basic® 

CP  Chemical 
Phelps-Dodge 
Cities  Service 

Basic  copper  sulfate 

dicloran 

Bo t ran® 

Tuco 

2, 6-Dichloro-4-nitroaniline 

f erbam 

Carbamate 

Dupont 

ferric  dimethyldithiocarbmate 

iprodione 

Chipco  26019® 
Rovral® 

Rhone-Poulenc 

3  (3, 5-dichlorophenyl)-N-(l-methylethyl)-2,4-dioxo-l- 
imidazolidinecarboximide 

mancozeb 

Fore® 

Dupont 

Contains  16%  maganese,   2%  zinc  and  62%  ethylenebisdithio- 
carbamate  ion/maganese  ethylenebisdithiocarbamate  plus 
zinc  ion. 

maneb 

Dithane  M-45® 

Rhom  &  Haas 

maganese  ethylene  bisdithiocarbamate 

thiophanate- 
methyl 

Zyban® 

Mallinckrodt 

dimethyl[ (1, 2-phenylene)bis (iminocarbonothyioyl) ]bis 
(carbamate) 

thiram 

Thylate® 

Dupont 

Tetramethylthiuram  disulfide 

vinclozolin 

Ronilan® 
Ornalin® 

BASF 

Mallinckrodt 

3- (3, 5-dichlorophenyl)-5-ethenyl-5-methyl-2, 4- 
oxazolidinedione 

zineb 

Zineb 

Dithane  278® 

Rhom  &  Haas 

zinc  ethylenebisdithio-carbamate 

41 


PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Blakeman,   J.   P.     Behaviour  of  conidia  on  aerial 
plant  surface.     In:   Coley-Smith,   J.   R. ; 
Verhoeff,  K.  ;   Jarvis,  W.   R. ,   eds.     The  biology 
of  Botrytis .     London:  Academic  Press;  1980: 
115-151. 

Bollen,  G.   J. ;   Scholten,  G.     Acquired  resistance 
to  benomyl  and  some  other  systemic  fungicides 
in  a  strain  of  Botrytis  cinerea  in  cyclamen. 
Neth.  J.   PI.   Path.   77:   80-90.  1971. 

Coley-Smith,  J.R.     Sclerotia  and  other  structures 
of  survival.     In:   Coley-Smith,   J.   R. ;  Verhoeff, 
K. ;   Jarvis,  W.   R. ,   eds.     The  biology  of 
Botrytis .     London:  Academic  Press;   1980:  85-114. 

Cooley,   S.   J.     Fungicide  tolerance  of  Botrytis 
cinerea  isolates  from  conifer  seedlings. 
Portland,   OR:   U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Pacific  Northwest  Region;  1981. 
13  pp. 

Danneberger,   T.  K. ;   Vargas,   J.  M. ,  Jr.  Systemic 
activity  of  iprodione  in  Poa  annua  and  post- 
infection activity  for  Drechslera  sorokiniana 
leaf  spot  management.     Plant  Disease  66(10): 
914-915.  1982. 

Gillman,  L.  S.;  James,  R.  L.  Fungicidal  toler- 
ance of  Botrytis  within  Colorado  greenhouses. 
Tree  Planters'   Notes  31(1):   25-28.  1980. 

James,     R.   L.     Engelmann  spruce  needle  blight  at 
the  Coeur  d'Alene  nursery,   Idaho.     Rept.  80-21. 
Missoula,  MT:     U.   S.   Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Northern  Region;   1980.     5  pp. 

James,   R.  L. ;  Genz,  D.     Fungicide  tests  to  con- 
trol Botrytis  blight  of  containerized  western 
larch  at  the  Champion  Timberlands  Nursery, 
Plains,  Montana.     Rept.   83-12.     Missoula,  MT: 
U.   S.   Department  of  Agriculture,   Forest  Service, 
Northern  Region;   1983.     7  pp. 

James,   R.  L. ;  Gilligan,   C.   J.     Fungicidal  toler- 
ance of  Botrytis  cinerea  from  the  Flathead 
Indian  Reservation  greenhouse,   Ronan,  Montana. 
Rept.   83-5.     Missoula,  MT:     U.   S.  Department 
of  Agriculture,   Forest  Service,  Northern  Region; 
1983.     15  pp. 

James,   R.  L. ;  Woo,   J.  Y.;  Malone,   P.  Evaluation 
of  fungicides  to  control  Botrytis  blight  in 
western  larch  seedbeds  at  the  Coeur  d'Alene 
nursery,   Idaho.     Rept.   83-6.     Missoula,  MT: 
U.   S.   Department  of  Agriculture,   Forest  Service, 
Northern  Region;   1983.     8  pp. 

James,   R.  L.;  Woo,   J.  Y.;  Myers,   J.   F.  Evaluation 
of  fungicides  to  control  Botrytis  blight  of  con- 
tainerized western  larch  and  lodgepole  pine  at 
the  Coeur  d'Alene  nursery,   Idaho.     Rept.  82-17. 
Missoula,  MT:  U.   S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,   Northern  Region;   1982.     13  pp. 


Jarvis,  W.   R.     Epidemiology.     In:  Cole>-Smith, 
J.   R.;   Verhoeff,   K. ;   Jarvis,  W.   R.,   eds.  The 
biology  of  Botrytis .     London:  Academic  Press; 
1980a:  219-250. 

Jarvis,  W.   R.     Taxonomy.     In:  Coley-Smith,   J.  R.; 
Verhoeff,  K. ;   Jarvis,  W.   R. ,   eds.     The  biology 
of  Botrytis .     London:  Academic  Press;  1980b: 
1-18. 

Jarvis,  W.   R. ;  Hargreaves,  A.  J.     Tolerance  to 
benomyl  in  Botrytis  cinerea  and  Penicillium 
corymbif erum.     Plant  Pathology  22:  139-141. 
1973. 

Leroux,  P.;   Fritz,  R.;  Gredt,  M.     Etudes  en 
laboratoire  de  souches  de  Botrytis  cinerea 
Pers.,   resistantes  a  la  dichlozoline ,  au 
dichloran,  au  qunitozene,  a  la  vinchlozoline  et 
au  26019  RP  (ou  Glycophene) .     Phytopathol.  Z. 
89:  347-348.  1977. 

Maude,   R.  B.       Disease  control.     In:  Coley-Smith, 
J.   R. ;  Verhoeff,  K. ;   Jarvis,  W.  R.  ,   eds.  The 
biology  of  Botrytis .     London:     Academic  Press; 
1980:  275-308. 

McCain,  A.  H.     Nursery  disease  problems  - 

containerized  nurseries.     In:  Gustafson,   R.  W., 
ed .     Western  forest  nursery  council  and  Inter- 
mountain  Nurseryman's  Association:  conference 
and  workshop  proceedings;   Eureka,   CA;  1978: 
B139-142. 

McCain,  A.  H.;   Smith,   P.   C.     Evaluation  of  fungi- 
cides for  control  of  Botrytis  blight  of 
container-grown  redwood  seedings.     Tree  Planters 
Notes  29(4)  :   12-13.  1978. 

Miller,  M.  W.;   Fletcher,   J.  T.     Benomyl  tolerance 
in  Botrytis  cinerea  isolates  from  glasshouse 
crops.     Trans.  Br.  Mycol.   Soc .   62(1):  99-103. 
1974. 

Pappas,  A.   C. ;  Cooke,   B.  K. ;  Jordan,   V.  W.  L. 
Insensitivity  of  Botrytis  cinerea  to  iprodione, 
procymidone  and  vinclozolin  and  their  uptake  by 
the  fungus.     Plant  Pathology  28(1):   71-76.  1979 

Pappas,   A.   C;   Fisher,   D.  J.     A  comparison  of  the 
mechanisms  of  actions  of  vinclozolon,  procymi- 
done,  iprodione  and  prochloraz  against  Botrytis 
cinerea .     Pesticide  Science  10:   239-246.  1979. 

Parry,   K.   E. ;  Wood,   R.  K.   S.     The  adaptation  of 
fungi  to  fungicides:  adaptation  to  captan.  Ann. 
Appl.   Biology  47(1):   1-9.  1959. 

Powell,   C.   C.     New  chemicals  for  managing  disease 
on  glasshouse  ornamentals.     Plant  Disease 
66(2):   171.  1982. 

Ritchie,   D.   F.     Effect  of  dicloran,  iprodione, 
procymidone,  and  vinclozolin  on  the  mycelia 
growth,   sporulation,   and  isolation  of  resistant 
strains  of  Monilinia  f ructicola.     Plant  Disease 
66(6):  484-486.  1982. 


42 


Sanders,   P.  L. ;   3urpee,  L.   L;   Cole,   H.,  Jr.; 
Duich,   J.   M.     Control  of  fungal  pathogens  of 
turf  grass  with  the  experimental  iprodione 
fungicide,   R.   P.   26019.     Plant  Dis.  Reptr. 
62(6):  549-553.  1978. 

Smith,  R.   S.,  Jr.;  McCain,  A.  H. ;   Srago,  M.  D. 
Control  of  Botrytis  storage  rot  of  giant 
sequoia  seedlings.     Plant  Dis.   Reptr.  57(1): 
67-69.  1973. 

Sutherland,   J.   R. ;  E.  Van  Eerden.     Diseases  and 
insect  pests  in  British  Columbia  forest 
nurseries.     Joint  Rept.  No.   12.  British 
Columbia  Ministry  of  Forests,   Canadian  Forestry 
Service;  1980.     55  pp. 

Webster,   R.  K. ;  Ogawa,  J.  M. ;  Bose,   E.  Tolerance 
of  Botrytis  cinerea  to  2, 6-Dichloro-4-nitro- 
aniline.     Phytopathology  60(10):  1489-1492. 
1970. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:  Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;  1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT-168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;   1984.   96  p. 


SALT  TOLERANCE  OF  10  DECIDUOUS  SHRUB  AND  TREE  SPECIES 


Richard  W.  Tinus 


ABSTRACT:     Ten  species  of  deciduous  shrubs  and 
trees  were  grown  in  a  greenhouse  and  irrigated 
with  nutrient  solution  plus  sodium  sulfate, 
chloride,  and  bicarbonate  to  yield  salt  concen- 
trations with  conductivity  of  1.6,   4.5,   7.2,  12.1, 
and  16.6  mmhos/cm.     Honeysuckle,   crabapple,  lilac, 
and  American  plum  were  salt  sensitive.  Buffalo- 
berry,  Russian  olive,   and  chokecherry  were  moder- 
ately sensitive.     Green  ash,  juneberry,  and 
caragana  were  tolerant. 

INTRODUCTION 

Tree  nurseries  in  western  North  America  frequently 
have  salt-affected  soils  and  salty  irrigation 
water   (Tinus   1980) .     Salt  creates  an  osmotic 
moisture  stress  that  reduces  germination  and 
growth,  and  may  kill  seedlings.     Without  careful 
soil  and  water  management,   the  problem  gradually 
becomes  worse  until  the  nursery  is  no  longer  able 
to  grow  certain  species  that  it  formerly  grew 
well.     In  the  West,  because  shelterbelts  are 
commonly  planted  on  salty  soils,  careful  choice  of 
species  is  critical. 

Very  little  quantitative  information  is  available 
on  salt  tolerance  of  shrubs  and  trees  grown  for 
shelterbelts  (Carter  1980;   1979).     Most  of  what  is 
available  is  on  crop  plants  (Richards  1954; 
Branson  1978:  Maas  and  Hoffman  1977;  Rathert  and 
Doering  1981)  and  horticultural  varieties  of 
shrubs  and  fruit  trees  (Bernstein  and  others  1972; 
Dirr  1974;   Francois  and  Clark  1978;  Maas  and 
Hoffman  1977;   Townsend  1980;  Pasternak  and  Forti 
1980).     The  objective  of  this  study  was  to  provide 
guidelines  on  salt  tolerance  of  a  variety  of 
species  commonly  used  for  shelterbelts  in  the 
northern  and  central  Great  Plains. 


METHODS  AND  MATERIALS 
Experiment  1. — Seed  Germination 

Green  ash  seed  was  soaked  4  days  in  cold  running 
water,   caragana  was  used  dry,  and  all  other 
species  were  cold  stratified  in  sand  as  recom- 
mended by  Schopmeyer   (1974)  . 


Richard  W.   Tinus  is  Research  Plant  Physiologist  at 
the  Rocky  Mountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment 
Station,  USDA  Forest  Service,  Forestry  Sciences 
Laboratory,  Flagstaff,  Ariz.,   in  cooperation  with 
Northern  Arizona  University. 


Seed  x^as  germinated  in  petri  dishes  containing 
filter  paper,   100  seed  per  dish,   five  dishes  per 
species.     Each  of  the  five  dishes  per  species  was 
moistened  with  one  of  the  nutrient  solutions  plus 
sodium  chloride,   sulfate,  and  bicarbonate  listed 
in  table  1 . 

The  dishes  were  covered,   enclosed  in  plastic  bags 
to  retard  evaporation,  and  placed  in  a  germinator 
with  a  12-hour  day  (fluorescent  light)  at  30°  C 
and  a  12-hour  night  at  20     C.     Humidity  ranged 
from  60  to  100  percent. 

Germinants  were  counted  and  removed  every  few 
days,  and  moisture  was  replenished  as  needed  with 
distilled  water.     The  experiment  was  terminated 
after  45  days.     Total  germination  and  germination 
energy  (average  percent  per  day  to  50  percent  of 
maximum  germination)  were  calculated.  Significant 
differences  between  salt  levels  within  species 
were  determined  by  Goodman's   (1964)  test. 

Experiment  2. — Seedling  Growth 

Fifty  Colorado  State  styroblocks,   each  with  30 
cavities  with  a  volume  of  400  ml  per  cavity,  were 
filled  with  1:1  peat-vermiculite  plus  5  percent 
forest  duff  to  inoculate  with  endomycorrhizal 
fungi.     Three  seeds  were  planted  in  each  cavity, 
five  blocks  for  each  of  the  10  species.  The 
blocks  were  arranged  on  greenhouse  benches  in 
randomized  groups  of  10,  one  block  of  each  species. 
Each  group  was  watered  as  needed  with  a  nutrient 
solution  plus  sodium  sulfate,  chloride,  and 
bicarbonate  calculated  to  have  an  electrical 
conductivity  (EC)   of  1.6,   4.5,   7.2,   12.1,  and  16.6 
mmhos/cm  (table  1).       The  soil  salinity  of  the 
Lincoln-Oakes  Nurseries  at  Bismark,  N.D.    (table  1) 
corresponds  approximately  to  solution  #2.  The 
relative  proportions  of  sodium  sulfate,  chloride, 
and  bicarbonate  were  selected  to  be  the  same  as  in 
the  irrigation  water  of  Lincoln-Oakes,  which  has 
EC  of  1,500  mmhos   (about  1,000  ppm  solids)  and  is 
rated  "suitable  for  limited  irrigation."  Water 
supplies  of  other  nurseries  vary  in  composition 
considerably,  but  these  ions  are  usually  the  ones 
causing  the  greatest  problems. 

After  germination,   the  seedlings  were  thinned  to 
one  per  cavity,  leaving  the  largest.     The  remain- 
ing seedlings  were  allowed  to  grow  14  weeks. 
After  this  time,  some  of  them  were  as  large  as 
they  could  be  in  the  container  without  appreciable 
growth  restriction,  and  differences  between  seed- 
lings watered  with  different  salt  concentrations 
were  clearly  evident.     The  blocks  of  seedlings 


44 


Table  1. — Composition  of  nutrient  and  salt  solutions  in  parts  per  million 


Solution  number 

Component  12  3  4  5 

EC   (mmhos/cm)  .               1.6                 4.5  7.2  12.1  16.6 

N  as  N03~  229                 224  220  211  202 

N  as  NH.+  67                   66  64  62  59 

4 

P  as  H2P0  ~  27                   27  26  25  24 

K+  155                 152  149  143  136 

S  as  SO  ~  142                 139  136  131  125 

Ca"*"4"  212                 208  204  195  187 

Mg"1"1"  48                   47  46  44  42 


Fe  4  4  4  4  4 

B  as  H3B03  0.5  0.5  0.5  0.5  0.5 

Mn++  0.5  0.5  0.5  0.5  0.5 

ZN^  0.05  0.05  0.05  0.05  0.05 

CU  0.02  0.02  0.02  0.02  0.02 

Mo  as  Mo0~  0.01  0.01  0.01  0.01  0.01 
4 

Na+  0  786  1,572  3,144  4,716 

Cl~  4  105  210  420  630 

S04=  0  922  1,844  3,688  5,532 

HC03~  0  732  1,464  2,928  4,392 

TOTAL  889  3,416  5,943  10,998  16,052 


were  photographed  and  survivors  were  counted. 
Stem  height  and  the  length  of  two  fully  mature 
leaves  were  measured  on  each  seedling. 

For  each  species  and  measurement,  a  regression 
equation  was  calculated  with  height,   leaf  length, 
or  survival  as  a  function  of  salt  concentration 
(measured  by  EC) .     Eight  equation  forms  were  tried 
using  the  Hewlett-Packard  9825A  family  regression 
program  (General  Statistics  Vol.   I^tape  09825- 
15004).     The  one  with  the  highest  r    was  used  to 
calculate  the  salt  concentration  at  which  growth 
or  survival  was  reduced  by  25  percent  compared  to 
growth  or  survival  with  nutrient  solution  only. 


RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 
Experiment  1. — Seed  Germination 

Russian  olive  and  caragana  germinated  well  at  all 
salt  concentrations,  and  neither  total  germination 
nor  germination  energy  declined  noticeably  at  high 
salt  concentrations   (table  2) .     Germination  energy 
of  buffaloberry  declined  steadily  with  increasing 
salt  concentration,  but  total  germination  remained 
high  through  12.1  mmhos/cm.     Total  germination  of 
green  ash  and  honeysuckle  declined  somewhat,  and 
germination  energy  was  greatly  reduced  by  high 
salt  concentration.     Total  germination  and 


45 


** 

QJ 

,_j 

* 

\-t 

Q 

CO 

■  1 

QJ 

r- 

o 

rn 

—> 

*H 

rrt 

p 
P 

o 

CO 

O 

uj 

M-l 

U_J 

Q 

CO 

rJ— ' 

V-i 

UJ 

,  | 

*H 

w 

I  | 

rrt 

UJ 

r-l 

i — i 

4—1 

(— 1 
i-i 

4-J 

QJ 

c- 

CJ 

UJ 

i—i 

rj 

O 

H 

rj 

QJ 

bO 

r- 
(-J 

_ 

CO 

QJ 

tJ— 

UJ 

4-J 

r-l 

U 

Cu 

•H 

1  1 

f— 

M 

QJ 

•H 

tl 
M 

QJ 

r-< 

t-i 

r  |  | 

uj 

*H 

*H 

UJ 

^ 

1  ) 

Q 

vj 

(-» 
M 

CO 

QJ 

4-J 

r-t 

r« 

cu* 

QJ 

•H 

u 

r-l 

QJ 

4-J 

4-J 

c* 

,  | 

r-< 

*H 

UJ 

CO 

QJ 

CO 

■H 

CJ 

UJ 

QJ 

r« 

1— M 

CO 

f 

M 

r\ 

QJ 

Tj 

QJ 

QJ 

CO 

►> 
k> 

r-\ 
uj 

1 1  | 

1  | 

rH 

Q 

r-l 

C/j 

UJ 

QJ 

r1 
V-i 

rJ 

UJ 

i — ! 

rrt 

^u 

r-t 

O 

*H 

CO 

4—) 

UJ 

*H 

I— t 

CJ 

UJ 

P 

f"V 

t— M 

r-i 

CO 

QJ 

U 



.J— < 

rrt 

cu 

*M 

^— > 

r- 

w 

UJ 

*H 

M 

QJ 

cr) 

r" 

i-i 

rrt 

p 
P 

r\ 
UJ 

r4 

QJ 

S-J 

fjJj 

o 

""J 

>r_j 

TO 

i-Cj 

1  1 

O 

. 

r-* 

M 

i 
I 

rrt 

CM 

0) 

4J 

OJ 

rH 

rQ 

i — I 

H 

co 

S-i 

CU 

c 

OJ 

c 
o 


o 


c 
o 

•H 
4-) 

c 

•H 

cu 


o 

H 


o 

to 
o 

1 


>^ 

4-1 

•H 

> 
■rl 

4-1 

CJ 

o 

CJ 

c 
o 

•H 


O 

in 


co 
o 
J3 


o 
3 

C 
O 
CJ 

C3 
O 


O 
cn 


co 
cu 

•H 

o 
cu 


CN 


CN 


CN 

^3 

CN 

m 

o 

o 

CN 

1 

. — i 

CO 

CN 

1 

o 

o 

o 

-<J- 

o 

LP) 

LT) 

1 

CO 

o 

CN 

CN 

cn 

1 
1 

o 

o 

o 

>1 

n) 

CM 

CN 

(Ti 

i — i 

F— 1 

<r 

CX3 

C*0 

4-1 

CN 

00 

00 

c 

O 

o 

o 

CU 

CJ 

S-i 

cu 

p. 

1 

<r-> 

<t 

00 

<r 

i—i 

m 

o> 

CN 

o> 

1 
1 

i—i 

o 

o 

m 

ro 

CT> 

CN 

<r 

CO 

CN 

m 

o 

I—I 

I— 1 

o 

■ — i 

1 — 1 

T3 
CTi 


-P 

£3 
CU 
O 

CU 


o 


m 


co 


co 


T3 


CJ 
CN 


o 


CJ 


CN 


o 


CN 
CM 


O 
co 


CO 
CO 


CO 

m 


T3 


o 

CO 


CO 


CTi 

00 


m 


43 


m 
oo 


00 
00 


ON 


oo 


CM 
00 


T3 


CN 


o 
o 


oo 


4= 

co 


00 


00 


o 

O-N 


3 


S-i 

CO 

co 

i 

s 

£ 

S-4 

cO 

3 

S-i 

CO 

h4 

P-i 

o 

CJ 

CO 

pq 

•r-l 

CO 

•rl 

d 

rH 

cO 

cfl 

va 

ce 

fo 

te 

co 

CJ 

rH 

co 

•rl 

C 

•H 

■H 

>. 

cu 

4J 

QJ 

!-i 

S-) 

to 

u 

CO 

60 

cC 

ca 

cd 

C 

0 

3 

S-i 

60 

4-1 

4J 

43 

cu 

60 

CO 

iH 

CO 

cu 

S-i 

> 

C 

>^ 

3 

CJ 

CU 

4-1 

ft 

cO 

■rl 

CO 

S-i 

CO 

> 

CJ 

rH 

rH 

S-i 

•rl 

cu  cd 

CO 

4: 

CO 

cO 

O 

CO 

cu 

T3 

CJ 

S-i 

CO 

3 

CO 

3 

3 

43 

S-i 

60 

3 

cu 

CO 

C 

c 

cd 

c 

0 

CU 

c 

CX  CO 

co 

CJ 

•H 

CO 

6£ 

CJ 

60 

rH 

4: 

o 

•H 

ct)  3 

•H 

c 

><! 

60 

cO 

■rl 

cO 

CO 

ft 

S-i 

43  i — 1 

cu 

C 

cu 

cd 

CO 

S-i 

CD 

QJ 

UH 

cu 

I—I 

>. 

cJ  cC 

c 

o 

cu 

S-i 

S-i 

cO 

CO 

rH 

<4-4 

43 

•rl 

C/i 

S^  S 

o 

hJ 

S-i 

CO 

a 

3 

W 

3 

CO 

v — ' 

CJ  w 

PC 

0 

CJ 

43 

46 


Table  3. — Salt  concentration  (measured  by  conductivity)  causing  a  25  percent  reduction 
in  growth  or  survival,  compared  to  nutrient  solution  with  EC  of  1.6  mmhos/cm 


Regression  quality   (r  ) 

Species  Height  Leaf  Percent      Height  Leaf  Percent 

length  survival  length  survival 


Honeysuckle 

(Lonicera  tatar ica  L . ) 

Crabapple 

(Malus  baccata  (L.)  Borkh.) 
Lilac 

(Syringa  vulgaris  L . ) 

American  plum 

(Prunus  americana  Marsh. ) 


-  -  -  -  mmho  s  /  cm  -  -  -  - 

2.2  3.3  3.3 

2.6  6.0  — 1 

3.6  4.1  15.7 

6.3  7.1  5.0 


.55  .32  .71 

.54  .67  NS 

.70  .71  .92 

.35  .78  .69 


Buf f aloberry 
(Shepherdia  argentea 
(Pursh)  Nutt.) 

Russian  olive 

(Eleagnus  angustif olia  L . ) 

Chokecherry 

(Prunus  virginiana  L . ) 

Green  ash 

(Fraxinus  pennsylvanica 
Marsh.) 


7.6  8.2  >16.6 

8.3  >16.6  >16.6 

8.7  9.6  >16.6 
11.7  8.6  >16.6 


.33  .29  .33 

.30  .18  NS 

.30  .60  NS 

.42  .30  NS 


Juneberry  11.8  14.5  >16.6  .51  .36  NS 

(Amelanchier  alnif olia 
(Nutt)  Nutt.) 

Caragana  >16.6  5.1  >16.6  .07  .23  NS 

(Caragana  arborescens  Lam . ) 


Regression  equation  not  meaningful. 


germination  energy  of  crabapple  and  lilac  declined 
precipitously  with  the  first  increment  of  salt, 
and  germination  was  almost  nil  at  16.6  mmhos/cm. 

Experiment  2. — Seedling  Growth 

Table  3  lists  the  10  species  tested  in  order  of 
increasing  salt  tolerance  as  measured  by  height 
growth.     As  expected,   leaf  length  was  reduced  by 
about  the  same  degree  as  stem  height  (Sepaskhah 
and  Boersma  1979),   except  that  leaf  length  re- 
sponse of  Russian  olive  was  more  nearly  in  keeping 
with  field  observation  than  height  response. 
Russian  olive  has  a  reputation  for  being  highly 
salt  tolerant.     Bernstein  and  others   (1972)  report 
that  the  salt  tolerance  of  a  related  species, 
silverberry  (Eleagnus  pungens) ,   is  also  high;  the 
threshhold  for  reduction  of  growth  in  silverberry 
is  9.4  mmhos/cm.     Caragana  also  showed  high  salt 
tolerance  when  measured  by  height  reduction,  but 
not  when  measured  by  leaf  length.     It  is  possible 
that  reduced  leaf  length  is  part  of  the  species' 


adaptive  reaction  to  moisture  stress.     This  agrees 
with  field  observations  because  caragana  flowers 
and  grows  vigorously  in  early  summer,  when  moisture 
is  normally  adequate,  but  yellows  and  begins 
dropping  its  leaves  in  August,  when  moisture 
stress  is  frequently  high. 

As  with  germination,  height  growth  and  leaf  length 
of  honeysuckle,  crabapple,  and  lilac  decreased 
rapidly  with  increasing  salt.     Maas  and  Hoffman 
(1977)  also  report  that  apple  (Malus  sylvestris  L. 
Mill)  is  salt  sensitive.     American  plum  was  sensi- 
tive, as  expected,   in  comparison  with  Prunus 
domestica  (Richards  1954;  Maas  and  Hoffman  1977)  , 
but  chokecherry  (Prunus  virginiana  L.)  was  sur- 
prisingly tolerant,  especially  with  respect  to 
survival . 

Once  established,  most  species  survived  well  at 
much  higher  salt  concentrations  than  were  required 
to  suppress  growth.     Exceptions  were  honeysuckle 
and  American  plum.     Survival  information  is  thus 
useful  to  tree  planters  for  site  selection,  but 


47 


mm 


SALT  TOLE 


HHHHHHI^BHi 


SALT  TQLERJ*^- 

Figure  1. — Decreasing  growth  with  increasing  salt  concentration 
(measured  by  EC)  of  (A)  lilac,  a  salt  sensitive  species  and  (B) 
Russian  olive,  a  salt  tolerant  species. 


not  to  nurserymen,  whose  product  must  reach  a 
certain  size  within  one  or  two  growing  seasons. 

Because  of  the  need  to  keep  this  experiment  small 
and  simple,  only  one  germinating  dish  of  100  seed 
and  only  one  block  of  30  seedlings  per  species  per 
treatment  was  used.     For  statistical  purposes,  the 
individual  seed  or  seedling  was  treated  as  the 
unit  of  replication.     Strictly  speaking,  however, 
there  was  no  replication.     Furthermore,  variability 
was  great,  and  the  regression  equations  used 
yielded  confidence  limits  so  great  that  only  the 
broadest  comparisons  between  species  can  be  made. 
Thus,  although  the  results  were  quite  obvious  even 
without  measurement   (fig.   1),   they  should  be 
considered  indicative  and  not  definitive. 


CONCLUSIONS  AND  RECOMMENDATIONS 

1.  Crabapple,  lilac,  American  plum,  and  honey- 
suckle are  sensitive  to  salt.     They  should 
not  be  grown  at  a  nursery  with  salty  irriga- 
tion water  or  soil  nor  outplanted  into  salty 
soils . 

2.  Buf f aloberry ,  Russian  olive,  chokecherry, 
green  ash,  juneberry,  and  caragana  are  salt 
tolerant.     Their  growth  should  not  be  limited 
at  most  western  nurseries  because  of  salt 
problems,  and  they  should  be  able  to  tolerate 
the  saltiness  of  most  western  soils  where 
shelterbelts  are  planted. 


48 


PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Bernstein,  L. ;  Francois,  L.   E. ;   Clark,  R.  A. 
Salt  tolerance  of  ornamental  shrubs  and  ground 
covers.     J.  Am.   Soc.  Hortic.   Sci.   97(4):  550- 
556;  1972. 

Branson,  R.   L.     Soluble  salts,  exchangeable 
sodium,   and  boron  in  soils.     In:  Reisenauer, 
ed .     Soil  and  plant  tissue  testing  in  Califor- 
nia; University  of  California,  Division  of 
Agricultural  Science  Bull.   1879:  42-45;  1978. 

Carter,  M.   R.     Iron  chlorosis  of  Colorado  spruce 
and  Scots  pine.     In:   Indian  Head  Nursery  1979 
annual  report,  Prairie  Farms  Rehabilitation 
Administration,   Indian  Head,  Saskatchewan; 
1979:  35. 

Carter,  M.   R.     Effects  of  sulfate  and  chloride 
soil  salinity  on  growth  and  needle  composition 
of  Siberian  larch.     Can.  J.  Plant  Sci.   60:  903- 
910;  1980. 


Schopmeyer,   C.   S.,   technical  coordinator.  Seeds 
of  woody  plants  in  the  United  States.  Agric. 
Handb.   450.     Washington,  DC:  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture;   1974.     883  p. 

Sepaskhah,  A.  R. ;  Boersma,  L.     Elongation  of 
wheat  leaves  exposed  to  several  levels  of 
matric  potential  and  NaCl-induced  osmotic 
potential  of  soil  water.     Agron.  J.  71(5):  848- 
852;  1979. 

Tinus,  R.  W.     Nature  and  management  of  pH  and 
salinity.     In:  Proceedings  of  North  American 
Forest  Tree  Nursery  Soils  Workshop;   1980  July  28- 
August  1;   Syracuse,  NY.     USDA  Forest  Service, 
Canadian  Forestry  Service  and  State  University 
of  New  York;   1980:  72-86. 

Townsend,  A.  M.     Response  of  selected  tree  species 
to  sodium  chloride.     J.  Am.   Soc.  Hortic.  Sci. 
105(6):   878-883;  1980. 


Dirr,  M.  A.  Tolerance  of  honeylocust  seedlings 
to  soil-applied  salts.  HortScience  9(1):  53- 
54;  1974. 

Francois,  L.  E.;  Clark,  R.  A.  Salt  tolerance  of 
ornamental  shrubs,  trees  and  iceplant.  J.  Am. 
Soc.  Hortic.  Sci.   103:   280-283;  1978. 


Goodman,  Les.     Simultaneous  confidence  intervals 
for  contrasts  among  multinomial  populations. 
Annals  of  Math.   Stat.   35(2):   716-725;  1964. 


Maas ,  E.   V.;  Hoffman,  G.   J.     Crop  salt  tolerance — 
current  assessment.     Journal  of  the  Irrigation 
and  Drainage  Division.     Proceedings  of  the 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  103(IR2): 
115-134;  1977. 


Nassery,  H.     Salt-induced  loss  of  potassium  from 
plant  roots.     New  Phytol.   83:   23-27;  1979. 

Pasternak,  D.;  Forti,  M.     A  technique  for  early 
selection  of  salt-resistant  plants.     In:  Ben- 
Gurion  University  of  the  Negev,  Research  and 
Development  Authority,  Applied  Research  Insti- 
tute,  Scientific  Activities  1978-79.  Beer- 
Sheva,  Israel;   1980:  59. 


Rathert,  G.;  Doering,  H.  W.     Influence  of  extreme 
K:Na  ratios  and  high  substrate  salinity  on 
plant  metabolism  of  crops  differing  in  salt 
tolerance.     J.  Plant  Nutrition  4(3):  261-277; 
1981. 

Richards,  L.  A.,   ed .     Diagnosis  and  improvement 
of  saline  and  alkali  soils.     Agric.  Handb.  60. 
Washington,  DC:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture; 
1954.     160  p. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;   1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT-168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;   1984.   96  p. 


49 


CONTAINERIZED  SEEDLING  PRODUCTION  FOR  FOREST  REGENERATION  IN  THE  PACIFIC  NORTHWEST 


James  M.  Sedore 


ABSTRACT:     The  containerized  seedling  continues 
to  be  a  valuable  regeneration  option  during  this 
time  of  economic  stress.    Recent  developments  in 
plug-1  culture  and  seedling  storage  are 
descri  bed. 


INTRODUCTION 

As  you  know,  these  are  hard  times  for  the  timber 
industry.    The  lack  of  timber  harvesting  has 
reduced  the  demand  for  regeneration  seedlings. 
Seedling  orders  have  been  reduced  for  two  years 
at  our  operations,  and  we  see  no  indication  of 
any  impending  leap  to  the  previous  levels. 
Greenhouse  operations  throughout  the  Northwest 
have  had  to  respond  to  this  change,  and  the 
response  has  been  varied.    One  operation  has  been 
almost  totally  mothballed;  another  is  planning  to 
consolidate  two  facilities  into  one;  another  is 
operating  at  less  than  40  percent  capacity  and  is 
looking  to  move  and  build  a  smaller,  more 
efficient  operation.    Another  operation  has 
diversified  and  is  growing  vegetables  in  some  of 
their  greenhouses.    It  has  been  a  time  to 
prioritize  and  to  reevaluate  the  value  and  role 
of  the  container  program  after  little  more  than  a 
decade  since  its  birth.    Although  some  operations 
have  gone  by  the  wayside,  the  containerized 
seedling  has  retained  a  place  in  the  regeneration 
effort . 

It  is  obvious  that  the  conditions  under  which  we 
work  in  the  Pacific  Northwest  differ 
significantly  from  the  conditions  in  the 
i ntermountai n  states,  especially  the  region  of 
the  Southwest.     I  hope  that  by  sharing  what  we 
are  doing  in  the  Northwest,  you  might  get  an  idea 
or  two  that  you  can  apply  at  your  operations. 


Therefore,  the  structure  must  facilitate  both 
heating  and  cooling  to  provide  proper  growing 
conditions  throughout  the  year. 


ENERGY 

Fuel   represents  up  to  15  percent  of  the  cost  of 
our  seedlings.    Several  operations  have  made 
significant  reductions  in  their  fuel  bills  by 
sowing  later  and  by  switching  from  diesel  oil  to 
natural  gas.    Natural  gas  is  the  most  popular  fuel 
source  in  the  Northwest  because  of  large  supplies 
from  Canada.    Solar  collection  may  be  used  more  in 
the    future,  but  the  cost  to  collect  and  use  the 
limited  solar  radiation  we  receive  does  not 
compete  with  gas  at  this  time.    A  recent 
greenhouse  energy  conservation  technique  is  being 
used  by  The  Bureau  of  Land  Management  at  Colton, 
Oregon.    The  BLM  uses  infra-red  heating  in  one  of 
their  two  greenhouses.    They  report  a  30  percent 
energy  savings  over  their  forced-air  system.  They 
also  believe  that  the  quality  of  their  stock  has 
not  diminished. 


BENCHES  AND  CONTAINER  TYPES 

Bench  layouts  vary  from  broad  growing  troughs, 
wooden  2"  X  4"  saw  horses,  iron  flat  bars, 
aluminum  T-bars,  and  aisle  eliminating  bench  tops. 
The  most  popular  container  type  is  the  Styroblock 
in  either  the  2A  or  the  4A  size.  Commonly 
seedlings  grown  in  a  2A  are  transplanted  to  become 
plug-l's,  and  4A's,  are  shipped  directly  to  the 
forest.    Other  containers  have  been  used  such  a 
Leech  tubes  for  genetic  stock  or  Spence r-Lemai re 
books  for  Thuja ,  but  the  most  common  container 
type  is  the  Styroblock. 


GREENHOUSES 

The  average  production  facility  in  the  Northwest 
produces  from  two  to  four  million  seedlings  per 
year,  although  two  facilities  produce  over  eight 
million  per  year.    Private  timber  companies  own 
and  operate  the  largest  container  complexes  for 
their  own  forest  regeneration  needs.    They  also 
compete  for  public  regeneration  contracts.  The 
greenhouse  layouts  and  designs  differ  based  on 
the  state-of-the-art  at  the  time  the  greenhouses 
were  built.    The  most  popular  greenhouse  design 
at  this  time  calls  for  a  fiberglass  roof  with 
roll  up  sidewalls.    Common  regimes  call  for 
heating  the  greenhouse  to  20  C,  through  May  and 
minimal  heating  from  October  through  January. 
Passive  cooling  through  roof  vents  or  active 
cooling  with  exhaust  fans  and  evaporative  coolers 
occurs  during  the  hotter  hours  of  June  through 
September. 


James  M.  Sedore  is  Greenhouse  Manager,  Washington 
State  Department  of  Natural  Resources,  Olympia, 
Wash . 


SOWING  AND  FERTILIZING 

Most  of  us  sow  with  some  type  of  vacuum  sower 
which  picks  up  one  seed  per  hole  from  a  tray  of 
seed.    The  seed  then  falls  into  the  cell  when  the 
vacuum  is  broken.     It  is  most  common  to  multiple 
sow  to  ensure  a  germinant  in  each  cell  and  then 
to  thin.    Soluble  fertilizers  are  mixed  according 
to  each  grower's  preference  and  injected  into  the 
watering  system.    Fertilizer  regimes  vary 
according  to  species,  time  of  year,  and  nutrient 
status  as  indicated  by  foliar  and  soil  analysis. 
Most  growers  contract  their  soil  and  foliar 
analysis  with  a  private  consultant.    As  is  common 
with  many  plants,  the  growth  curve  of  most  conifer 
species  that  we  grow  is  a  sigmoid  curve.  Growth 
starts  slowly,  gradually  increases  in  rate,  and 
finally  tapers  off  in  the  fall.    To  produce  a 
quality  seedling,  it  is  necessary  to  find  the 
balance  between  overfeeding,  which  produces 


50 


succulent,  top  heavy  seedlings  and  underfeeding 
which  produces  a  stunted,  starved  seedling. 


PLUG-l's 

If  sown  in  a  bareroot  seedbed,  many  of  our 
seedlings  such  as  Abies ,  Tsuga ,  and  Thuja  do  not 
grow  quickly  the  first  few  years.    Commonly  we 
grow  these  seedlings  for  one  year  in  the 
greenhouse  and  then  transplant  them  at  the 
nursery.    These  seedlings  may  be  transplanted 
either  in  the  summer  (August,  in  our  area)  or  in 
the  spring.    We  call  these  seedlings  Plug-l's. 
In  the  nursery  transplant  bed,  they  can  develop 
into  large  enough  seedlings  to  withstand  deer 
and  elk  browsing  or  vegetative  competition.  The 
shoot  of  a  Plug-1  Tsuga  is  similar  to  a  2-1  Tsuga , 
but  the  roots  of  a  Plug-1  are  mop-like  which  can 
more  easily  support  the  shoot.      The  hemlock 
transplant  bed  does  not  have  to  be  shaded  or 
misted  as  the  seed  bed  requires,  and  each  crop 
uses  valuable  nursery  bed  space  for  only  one  year 
rather  than  three. 


PLUG  CULTURE 

Back  at  the  greenhouse,  seedlings  destined  to  go 
directly  to  the  forest  are  kept  unshaded  and 
exposed  to  broader  and  broader  temperature 
ranges.    If  you  keep  temperatures  and  fertility 
levels  high,  you  produce  a  large,  succulent  shoot 
at  the  expense  of  an  adequate  root  system  and 
caliper.    Seedlings,  grown  in  this  way,  leave  the 
greenhouse  unprepared  for  the  vigors  of  the 
forest  and  are  commonly  frozen  back,  desiccated 
or  pushed  to  the  ground  by  the  first  snow.  Our 
goal  is  to  produce  a  seedling  with  a  large 
caliper  and  good  buds,  tall  enough  to  compete 
with  surrounding  vegetation  and  with  enough  roots 
to  support  the  shoot. 

Techniques  for  inducing  budset  vary  by  species. 
It  is  common  for  Pseudotsuga  to  be  leeched, 
moisture  stressed,  and  then  fed  a  low  nitrogen, 
high  phosphorus  and  potassium  fertilizer  in 
September  to  form  large,  mature  buds  for  winter 
planting.    However,  Tsuga  appears  to  respond  best 
to  full  light  exposure  in  July  and  a  balanced 
fertilizer  each  time  the  seedling  requires 
moisture.    Shading  has  become  less  and  less 
popular  among  Northwest  growers.    Although  many 
of  our  trees  will  grow  well  under  shade,  when 
these  seedlings  are  removed  from  a  shaded  house 
and  planted  in  a  nursery  or  clear-cut 
reforestation  site,  the  seedlings  drop  their 
foliage  and  must  struggle  to  break  bud  and  begin 
growing.    To  avoid  this  we  attempt  to  grow  the 
seedlings  without  shade. 


SEEDLING  STORAGE 

We  have  all  struggled  with  the  problem  of  holding 
seedlings  at  lower  elevations  for  late  planting 
at  higher  elevations.    All  too  often  the 
seedlings  break  bud  in  the  shelterhouse  before 
the  planting  site  is  ready  or  accessible.  Moving 


these  succulent  seedlings  in  the  spring  from  a 
warm,  protected  nursery  to  some  cold,  harsh  site 
is  a  frustrating  experience  for  both  the 
nurseryman  and  the  forester.    Growers  in  the 
Northwest  have  several  different  approaches  to  the 
problem  of  seedling  storage  and  I'll  share  several 
of  these  approaches  with  you. 

The  Washington  State  Department  of  Natural 
Resources  moves  their  seedlings  out  of  the 
greenhouse  into  shel terhouses  in  June.    Here  they 
remain  until  packaged  for  field  planting  which 
traditionally  begins  the  first  week  of  January. 
At  our  location,  we  feel  that  this  is  the  time 
when  the  seedlings  are  fully  dormant.  The 
seedlings  are  sprayed  thoroughly  with  a  foliar 
fungicide  to  reduce  damage  from  storage  molds  and 
one  week  later  the  seedlings  are  packaged  and 
stored  at  2  °C   in  poly-lined  boxes.    The  seedlings 
are  kept  at  this  temperature  during  transport  and 
until  the  day  of  planting.    All  seedlings  stored 
this  way  should  be  planted  by  June.    Seedlings  to 
be  spring  transplanted  in  the  nursery  as  plug-l's 
may  be  stored  in  this  way  or  kept  in  the 
shelterhouse.    Container  stock  is  transplanted 
in  mid-March,  and  plug  transplanting  is  completed 
by  early  April,  two  weeks  before  bud  burst  of 
Pseudotsuga  in  our  area.    Seedlings  are  therefore 
stored  above  freezing  for  1  to  20  weeks.  Storage 
molds  have  not  been  a  major  problem  in  our 
program  although  we  lose  a  few  trees  each  year. 
Many  nurseries  use  this  method  of  cooler  storage 
for  coastal  and  low  elevation  seedlings. 

The  Weyerhaeuser  Company  freezes  most  of  their 
high  elevation  container  stock  at  1  to  2°C.  The 
seedlings  are  packaged  in  January  and  February 
after  having  received  400  to  600  hours  of  exposure 
to  temperatures  below  4°C.    Thawing  takes  from  one 
to  two  weeks  in  a  shaded  warehouse  at  4  to  15  °C, 
before  the  seedlings  are  shipped  to  the  planting 
site.    Seedlings  are  planted  shortly  after 
thawing.    For  more  information,  contact  Steve  Hee 
at  Weyerhaeuser  Regeneration  Center  in  Rochester, 
Washington. 

The  Industrial  Forestry  Association  is  a  group  of 
timber  companies  who  share  a  nursery  system  for 
the  reforestation  of  their  individual  lands.  IFA 
does  freezer-store  container  seedlings  on  request 
according  to  vulnerability  criteria.    There  are 
three  vulnerability  criteria:    (1)  coastal  seed 
sources,  (2)  seedlots  which  have  had  a  history  of 
winter  damage  in  the  nursery  and  (3)  seedlots  that 
are  likely  to  suffer  significantly  from  storage 
molds.    Late  in  the  fall,  frost  hardiness  testing 
is  begun.    The  lethal  temperature  for  50  percent 
LT  is     established  by  means  of  controlled 
freezing  tests.    If  the  seedlings  have  achieved  a 
set  LT,     they  are  considered  liftable  and 
storable.    Seedlings  may  be  stored  frozen  for  six 
months.    Large  quantities  may  be  thawed  en  masse 
at  4  °C,  but  this  takes  up  to  six  weeks.  Small 
quantities  may  be  thawed  in  a  matter  of  days  at  15 
°C.     Pseudotsuga ,  Picea  and  Abi es  do  not  appear  to 
have  any  problem  with  this  treatment  although 
Tsuga  roots  are  sometimes  damaged.     For  more 
i  nf ormation ,  contact  Sally  Johnson  at  the  IFA 


51 


Nursery  in  Toledo,  Washington. 

The  British  Columbia  Forest  Service  also  freezer 
stores  many  of  their  seedlings,  especially 
interior  seedlots  and  seedlots  that  they  suspect 
will  suffer  significantly  from  disease  problems 
in  storage.      When  possible,  they  also  make  frost 
hardiness  tests.    This  has  indicated  to  them 
that,  at  their  interior,  harsh  environment 
nurseries,  they  can  begin  storing  in  October  but 
must  wait  until  mid-December  at  their  coastal 
nurseries.    They  report  successful  storage  of 
interior  Picea ,  Pinus ,  and  Abi es  at  -2  °C.  other 
seedlings  can  also  be  freezer  stored  but  Tsuga 
appears  to  be  the  most  sensitive.    In  trials  at 
the  nursery,  the  roots  of  seedlings  frozen  six 
months  do  not  elongate  for  20  days  after 
planting.    Bud  burst  does  not  occur  until  28  days 
after  planting.    Their  freezer  storage  length  may 
vary  from  two  to  eight  months  and  they  are  doing 
research  into  the  sugar  and  starch  balance  in  six 
month  freezer  stored  seedlings.    For  more 
information,  contact  Jim  Sweeton  at  the  Surrey 
Nursery  in  Surrey,  British  Columbia. 

As  you  can  see,  both  cooler  and  freezer  storage 
are  an  important  part  of  our  regeneration 
programs.    However,  we  have  not  yet  worked  out  a 
uniform  program.    I  hope  that  you'll  join  us  in 
developing  this  technology. 


CONTAINER  REUSE 

After  extracting  the  seedlings  from  the 
containers,  the  containers  are  washed  and 
refilled  for  use  in  the  next  sowing.    Blocks  can 
be  reused  many  times. 


THE  FUTURE 

During  this  time  of  economic  stress  in  the 
regeneration  business,  it  is  significant  to  note 
that  the  value  of  the  containerized  seedling  has 
withstood  cost/benefit  analysis.    As  the  demand 
for  seedlings  increases  and  funds  become 
available,  I  expect  to  see  more  improvements  in 
the  containerized  program.    I  look  for 
improvement  first  in  the  fertilizer  regimes.  I 
anticipate  that  we  will  find  that  each  species 
has  a  different  optimum  fertilizer,  light,  and 
temperature  regime.     In  fact,  I  expect  to  find 
differences  within  species  native  to  different 
climatic  zones.    Through  meetings  like  these,  we 
can  share  information  but  we  must  continue  to  try 
new  ideas  and  document  them.    Also,  we  must 
support,  encourage,  and  participate  in  research 
directed  at  unlocking  this  information.    We  must 
work  systematically  at  producing  a  quality  plant 
at  affordable  prices  which,  not  only  survives, 
but  flourishes  when  it  is  placed  in  its  final 
growing  site. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:  Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;  1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT-168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 


52 


THE  NURSERY  TECHNOLOGY  COOPERATIVE: 


A  COORDINATED  EFFORT  TO  IMPROVE  SEEDLING  QUALITY 


Mary  L.  Duryea  and  Steven  K.  Omi 


ABSTRACT:     The  Nursery  Technology  Cooperative 
(NTC)  was     established  July  1,   1982  to  improve 
the  productivity  of  the  Pacific  Northwest's 
forest  tree  nursery  industry.     The  NTC  and  the 
two  other  cooperatives   (tree  improvement  and 
vegetation  management)  in  the  Department  of 
Forest  Science  are  aimed  at  helping  to  solve 
reforestation  problems  beginning  with  seed  and 
ending  with  a  free-to-grow  forest  stand. 
Membership  categories  in  the  NTC  include  (1) 
nurseries,   (2)  seedling  users,   and   (3)  special- 
ist organizations.     Problem  areas  for  Coopera- 
tive study  are  identified  and  prioritized  by 
Cooperative  members.     Our  first  study,  investi- 
gating the  effects  of  top  pruning  on  seedling 
morphology  and  field  growth  and  survival,  has 
been  installed  at  six  nurseries.     Planning  is  in 
progress  for  a  long-term  Cooperative  study  exa- 
mining the  effects  of  selected  herbicides  on 
weeds  and  seedlings.     Other  activities  in  the 
Cooperative  include   (1)  a  nursery  pathology 
research  project,    (2)  a  tissue  culture/vegeta- 
tive propagation  project,    (3)  continuing  educa- 
tion (production  of  a  nursery  manual),    (4)  tech- 
nical assistance  (compilation  of  lists  of  spec- 
ialists available  to  help  members),    (5)  infor- 
mation gathering  (collection  of  state-of-the-art 
information  on  compaction,   tilth,   and  drainage), 
and  (6)  a  seedling  evaluation  program. 


Objective 

The  objective  of  the  Cooperative  is  to  improve 
the  productivity  of  the  Pacific  Northwest's 
forest  tree  nursery  industry  through  an 
integrated  program  of  coordinated  studies, 
information  sharing,   and  technical  assistance. 

Examples  of   specific  needs  to  be  met  through 
cooperative  action  are: 

1.  Better  nursery-specific  cultural 
prescriptions  for  the  improvement  of 
seedling  physiological  quality. 

2.  Improved  soil  management  guidelines  for 
the  maintenance  of   long-term  nursery 
productivity. 

3.  More  effective  coordination  of  nursery 
and  outplanting  techniques. 

A.     Better  information  sharing  among  nur- 
series,  and  between  nurseries  and 
related  groups  such  as  reforestation 
foresters  and  researchers. 

Why  Cooperatives? 


INTRODUCTION 

Origin  Of  The  Nursery  Technology  Cooperative 

Because  of  the  importance  of  the  forest  nursery 
industry,   a  task  force  was  appointed  by  the 
Oregon  State  Forester  and  the  Dean  of  the  School 
of  Forestry,  Oregon  State  University  (OSU),  to 
study  and  report  on  the  status  of   forest  nursery 
management  technology  in  the  Pacific  Northwest. 
The  task  force  found  that  the  forest  nursery 
industry  wanted  more  research  and  educational 
assistance,   and  proposed  that  a  Nursery 
Technology  Center  be  established  at  OSU  to 
address  these  needs.     The  Nursery  Technology 
Cooperative   (NTC)  was  officially  established 
July  1,  1982. 


Mary  L.  Duryea  is  Assistant  Professor  and 
Leader,  Nursery  Technology  Cooperative, 
Department  of  Forest  Science,  Oregon  State 
University,  Corvallis. 

Steven  K.  Omi  is  Research  Assistant,  Nursery 
Technology  Cooperative,  Department  of  Forest 
Science,  Oregon  State  University,  Corvallis. 


The  three  cooperatives  in  the  Department  of 
Forest  Science  at  OSU  have  been  established  to 
help  solve  reforestation  problems  beginning  with 
seed  and  ending  with  a  free-to-grow  forest 
stand.     The  Tree  Improvement  Research  Coopera- 
tive,  headed  by  Thomas  Adams,   coordinates  gene- 
tics and  breeding  research  on  Pacific  Northwest 
tree  species  to  enhance  tree  improvement  efforts 
in  the  region.     The  Nursery  Technology 
Cooperative,   by  helping  to  increase  nursery  pro- 
ductivity, will  aid  in  the  better  utilization  of 
improved  seed  and  the  matching  of  high  quality 
seedlings  to  planting  sites.     At  the  out- 
planting  stage  the  CRAFTS  Cooperative,  headed  by 
Steven  Radosevich,  helps  to  coordinate  research 
on  methods  of  controlling  competing  vegetation 
in  commercial  forests  of  the  Pacific  Northwest. 

Cooperatives  enable  us  to: 

1.  Define  and  study  useful  problems. 

2.  Reduce  fixed  costs  per  cooperator  to 
study  these  problems. 

3.  Investigate  treatment  x  site  interac- 
tions . 


53 


4.     Rapidly  use  results. 


5.     More  effectively  share  information  by 
using  OSU  as  a  clearinghouse. 


Organization 

Fifteen  members  from  state  and  federal  agencies 
and  industry  participated  in  the  Cooperative  in 
its  first  year  (Appendix  1).     A  Technical 
Committee  and  a  Policy  Committee  assist  the  NTC 
leadership.     The  Policy  Committee  advises  the 
Cooperative  Leader  on  decisions  concerning 
program  strategy,   size,  and  support.  The 
Technical  Committee  helps  to  identify  and 
prioritize  problems,   and  assists  in  planning, 
installing,   and  measuring  Cooperative  studies. 
Together,   the  Policy  and  Technical  Committees 
guide  the  activities  of  the  Cooperative, 
insuring  that  efforts  are  focused  on  real 
problems . 


The  NTC  membership  categories   (and  annual  mem- 
bership fees)  are:     (1)  nurseries   (large — $6,000 
and  small — $3,000),    (2)  seedling  users   (full — 
$4,000  and  monitoring — $2,000),  and  (3)  spe- 
cialist organizations  ($2,000  to  $4,000).  All 
members  (except  for  the  seedling  user  monitoring 
members)  have  representation  on  the  Technical 
and  Policy  Committees,  and  are  directly  involved 
in  nursery  and  outplanting  studies.  Seedling 
user  monitoring  members  receive  study  results 
only,   and  do  not  participate  in  guidance. 


Figure  1. — Top  pruning  with  a  rotary  mower  at 
the  D.L.  Phipps  Forest  Nursery  (Oregon  State 
Department  of  Forestry) . 


ACTIVITIES 


Cooperative  Studies 

Problem  areas  for  study  are  identified  and 
prioritized  by  Cooperative  members.     Top  pruning 
and  weed  control  will  be  investigated  in  our 
first  short-term  and  long-term  studies,  respec- 
tively. 

Top  pruning. — This  study  was  installed  in  May, 
1983,  to    examine  the  effects  of  top  pruning  on 
2+0  Douglas-fir  seedling  morphology,  survival, 
and  growth.     Top  pruning  is  a  common  practice  in 
western  nurseries  (fig.   1);  however,   there  is 
little  available  information  about  the  effects 
of  top  pruning.     Treatments  for  the  experiment 
include  two  different  pruning  heights,   two  dif- 
ferent times  of  application,  and  one  multiple 
pruning.     The  entire  experiment,  with  one  seed 
zone  was  replicated  at  three  nurseries;  a 
smaller  version,  involving  fewer  treatments,  was 
included  so  that  more  seed  sources  could  be 
tested.     In  total,  six  nurseries  (fig.  2)  and 
nine  seed  zones  are  involved  in  the  study.  Test 
seedlings  from  each  seed  zone  will  be  planted  on 
sites  located  within  their  respective  zones.  In 
addition,  a  common  garden  study,   including  seed- 
lings from  all  seed  zones,  will  be  established 
at  the  OSU  McDonald  Forest.     The  growth  and  sur- 
vival of  outplanted  seedlings  will  be  monitored 
for  up  to  three  years. 


NURSERY 

1.  Lava  Nursery,  Inc. 

2.  State  of  Oregon 

D.L  Phipps  Forest  Nursery 

3.  U  S  D  A  Forest  Service 
Humboldt  Nursery 

4.  U  S  DA  Forest  Service 

J.  Herbert  Stone  Nursery 

5.  U.S. D  A.  Forest  Service 
Placerville  Nursery 

6.  Washington  Department 
of  Natural  Resources 

Lt.  Mike  Webster  Nursery 


Figure  2. — Map  showing  the  location  of  the  six 
nurseries  where  the  top  pruning  study  has  been 
installed . 


54 


Weed  control. — Planning  is   in  progress  for  a 
long-term  Cooperative  study  that  will  examine 
the  effect  of  selected  herbicides  on  weeds  and 
seedlings.     Presently  used  methods  of  weed 
control   (e.g.,  handweeding,   fumigation)  are 
costly  and  may  be  detrimental  to  tree  seedlings 
and  soil  microorganisms.     The  objective  of  this 
study  will  be  to  screen  new  and  currently 
available  herbicides  for  their  effectiveness  in 
controlling  weeds  without  injuring  conifer 
seedlings.     Additionally,  we  want  to  determine 
the  residual  effect  of  herbicides  on  weeds  and 
crop  species. 

Other  Cooperative  Projects 

Two  other  OSU  projects  are  connected  with  the 
NTC:   the  Nursery  Pathology  Research  Project, 
headed  by  Everett  Hansen,   and  the  Tissue 
Culture/Vegetative  Propagation  Project,  headed 
by  Joe  Zaerr.     Both  projects  are  meeting 
Cooperative  objectives,   although  both  are  funded 
by  sources  other  than  Cooperative  annual  fees. 

Nursery  pathology  research  project. — The  broad 
goal  is  to  provide  the  biological  information 
necessary  to  predict  and  prevent  disease 
outbreaks  in  nurseries.     The  initial  focus  of 
the  project  will  be  on  the  various  top  blight 
diseases  that  have  caused  substantial  loss  in 
recent  years.     In  preliminary  work,  systematic 
isolations  have  been  made  from  blighted 
seedlings  at  a  Pacific  Northwest  nursery  to 
identify  suspected  pathogens.     These  isolates, 
plus  those  from  three  other  participating  nur- 
series, will  be  tested  for  pathogenicity. 
Timing,   environmental,   and  predisposing  factors 
that  influence  infection  will  be  determined  for 
the  identified  pathogens. 

Tissue  culture /vegetative  propagation  pro j ect . — 
The  objective  of  this  project  is  to  develop 
techniques  for  producing  large  quantities  of 
superior  forest  trees  by  means  of  tissue 
culture.     The  approach  has  been  to  measure 
growth  hormones  in  cultures  and  to  determine 
which  hormones  produce  the  desired  results. 
Work  to  date  has  resulted  in  the  development  of 
techniques  to  isolate  and  detect  plant  hormones 
in  extremely  small  quantities.     These  techniques 
have  been  used  to  measure  auxin  in  callus 
cultures  and  in  cultured  buds.  Cytokinins, 
another  class  of  growth  hormones,  were  measured 
in  suspension  cultures  of  Douglas-fir.  The 
results  of  these  studies  indicate  that  the 
growth  hormone  requirements  for  embryogenesis 
(producing  whole  plants  from  cell  cultures)  pro- 
bably are  very  specific,   and  that  the  growth 
hormones  that  have  been  used  in  previous 
attempts  to  produce  embryogenesis  are  probably 
not  the  ones  that  should  be  used. 

Future  work  will  include  a  broadening  of  the 
objective  to  include  other  methods  of  propaga- 
tion,  such  as  the  rooting  of  cuttings,   and  the 
problems  associated  with  those  techniques. 


Continuing  Education 

The  Forest  Nursery  Manual:     Production  of 
Bareroot  Seedlings  includes  30  chapters  covering 
specific  topics  such  as  nursery  site  selection, 
fertility  management,   and  seedling  storage  (fig. 
3).     A  comprehensive  survey  of  Northwest  nur- 
series provided  the  authors  of  each  chapter  with 
information  on  current  cultural  practices.  In 
addition,   each  chapter  contains  a  state-of-the- 
art  review  of  nursery  research.     A  workshop  held 
at  OSU  in  October,    1982  previewed  the  manual  for 
over  250  people.     The  manual  will  be  published 
this  summer,   1983.     Both  the  Manual  and  the 
workshop  have  been  co-sponsored  with  the  USDA 
Forest  Service,   State  and  Private  Forestry, 
Region  6. 


FOREST  NURSERY  MANUAL: 

PRODUCTION  OF  BAREROOT  SEEDLINGS 

Mary  Duryea  and  Tom  Landis,  Editors 

I. 

Development  of  the  Nursery  Manual: 
a  synthesis  of  current  practices  and 
research 

II. 

Developing  a  Forest  Tree  Nursery 

III. 

Starting  the  Bareroot  Seedling 

IV. 

Managing  the  Soil  and  Water 

V. 

Culturing  the  Bareroot  Seedling 

VI. 

Harvesting  and  Planting  the  Bareroot 
S  eedling 

VII. 

Selected  Topics  in  Nursery  Management 

VIII. 

Upgrading  Nursery  Practices 

Figure  3. — Major  Sections  in  the  30-chapter 
Forest  Nursery  Manual. 

Seedling  Physiology  and  Reforestation  Success 
will  be  the  title  of  the  Physiology  Working 
Group  Technical  Session  to  be  held  at  the 
Society  of  American  Foresters   (SAF)  National 
Convention  in  Portland  this  October,   1983.  The 
one-day  session  will  include  both  overview  and 
specific  research  reports  concerning  the  effects 
of  seedling  physiology  on  reforestation  success, 
with  major  emphasis  on  stock  quality  and 
planting  site  manipulation.     The  proceedings  of 
the  session  will  be  published  in  1984. 


55 


Technical  Assistance 


As  part  of  our  commitment  to  improve  information 
flow  and  technical  assistance,  we  are  compiling 
lists  of  specialists  who  would  like  to  help  nur- 
series and  reforestation  people.  Questionnaires 
(fig.   4)  have  already  been  sent   to  insect/ 
disease,   soils,  weed  control,   and  irrigation 
specialists,   seedling  physiologists,   and  silvi- 
culturists.     A  very  positive  response  has  been 
received — many  have  expressed  a  strong  desire  to 
be  involved  in  workshops,   Cooperative  studies, 
and  problem  solving.     Other  specialists  who  will 
be  contacted  include  agricultural  and  industrial 
engineers,   seed  physiologists,   crop  scientists, 
and  horticulturists.     The  list  of  specialists 
for  insect  and  disease,   soil,   and  irrigation 
problems  have  been  sent  to  Cooperative  members. 

Members  are  encouraged  to  contact  specialists 
directly  from  these  lists  when  the  need  for 
technical  assistance  arises.     However,   they  may 
also  receive  help  from  the  NTC  staff  in  making 
contacts  with  specialists  by  stating  their  spe- 
cific problem  on  a  Technical  Assistance  Request 
Form.     The  NTC  staff  responds  immediately  to 
these  requests  by  providing  ways  to  approach  the 
stated  problem. 

Information  Gathering 

Cooperative  members  have  expressed  a  need  for 
being  informed  of  the  state-of-the-art  knowledge 
on  several  topics.     Soil  management  (tilth/ 
compaction/drainage)  has  been  selected  as  the 
problem  area  in  which  information  gathering  is 
currently  needed.     The  NTC  staff  is  presently 
reviewing  the  literature  and  collecting  relevant 
material.     A  summary,   available  to  all  members, 
will  follow. 


Seedling  Evaluation  Program 

The  purpose  of   the  NTC  Seedling  Evaluation 
Program  is  to  improve  techniques  for  assessing 
seedling  quality.     As  part  of  this  program,  the 
NTC  provides  a  seedling  vigor  evaluation  (or 
stress  testing)  service.     More  than  250  seedling 
lots  were  evaluated  this  year  on  a  fee  basis. 
This  procedure  is  designed  to  identify  poor 
quality  lots  by  monitoring  the  growth  and  sur- 
vival of  potted  seedlings  placed  in  a  growth 
room  after  exposure  to  hot-dry  conditions. 
Although  this  procedure  has  been  very  useful, 
work  continues  to  refine  the  test.     A  study  is 
being  conducted  to  determine  the  effectiveness 
of  the  current  procedure  in  predicting  field 
survival  under  uniform  planting  conditions.  We 
are  also  examining  the  relationship  between  the 
vigor  evaluation  results  and  standard  measure- 
ments of  root  growth  capacity.     This  investiga- 
tion will  indicate  whether  these  two  assessment 
procedures  are  consistent  in  predicting  field 
survival  or,   perhaps,   are  complementary  and 
could  be  used  together  to  improve  prediction 
accuracy.     The  study  began  in  March,  1983. 


SPECIALIST  QUESTIONNAIRE 
Nursery  Technology  Cooperative 

Name  Affiliation 


Address 


Phone  Number 


IN  THIS   QUESTIONNAIRE  WE  ARE  SEEKING 
INDICATIONS  OF  INTEREST  AND  NOT  NECESSARILY  A 
FIRM  COMMITMENT  TO  PARTICIPATE. 

1.     a.     Would  you  be  interested  in  being 

involved  in  the  Nursery  Technology 
Cooperative?     (check  yes  or  no) 

Yes  No 


b.     In  what  cooperative  efforts  might  you 
be  willing  to  participate?  (check 
yes  or  no  for  each  starred  (*)  area 
below) 

Yes  No 

(1)  *Workshop  teaching? 

(2)  Studies: 

*Review  of  study 
plans  ? 

*Active  involvement 
in  experiments? 

(3)  *Team  problem  solving 
and  providing  tech- 
nical assistance 
through  the 
Cooperative? 

(4)  individual  direct 
consulting? 

(5)  *0thers?  (please 
specify  below) 


Figure  4. — Page  one  of  the  questionnaire  being 
sent   to  specialists  in  the  West. 

Another  recently  completed  study  in  the  NTC 
Seedling  Evaluation  Program  was  aimed  at  deve- 
loping a  specific  procedure  for  detecting  damage 
to  seedlings  which  have  been  unintentionally 
frozen  during  cold  storage.     In  this  study,  we 
found  that  a  pressure  chamber  could  be  effec- 
tively used  to  identify  this  type  of  injury. 
Results  indicate  that  the  change  in  plant  mois- 


56 


ture  stress   (PMS)  of  potted  seedlings  during  the 
first  week  after  freezing  can  generally  predict 
whether  or  not  they  will  survive.     The  PMS  of 
damaged  seedlings  tends  to  increase  much  more 
rapidly  than  that  of  non-injured  seedlings.  A 
more  complete  description  of  this  study  is 
reported  by  Douglas  McCreary  in  this  proceedings. 


LOOKING  AHEAD 


In  its  second  year  the  NTC  staff  is   (1)  coor- 
dinating the  NTC  studies   (top  pruning,  weed 
control),   (2)  providing  continuing  education 
programs   (Physiology  Workshop  at  the  SAF 
National  Convention,   publication  of  the  Forest 
Nursery  Manual),    (3)  updating  the  Seedling 
Evaluation  Program,    (4)  supporting  other  pro- 
jects within  the  NTC   (Nursery  Pathology,  Tissue 
Culture /Vegetative  Propagation),    (5)  providing 
technical  assistance  (compilation  of  specialists 
lists),   and   (6)  gathering  information  on  soil 
management,   and,   given  continued  Technical 
Committee  interest,   a  soil  management  study 
plan  will  be  prepared. 


APPENDIX  I 

Members  of  the  Nursery  Technology  Cooperative. 


Nurseries : 


Lava  Nursery,  Inc. 

Oregon  State  Department  of 
Forestry,   D.  L.  Phipps  Forest 
Nursery 

USDA  Forest  Service,  Rogue 
River  National  Forest,  J. 
Herbert  Stone  Nursery 

Washington  State  Department 
of  Natural  Resources,  Lt . 
Mike  Webster  Nursery 

Weyerhaeuser  Company 


Seedling  Users: 


BLM — Coos  Bay  District 

BLM — Eugene  District 

BLM — Medford  District 

BLM — Oregon  State  Office 

BLM — Roseburg  District 

BLM — Salem  District 

USDA  Forest  Service,  Umpqua 
National  Forest 


Specialist  Organizations: 

USDA  Forest  Service,  Pacific 
Northwest  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station 

USDA  Forest  Service,  Pacific 
Southwest  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station 

USDA  Forest  Service,  State  and 
Private  Forestry,  Region  6 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;  1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT- 168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 


57 


USING  A  PRESSURE   CHAMBER  TO  DETECT  DAMAGE  TO 
SEEDLINGS  ACCIDENTALLY  FROZEN  DURING  COLD  STORAGE 
Douglas  D.  McCreary 


ABSTRACT:     During  cold  storage,   seedlings  are 
sometimes  accidentally  frozen.     A  study  to 
determine  if  a  pressure-chamber  device  could  be 
used  to  detect  the  extent  of  this  type  of  injury 
indicated  that  the  change  in  plant  moisture 
stress  of  potted  seedlings  during  the  first  week 
after  freezing  is  a  reliable  measure  for  pre- 
dicting seedling  survival. 

INTRODUCTION 

Storage  of  bareroot  seedlings  is  often  a 
necessary  step  in  the  reforestation  of  conifers, 
as  labor,   geographic,   and  climatic  constraints 
make  it  virtually  impossible  to  plant  seedlings 
immediately  after  they  are  lifted.     It  is  well 
established  that  the  temperature  during  storage 
can  greatly  affect  seedling  quality  (Hocking  and 
Nyland  1971).     Currently,  most  conifer  seedlings 
are  stored  between  0°  and  3°C  because  cold  tem- 
peratures reduce  respiration  and  inhibit  the 
development  of  harmful  molds.     But,  despite 
improvements  in  the  overall  quality  of  refrigera- 
tion facilities,   occasional  equipment  malfunc- 
tions result  in  seedlings  being  exposed  to 
subfreezing  temperatures.     Such  exposure  can  be 
especially  injurious  to  root  systems,  which  are 
more  sensitive  to  freezing  than  shoots. 
Unfortunately  we  know  little  about  the  tolerance 
of  roots  to  this  type  of  injury,  nor  is  there  a 
simple  and  effective  method  of  identifying  its 
extent.     When  such  a  storage  problem  is  discov- 
ered and  it  must  be  decided  whether  seedlings 
should  be  discarded  or  planted,   there  is  little 
on  which  to  base  a  decision.     Consequently,  in 
December  1982,   as  part  of  the  Nursery  Technology 
Cooperative  at  Oregon  State  University,  we  ini- 
tiated a  study  to  determine  if  a  pressure- 
chamber  device  could  be  effectively  used  to 
identify  seedlings  that  were  severely  damaged  by 
accidental  freezing  during  storage. 

METHODS 

One  hundred, 2-year-old  Douglas-fir  (Pseudotsuga 
menziesii  (Mirb.)  Franco)  seedlings  from  a  com- 
mon seed  source  were  randomly  divided  into  10 
equal  groups  for  10  temperature  treatments. 
Each  group  was  placed  in  a  sealed  plastic  bag  in 
a  freezing  chamber  programmed  to  remain  1  hour 
at  +1°C.     The  temperature  was  then  lowered  at 


Douglas  D.  McCreary  is  Research  Assistant  in  the 
Department  of  Forest  Science,  School  of 
Forestry,  Oregon  State  University,  Corvallis, 
Oregon. 


the  rate  of  2°C  per  hour.     We  removed  the  first 
bag  at  -3°C  and  continued  to  remove  one  bag 
every  half  hour  at  each  drop  of   1 °C  until  the 
temperature  was  -12°C.     Immediately  after 
removal  from  the  freezing  chamber,   each  bag  was 
placed  in  a  cold  room  (+1°C)  and  left  overnight 
to  thaw  gradually. 

The  day  after  thawing,   all  seedlings  were  tagged 
with  their  freezing-treatment  number  and  planted 
randomly  in  pots,   one  seedling  from  each  treat- 
ment in  each  pot. 

The  following  day,   a  small  lateral  branch  from 
each  seedling  was  removed  and  placed  in  a 
pressure  chamber  to  determine  its  plant  moisture 
stress   (PMS).     This  procedure  was  repeated  on 
the  fourth  and  sixth  days  after  potting.  PMS 
was  recorded  as  a  positive  number,   so  that  an 
increase  indicated  greater  water  deficit  within 
the  seedlings.     The  night  before  each  PMS  deter- 
mination, all  pots  were  watered  to  field  capa- 
city to  ensure  similar  soil  moisture  conditions 
for  each  pot  on  each  evaluation  date. 

The  seedlings  were  maintained  for  2  months  in  a 
growth  room  under  a  16-hour  photoperiod  and 
constant  22°C  temperature.     During  this  time, 
the  pots  were  watered  regularly  and  soil 
moisture  remained  fairly  high.     At  the  end  of 
this  period,  we  recorded  the  percentage  of  dead 
seedlings  from  each  of  the  10  freezing  treat- 
ments and  calculated  the  average  PMS   per  treat- 
ment for  each  assessment  date.     For  each 
treatment,  we  calculated  the  average  absolute 
increase  and  average  percentage  increase  in  PMS 
between  the  first  and  fourth  and  the  first  and 
sixth  days  after  planting. 

We  then  determined  if  there  was  a  significant 
relationship  between  freezing  temperature  and 
PMS  on  each  date.     Next  we  calculated  correla- 
tion coefficients  for  the  relationships  between 
mortality  and  absolute  and  percentage  changes  in 
PMS  over  all  treatments.     Finally,  we  determined 
the  average  PMS   for  seedlings  that  lived  and 
those  that  died  and  tested  for  significant  dif- 
ferences.    All  reported  differences  were  signi- 
ficant at  P  =  0.01  unless  otherwise  stated. 


RESULTS 

Twenty  of  the  original  100  seedlings  died  during 
the  2-month  assessment  period.     Figure  1  shows 
mortality  percentages  for  each  freezing  treat- 
ment.    Sixteen  of  the  dead  seedlings  were  from 
the  two  lowest  temperatures,  which  indicates 
that  among  seedlings  of  the  seed  source  used, 


58 


100  — 1 
90  - 
80- 
_    TO  - 
.  60- 


O  4° 
30  - 


20  - 
10 


■   1  1  r 

"3       -4       -5       "6       -7       -8       -9       -10       -I  I  -12 
FREEZING  TEMPERATURE  (°C) 

Figure  1. — Final  mortality  of  seedlings,  by- 
freezing  treatment. 


30-1 


-4       -5        -6        "7        -8        "9       -10        "I  I 
FREEZING  TEMPERATURE  l°C] 

Figure  2. — Average  plant  moisture  stress  of 
seedlings,   by  treatment  and  day  of  evaluation. 

the  threshold  temperature  for  lethal  damage 
(-11°C)  was  quite  uniform.     Figure  2  shows 


DO 


to 
to 

Ld 

or 


or 


o 


32- 
30- 
28  ■ 
24- ■ 
20  • 
16- 
12- 
8 

4  - 


DAY  6 


DAY  4 


DAY 


LIVE 


DEAD 


Figure  3. — Average  plant  moisture  stress  of  sur- 
viving and  dead  seedlings. 

average  PMS  by  treatment  for  each  assessment 
date.     There  are  three  interesting  things  to 
note:     first,   that  average  PMS   for  all  treat- 
ments increased  over  time;   second,   that  first- 
day  PMS   tended  to  be  lower  in  the  colder  treat- 
ments  (freezing  temperature  and  PMS  were  signi- 
ficantly and  positively  correlated);   and  third, 
that  this  initial  trend  dramatically  reversed 
during  the  following  5  days.     Seedlings  from  the 
two  coldest  treatments  had  the  highest  average 
PMS   values  on  the  sixth  day  after  planting,  and 
freezing  temperature  and  PMS  were  significantly 
(P  =  0.05)  and  negatively  correlated. 

The  relationships  between  lethal  freezing  injury 
and  PMS    (fig.   3)  show  that  seedlings  that  died 
had  significantly  lower  initial  PMS   values  that 
then  rose  precipitously.     Seedlings  that  lived 
had  higher  initial  PMS   values  that  increased 
gradually  between  the  first  and  fourth  days  and 
then  remained  relatively  unchanged.     PMS   on  the 
sixth  day,   and  the  percentage  difference  between 
the  first  and  sixth  days,  were  significantly 
higher  for  those  seedlings  that  eventually  died. 

As  might  be  expected  from  this  discussion,  the 
percentage  of  dead  seedlings  from  a  given 
freezing  treatment  was  closely  correlated  with 
the  absolute  and  percentage  increase  in  PMS  for 
that  treatment.     There  was  a  strong  correlation 
between  mortality  and  both  absolute  and  percen- 
tage increases  in  PMS   for  both  measurement 
intervals   (days   1  to  4,   days   1  to  6). 
Significant  correlation  coefficents  were: 

Percentage  mortality  x  absolute  increase  in  PMS 
Days  1  to  A  r  =  0.80 

Days  1  to  6  r  =  0.98 

Percentage  mortality  x  percentage  increase  in 
PMS 

Days  1  to  4  r  =  0.85 

Days  1  to  6  r  =  0.96 

Although  all  correlations  were  significant,  the 
larger  coefficents  for  the  longer  time  intervals 
indicate  that  predictions  of  mortality  from  PMS 


59 


change  are  more  reliable  after  5  days  than  after 
3  days. 

CONCLUSIONS 

Our  initial  hypothesis  was  that  accidental 
freezing  during  cold  storage  can  injure  root 
systems,   so  that  seedlings  cannot  take  up  water 
and  maintain  an  adequate  moisture  status  once 
they  are  planted.     The  data  are  consistent  with 
this  view.     Seedlings  killed  by  the  freezing 
treatments  became  more  stressed  over  time  than 
seedlings  that  lived,  although  they  initially 
had  lower  PMS.     An  initial  reduction,  also  found 
by  Bixby  and  Brown  (1974)  and  Timmis  (1976),  is 
apparently  caused  by  internal  rupturing  of  cells 
and  release  of  water  into  the  xylem.     Over  time, 
the  transpirational  demand  probably  depletes  the 
available  water  in  the  seedlings,  and  PMS  rises 
rapidly  as  the  water  is  not  replenished  by  the 
injured  root  system. 


PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Bixby,  J.  A.;   Brown,  G.  N.     Rapid  determination 
of  cold  hardiness  in  black  locust  seedlings 
using  a  pressure  chamber.     Abstract  No.  12. 
Boulder,  CO:     North  American  Forest  Biology 
Workshop;   1974:  354. 

Hocking,  Drake;  Nyland,  Ralph  D.     Cold  storage  of 
coniferous  seedlings.     Research  Report  No.  6. 
Syracuse,  NY:     Applied  Forest  Research  Institute, 
State  University  College  of  Forestry;  1971.     70  p. 

Timmis,  Roger.     Methods  of  screening  tree  seedlings 
for  frost  hardiness.     In:     Connell,  M.  G.  R. ,  Last 
F.   T. ,  eds.     Tree  physiology  for  yield  improvement 
New  York,  NY:     Academic  Press;   1976:  421-435. 


Because  we  found  considerable  variability  in  the 
initial  PMS  values  of  seedlings  receiving  the 
same  freezing  treatment,  and  because  the  change 
in  PMS  was  so  closely  correlated  with  lethal 
injury,  we  believe  that  the  procedure  outlined — 
measuring  seedlings  once  soon  after  planting  and 
once  5  days  later — is  a  more  reliable  technique 
for  predicting  injury  than  a  single  PMS  measure- 
ment.    The  exact  magnitude  of  change  in  PMS  that 
indicates  severe  freezing  damage,  however,  is 
not  clear.     In  this  study,  a  4-fold  increase 
between  the  first  and  sixth  days  reliably  indi- 
cated seedling  mortality;   those  with  less  than  a 
4-fold  increase  in  PMS  lived.     The  4-fold 
separation  value  predicted  the  final  survival 
status  of  97  percent  of  the  seedlings.     In  pre- 
liminary results  from  another  trial,   however,  a 
3-fold  increase  during  the  first  week  after 
planting  indicated  mortality.     In  this  second 
trial,   there  was  little  or  no  change  in  the  PMS 
values  over  time  for  most  surviving  seedlings, 
in  contrast  to  the  rough  doubling  of  PMS  between 
the  first  and  sixth  days  for  surviving  seedlings 
in  the  study  reported  here. 


Although  some  calibration  must  be  done  to  per- 
fect the  technique,   the  data  clearly  suggest 
that  a  pressure  chamber  can  be  a  very  useful 
tool  in  identifying  seedling  injury  caused  by 
unintentional  freezing  during  cold  storage.  The 
assessment  procedure  outlined  is  simple, 
requiring  only  a  pressure  chamber  and  a  small 
amount  of  greenhouse  or  growth-room  space,  and 
it  can  be  completed  within  a  week  after  the 
suspected  injury  occurs. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;   1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT- 168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;   1984.  96  p. 


60 


ASEXUAL  VS.   SEXUAL  PROPAGATION  OF  QUAKING  ASPEN 


Robert  B.  Campbell,  Jr. 


ABSTRACT:     Quaking  aspen  (Populus  tremuloides 
Michx.)  regenerates  almost  exclusively  by  root 
suckers  in  the  western  United  States,  even  though 
female  clones  produce  abundant  viable  seed. 
During  the  past  decade,   interest  in  propagating 
aspen  for  use  as  an  ornamental  and  for 
revegetation  of  forest  land  has  increased.  To 
satisfy  these  diverse  needs  for  aspen  planting 
stock,  nurserymen  have  a  choice  between  sexual 
and  asexual  propagation.     Criteria  for  clone 
selection,   suggestions  for  root  and  seed 
collection  and  storage,  propagation  techniques, 
and  the  advantages  of  both  sexual  and  asexual 
propagation  are  discussed. 

INTRODUCTION 

Quaking  aspen  (Populus  tremuloides  Michx.)  has 
the  widest  distribution  of  any  native  tree 
species  in  North  America  (Fowells  1965)  .  This 
significant  fact  suggests  that  quaking  aspen  can 
grow  under  a  vast  range  of  environmental 
conditions.     Thus,   if  aspen  could  be  successfully 
propagated,  it  could  be  used  widely  as  an 
ornamental  and  for  reforestation  and  land 
reclamation.     In  the  western  United  States,  this 
important  species  relies  almost  entirely  upon 
vegetative  regeneration  from  root  suckers. 
Female  clones,  however,  produce  many  viable 
seeds . 

Interest  in  propagating  quaking  aspen  for  use  as 
an  ornamental  and  for  reforestation  surged  during 
the  past  decade.     Vegetative  propagation  techniques 
have  been  developed  (Schier  1978b)  and  have 
specific  advantages.     However,   seed  propagation 
is  less  labor  intensive  and  is  used  by  some 
nurseries  to  produce  large  quantities  of  planting 
stock. 

I  will  present  various  factors  that  nurserymen 
should  consider  before  selecting  between  sexual 
and  asexual  methods  of  propagating  aspen. 

ASEXUAL  PROPAGATION 

Quaking  aspen  clones  have  numerous  long,  lateral 
roots  in  the  top  6  inches  of  the  soil  profile. 
Suckers  may  arise  along  these  roots  and  become  a 
younger  generation  of  ramets  that  are  genetically 
identical  to  the  trees  of  the  parent  clone. 


Robert  B.   Campbell,  Jr.   is  a  botanist  with  the 
Intermountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment 
Station,  USDA  Forest  Service,   located  at  the 
Forestry  Sciences  Laboratory,  Logan,  Utah. 


Many  amateur  and  professional  landscapers 
transplant   these  natural   suckers,   or  wildlings, 
for  ornamental  purposes.     When  the  wildlings  are 
dug  up,   the  soil  usually  falls  away  exposing  the 
root   system.      Typically,    the   transplant's  root 
system  consists  of  only  a  12-  to   18  inch  segment 
of    lateral   root    from   the   parent    clone.  Once 
transplanted,    the  wildlings  usually  grow  slowly 
at    first   and   develop    small   leaves.  Generally 
they  have  few,   if  any,  branch  roots  at  the  time 
they  are  removed  from  the  parent  clone,   and  the 
existing  root  system  is  inadequate;  consequently 
many  wildlings  do  not  survive  after  transplanting 
(Schier  1982). 

A  few  commercial  landscapers  report  good  survival 
and  growth  of  transplanted  aspen  when  the  suckers 
have   well-developed,    independent    root  systems. 
They  are  careful  to  keep   the   root  ball  tightly 
bound,    which   protects    the    fragile   new  roots. 
Sharp  shovels  are  used  to  minimize  root  damage, 
which  can  be  an  infection  site  for  pathogens.  It 
is  best  to  transplant  aspen  in  the  dormant  stage. 
Survival   can  be   excellent  when  aspen   3   to  5 
inches  diameter  at  breast  height   (d.b.h.)   and  18 
to   20   ft   tall  are  carefully  transplanted  with  a 
44-inch  tree  spade.      (Personal  communication  with 
Ron  McFarland  of  Landscaper's  Service,  Steamboat 
Springs ,  Colo . ) 

Another  nurseryman  substantially  improves  the 
survival  and  vigor  of  transplanted  wildlings  as 
follows:       (1)    Wildlings    are    selected  from 
undisturbed  clones  where  the  regeneration  varies 
in  size  and  age.      (Failure  apparently  is  common 
when  wildlings  come  from  clones  with  a  history  of 
disturbance  as  characterized  by  many   suckers  of 
the   same   age.)      (2)   When   trees   3   to   5  inches 
d.b.h.    are    transplanted,    the    trees    are  first 
wiggled  and  only  those  trees  that  are  firmly 
rooted  in  all  four  directions  are  selected.  (3) 
After   transplanting,    the   aspen  are   given  three 
applications  of  a  complete  foliar  fertilizer  and 
one  hydraulic  injection  of  the  fertilizer  into 
the  root  system.     (4)  The  trees  are  sprayed  with 
Benomyl    (a    systemic    fungicide)    to    reduce  the 
incidence  of  fungal  pathogens  common  to  aspen. 
(Personal    communication   with    Jerry   Morris  of 
Rocky  Mountain   Tree   Experts,    Lakewood,  Colo.) 

Methods    have    been    developed    to  artificially 
propagate    aspen    vegetatively    (Schier  1978b). 
Though  labor  intensive,  these  methods  offer  a  way 
to    produce    rooted    aspen    suckers    capable  of 
vigorous  growth.     I  want  to  dispel  the  myth  that 
vegetatively   propagated    aspen    inherently  have 
slow  growth.     Aspen  trees  propagated  vegetatively 
14  years  ago  at  Logan,  Utah,   are  now  32  ft  tall. 


61 


Clone  Selection 

In  1976,  aspen  suckers  were  propagated 
vegetatively  from  10  healthy  and  10  deteriorating 
clones  in  Logan  Canyon.     Schier  and  Campbell 
(1980)  describe  the  site  and  suckering 
characteristics  for  these  20  clones.     The  two 
groups  of  clones  differed  appreciably  with 
respect  to  aspen  density,  basal  area,  and 
mortality . 

The  rooted  sucker  cuttings  were  planted  in  tubes, 
2.5  inches  in  diameter  by  10  inches  long,  filled 
with  peat  moss : vermiculite   (1:1)  and  placed  in 
the  greenhouse.     The  next  spring  the  suckers  were 
transplanted  to  peat  moss: sand  (3:2)  in  1  gal 
pots  and  moved  to  the  lathhouse.     Under  the 
direction  of  Dr.  George  A.   Schier,   the  young  trees 
were  transplanted  during  spring  1978  to  a  common 
garden  at  the  Green  Canyon  Nursery  3  miles 
northeast  of  Utah  State  University. 

A  total  of  439  aspen  were  planted  randomly  in  15 
rows  of  up  to  30  individuals  per  row  with  a 
6.6-ft  spacing.     Soil  amendments  and  fertilizers 
were  not  used  at  the  nursery.  Rainbird 
sprinklers  provided  regular  but  moderate 
irrigation.     After  2  years  at  the  nursery,  the 
trees  had  substantial  variation  in  height  growth. 
In  an  attempt  to  standardize  subsequent 
vegetative  growth,  all  stems  were  cut  off  at 
ground  level  in  the  spring  of  1980.     Thus  all  new 
suckers  started  from  established  root  systems. 
As  new  suckers  arose,  a  dominant  sucker  was 
selected;  all  other  remaining  and  subsequent 
suckers  were  cut  off. 

The  new  suckers  are  now  in  their  fourth  growing 
season,  and  some  trees  are  over  12  ft  tall.  Data 
recorded  include:     height  growth  for  each  year, 
the  number  of  lateral  branches,  the  length  of  the 
longest  three  laterals,  and  stem  form. 
Preliminary  results  indicate  that  substantial 
variation  in  these  morphological  traits  occurs 
between  clones.     Also,  clonal  variation  is 
obvious  for  the  time  of  leaf  flush,  leaf  size  and 
shape,  and  the  angle  of  branching  between  the 
main  stem  and  lateral  branches.  This 
common-garden  planting  illustrates  well  the 
genetic  control  of  these  characteristics  in 
aspen. 

The  survival  rate  in  the  common  garden  is  an 
impressive  99  percent.     Of  the  439  aspen  planted, 
only  three  died;   two  others  were  stolen. 
Although  a  few  trees  have  poor  growth,  at  least 
95  percent  have  acceptable  growth. 

Many  factors  should  be  considered  when  selecting 
a  clone  for  asexual  propagation.     Do  the  trees  in 
the  clone  have  a  desired  shape  and  appearance? 
Is  the  soil  type  desirable  for  root  collection? 
Are  there  abundant  (or  sufficient)  lateral  roots 
near  the  soil  surface?    Will  the  roots  collected 
have  a  high  capacity  to  sucker,  and  will  the 
sucker  cuttings  develop  roots?  (Preliminary 
trials  are  suggested  to  determine  the  clone's 
suckering  and  rooting  capabilities.)  These 
questions  relate  to  specific  factors  that  vary 
greatly  among  clones  in  nature. 


Tree  height  may  be  a  misleading  guide  for 
acceptance  or  rejection  of  a  prospective  clone. 
Environmental    conditions,     particularly  those 
related  to  available  moisture,  strongly  influence 
height     growth.       One     would     expect  trees 
vegetatively  propagated   from  a   clone  with  tall 
trees   to   grow  reasonably   tall;    however,    I  have 
seen   suckers   propagated   from  clones  with  short 
trees  on  a  poor  site  grow  unusually  fast  and  tall 
in  a  better  environment. 

Harniss  and  Nelson  (in  press)  indicate  that  aspen 
clones  vary   in  susceptibility  to  Marssonina ,  a 
fungal   leaf  blight.     They   surveyed  about  1,000 
acres  of  aspen  in  northern  Utah  during  a  recent 
epidemic    year    for    Marssonina .      Resistant  or 
lightly   infected   aspen   trees   occupied   only  18 
percent  of  the  total  area.     They  suggest  that  the 
best   control  of   this   leaf  blight,  particularly 
for  ornamental  and  revegetation  purposes,  would 
be  to  select  for  highly  resistant  clones. 

Numerous    desirable    traits    of    specific  aspen 
clones     can    be    perpetuated    by  vegetative 
propagation.     Barnes    (1966)    suggests   that  the 
following  characteristics  are  generally  uniform 
among  the  ramets  of  the  same  clone:     leaf  size, 
shape,    and    color    (both    spring    and  fall); 
phenology;    stem   form   and   branching   habit  (for 
example,  excurrent  growth  or  wide  spreading  crown 
and  degree  of  self-pruning);   sex;  bark  color  and 
texture;    and    tendency    for   disease    and  insect 
attack.      These    traits    may    be    important  to 
consider  when  a  clone  is  selected. 


Root  Collection  and  Storage 

Schier    (1978b)    explains    in    detail    the  root 
collection    process.       He    mentions  specific 
advantages    for   using    a    spade,    an  anvil-type 
pruner,    and   a  moist   cloth  bag   for  collecting 
lateral  roots  that  range  from  0.4  to  1.0  inch  in 
diameter . 

The  season  of  root  collection  can  significantly 
alter  the  number  of  suckers  produced.     During  the 
spring  flush  and  early  shoot  growth,  the  roots  of 
aspen   clones  have  high   levels   of  auxin,  which 
reduces  sucker  formation   (Schier   1973).  Schier 
(1978b)  explains  that  roots  collected  during  the 
clone's    dormant    stage    (early    spring,  later 
summer,    or   fall)    typically  yield  more  suckers 
than  those   collected  during  active  growth.  He 
notes  that  early  spring  collections  are  easier  to 
make  and  result  in  less  root  damage  because  the 
soil  is  still  moist. 

Perala  (1978)  and  Schier  (1978a)   report  that  the 
number  of  aspen  suckers  produced  is  not  related 
to  the  length  of  the  root  cuttings.     Because  the 
length  is  not  a  critical  factor,  roots  can  be  cut 
for  the  convenience  of  tray  size  and  available 
space . 

Schier  and  Campbell   (1978)   suggest  that  in  some 
situations  it  may  be  useful  to  hold  aspen  roots 
in   cold   storage  before   planting   the   roots  to 
begin    the    suckering    process.      For  example, 
nurserymen  could  have  the  flexibility  to  collect 


62 


roots  from  clones  at  different  times,  hold  them 
in  cold  storage,  and  then  plant  the  roots  at  the 
same  time.     In  addition,   the  first  growing  season 
for  the  new  suckers  could  be  lengthened  if  the 
roots  were  collected  in  the  fall,   stored,  and 
then  planted  in  the  greenhouse  during  late 
winter.     Schier  and  Campbell  (1978)  treated  root 
segments  with  Benomyl,  wrapped  them  in  moist 
paper  towels,  placed  them  in  glastic  bags,  and 
stored  them  in  the  dark  at  36     F  for  up  to  25 
weeks.     In  most  cases  the  cold  storage  did  not 
significantly  alter  the  number  of  suckers 
produced  by  the  roots.     They  suggest  that  roots 
from  most  clones  can  be  stored  for  extended 
periods  of  time  and  still  produce  suckers 
suitable  for  propagation.     Even  after  storing 
root  cuttings  from  three  clones  for  12  months  in 
a  cold  room,   I  found  that  some  suckers  still 
arose  from  the  roots.     When  the  remaining  roots 
from  the  same  lot  were  tested  next  at  18  months, 
they  were  rotten  and  did  not  sucker. 

Propagation  Method 

Briefly,  procedures  developed  by  Schier  (1978b) 
to  vegetatively  reproduced  aspen  are:  (1) 
Collect  lateral  roots  from  desirable  clones.  (2) 
Clean  the  roots,  cut  to  suitable  lengths,  treat 
root  segments  with  Benomyl,  and  plant  them 
horizontally  at  a  depth  of  0.5  inch  in  trays  of 
vermiculite.     (3)  Place  the  trays  in  a 
greenhouse,  water  lightly  each  day,  and  allow  the 
root  segments  to  sucker  for  6  weeks.     (4)  Cut  the 
new  suckers  from  the  root  segments,   treat  the 
suckers'  bases  with  indolebutyric  acid  (IBA) ,  and 
plant  the  sucker  cuttings  in  moist 
vermiculite : perlite  (1:1).     (5)  Put  these 
cuttings  on  a  misting  bench  for  2  to  3  weeks  to 
root.     (6)  Transplant  the  rooted  cuttings  to 
containers  with  peat  moss : vermiculite  (1:1)  and 
apply  a  complete  fertilizer.     Use  supplemental 
light  during  short  days  and  maintain  the 
temperature  between  59     and  77     F.     Aspen  have 
winter  chilling  requirements  that  are  satisfied 
at  36°  to  50°  F. 


SEXUAL  PROPAGATION 

Female  aspen  clones  produce  highly  viable  seed  in 
the  spring  (Fowells  1965;  McDonough  1979). 
Growing  aspen  from  seed  is  less  labor  intensive 
than  the  asexual  methods  discussed  above.  Some 
nurserymen  are  growing  seedling  aspen  on  a 
production  scale.     Native  Plants,  Inc.  presently 
has  in  its  nursery  several  hundred  thousand  aspen 
seedlings  of  various  sizes,  both  as  bare  root 
stock  and  in  containers   (personal  communication 
with  Mike  Alder,  Native  Plants,  Inc.,  Salt  Lake 
City,  Utah). 

I  will  comment  on  several  items  that  may  be 
useful  to  nurserymen  who  wish  to  propagate  aspen 
from  seed. 

Clone  Selection 

Not  all  aspen  clones  bear  seeds.  Typically, 


aspen  have  imperfect  flowers  arranged  in  catkins. 
With  few  exceptions,  all  of  the  catkins  produced 
in  a  clone  will  be  the  same  sex.     Reports  in  the 
literature  suggest  that  the  male  to  female  ratio 
of  aspen  clones  varies  in  some  areas  in  favor  of 
the  male  (Fowells  1965,  Grant  and  Mitton  1979). 
From  my  general  observations,   I  believe  that  only 
20  to  25  percent  of  the  clones  in  the  West  will 
set  seed  in  any  one  year.     Thus,   finding  female 
clones  with  seed  is  a  major  limitation  for  clone 
selection. 

Before  flowering,  the  winter  floral  buds  usually 
can  be  picked  apart  and  carefully  observed  with  a 
hand  lens  to  determine  the  sex.     The  best  time  to 
determine  the  clone's  sex  is  mid-  to  late  spring 
when  the  catkins  are  extended.     The  male  catkins 
have  a  cluster  of  purple  anther  sacs  on  each 
scaly  bract.     The  female  catkins  have  a  single, 
green,  top-shaped  capsule  at  each  bract. 
Although  catkins  disintegrate  rapidly  after 
shedding  pollen  or  seed,  enough  fragments  to 
identify  the  clone's  sex  usually  will  remain  on 
the  duff  layer  throughout  most  of  the  summer. 
Emphasis  should  be  placed  on  finding  female 
clones  with  desirable  attributes  for  the  proposed 
use  of  the  new  seedlings.     Nevertheless,  because 
of  genetic  recombination  the  seedlings  will  not 
be  exactly  like  the  trees  in  the  female  clone. 
The  odds  for  desirable  offspring,  however,  should 
be  better  if  the  female  clone  has  the  preferred 
characteristics . 


Seed  Collection 

Aspen  flowering  is  controlled  in  part  by 
temperature.     Because  of  this,  the  same  clone  may 
vary  up  to  3  weeks  in  date  of  flowering  from  year 
to  year.     Temperature  also  affects  flowering 
phenology  along  elevational  gradients,  with 
earliest  flowering  beginning  at  the  lower 
elevations.     In  northern  Utah  male  and  female 
catkins  usually  begin  to  emerge  in  mid-  to  late 
April.     The  male  catkins  soon  elongate  and  the 
clusters  of  purple  anther  sacs  begin  to  shed 
pollen.     Following  pollination,  some  4  weeks 
later  as  the  leaves  begin  to  flush  out,  the 
female  catkins  elongate  as  the  seeds  mature  and 
the  green  capsules  swell.     One  to  2  weeks  later 
the  capsules  open  and  shed  the  seed  in  a  fluff  of 
cottonlike  hairs. 

Rather  than  collecting  the  cottony  fluff  in  the 
field,  use  a  long  pruner  to  cut  branches  from 
trees  with  female  catkins  about  a  week  before  the 
seed  would  ordinarily  be  shed.     The  catkins  can 
then  be  forced  in  a  greenhouse  or  laboratory. 

A  method  commonly  used  in  Europe  for  seed  harvest 
from  European  aspen  (Populus  tremula)  will  also 
work  for  quaking  aspen.     The  cut  ends  of  the 
catkin-bearing  branches  are  placed  in  containers 
filled  with  water.     Water  is  added  as  needed  and 
kept  at  a  temperature  of  46     to  50    F.     High  air 
temperatures  (68°  to  104°  F) ,   low  relative 
humidity,  and  gentle  ventilation  quicken  the 
ripening  process.     The  catkins  should  not  be 
exposed  to  full  sunlight.     When  the  capsules 
open,  a  suction  device  is  used  to  remove  the 


63 


cotton  and  seed.     The  seed  will  separate  from  the 
cotton  as  the  air  current  passes  through  a  series 
of  three  cylinders  connected  by  small  tubes.  The 
viable  seed  accumulates  in  the  first  two 
cylinders  (FAO  1979). 

Aspen  seed  need  not  be  removed  from  the  cotton 
for  germination,  but  cleaned  seed  is  easier  to 
handle.     The  mature  seed  is  tan,  plump,  and 
small;  Schreiner  (1974)  indicates  there  are  about 
3  million  cleaned  seeds  per  pound. 


Seed  Viability  and  Storage 

McDonough  (1979)  stresses  that  aspen  in  the  West 
produce  ample  amounts  of  nondormant,  germinable 
seed.     However,  inadequate  soil  moisture  during 
germination  and  early  seedling  growth  usually 
prevents  establishment  under  field  conditions. 
He  found  germination  capacities  of  90  to  100 
percent  at  temperatures  from  36     to  86  F. 
Germination  began  within  8  to  12  h  when 
temperatures  were  68     to  95    F.     Also,  seeds  air 
dried  for  2  days  at  68     F  and  then  stored  in 
vapor-tight  bottles  at  28    F  for  48  weeks 
retained  90  percent  or  better  germinability . 

McDonough  (1979)   shows  that  the  depth  of  planting 
greatly  affects  seedling  emergence,  which 
decreases  significantly  if  the  seed  is  placed 
deeper  than  0.15  inch  below  the  surface. 
Greenhouse  seedbeds  and  standard  potting  soils 
are  suitable  for  germination  and  seedling 
establishment  when  watered  gently. 


Poplar  seed  can  be  stored  for  several  years  with 
only  a  slight  decline  in  the  germination  rate  if 
stored  in  a  cool,  closed  container  with  low 
humidity  (FAO  1979).     Fowells  (1965)  explains 
that  good  seed  crops  for  aspen  occur  every  4  to  5 
years,  with  only  light  seed  production  in  the 
other  years.     Nurserymen  could  collect  seed 
during  the  years  of  abundant  seed  and  store  it 
for  a  few  years  without  appreciable  declines  in 
germination  potential. 


In  contrast,  vegetative  propagation  yields  new 
ramets  genetically  identical  to  the  parent. 
Nurserymen  can  select  for  the  superior  clonal 
traits  preferred  by  their  clientele.     The  future 
for  asexual  propagation  of  aspen  is  promising 
with  many  possibilities  for  new  advances.  In 
fact,  tissue  culture,  another  form  of  vegetative 
propagation,  is  currently  being  used  by  Native 
Plants,  Inc.   to  grow  tens  of  thousands  of  aspen 
plantlets  from  a  single  seedling  tree  that  has 
superior  traits  (personal  communication  with  Mike 
Alder,  Native  Plants,  Inc.,  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah) . 

I  stress  two  recommendations  that  apply  to  both 
methods.     General  wisdom  indicates  that  clones 
selected  for  either  root  or  seed  collection 
should  be  in  the  same  general  area  and  elevation 
as  the  anticipated  outplanting,  whenever 
possible.     Also,  aspen  respond  best  when  the 
fertilizers  applied  contain  a  full  complement  of 
macro-  and  micronutrients . 

Aspen  can  be  readily  propagated  by  either  sexual 
or  asexual  methods,  both  of  which  have  unique 
advantages.     Nurserymen  are  challenged  to 
capitalize  on  these  advantages  to  produce  aspen 
stock  tailored  for  specific  uses. 


PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Barnes,  Burton  V.  The  clonal  growth  habit  of 

American  aspens.  Ecology.  47(3):  439-447;  1966. 


Food  and  Agriculture  Organization  of  the  United 
Nations.  FAO  Forestry  Series  No.   10:  Poplars  an 
willows  in  wood  production  and  land  use.  Rome: 
Food  and  Agriculture  Organization  of  the  United 
Nations;   1979.   328  p. 

Fowells,  H.  A.  Quaking  aspen  (Populus  tremuloides 
Michx.).   In:   Silvics  of  forest  trees  of  the 
United  States.  Agric.  Handb .  271.  Washington, 
DC:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service;   1965:  523-534. 


We  collected  seed  in  May  1979  from  one  clone  in 
northern  Utah,  air  dried  the  seed  for  2  days,  and 

then  stored  it  in  a  sealed  plastic  envelope  at 

o 

36     F.     Initially  the  germination  rate  was  94 
percent.     I  tested  the  seed  lot  in  April  1982  and 
observed  a  92  percent  germination  capacity.  In 
April  1983,  after  4  years  of  cold  storage,  the 
seeds  still  had  82  percent  germinability. 

DISCUSSION 

The  propagation  of  aspen  from  seed  requires  less 
equipment,   labor,   time,  and  space  than  intensive 
vegetative  methods  of  propagation.     In  addition 
a  large  outplanting  of  seedling  stock  tends  to 
maximize  the  genetic  variation  available  in  the 
gene  pool.     Such  variation  is  a  benefit  to 
reforestation  and  land  reclamation  because  it 
enhances  the  adaptability  and  survival  of  the 
total  outplanting.     These  uses  normally  require 
large  numbers  of  planting  stock  that  are  more 
feasible  to  grow  from  seed. 


Grant,  Michael  C. ;  Mitton,  Jeffry  B.  Elevational 
gradients  in  adult  sex  ratios  and  sexual 
differentiation  in  vegetative  growth  rates  of 
Populus  tremuloides  Michx.  Evolution.  33(3): 
914-918;  1979. 

Harniss,  Roy  0.;  Nelson,  David  L.  A  severe 

epidemic  of  Marssonina  leaf  blight  on  quaking 
aspen  in  northern  Utah.  Res.  Pap.  Ogden,  UT: 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service, 
Intermountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment 
Station;    (In  press). 

McDonough,  Walter  T.  Quaking  aspen — seed 

germination  and  early  seedling  growth.  Res.  Pap 
INT-234.  Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  Intermountain 
Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station;   1979.   13  p 


64 


Perala,  Donald  A.  Aspen  sucker  production  and 
growth  from  outplanted  root  cuttings.  Res.  Note 
NC-241.   St.   Paul,  MN:  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  North  Central  Forest 
Experiment  Station;   1978.  4  p. 

Schier,  George  A.   Seasonal  variation  in  sucker 
production  from  excised  roots  of  Populus 
tremuloides  and  the  role  of  endogenous  auxin. 
Can.   J.   For.   Res.   3(3):   459-461;  1973. 

Schier,  George  A.  Variation  in  suckering  capacity 
among  and  within  lateral  roots  of  an  aspen  clone. 
Res.  Note  INT-241.   Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest 
and  Range  Experiment  Station;    1978a.   7  p. 

Schier,  George  A.  Vegetative  propagation  of  Rocky 
Mountain  aspen.   Gen.  Tech.  Rep.   INT-44.  Ogden, 
UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest 
Service,   Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;   1978b.    13  p. 

Schier,  George  A.   Sucker  regeneration  in  some 
deteriorating  Utah  aspen  stands:   development  of 
independent  root  systems.     Can.   J.  For.  Res. 
12(4):   1032-1035;  1982. 

Schier,  George  A.;  Campbell,  Robert  B.   Effect  of 
cold  storage  on  development  of  suckers  on  aspen 
root  cuttings.  Res.  Note  INT-248.  Ogden,  UT: 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service, 
Intermountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment 
Station;   1978.  8  p. 

Schier,  George  A. ;  Campbell,  Robert  B.  Variation 
among  healthy  and  deteriorating  aspen  clones. 
Res.  Pap.   INT-264.   Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department 
of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  Intermountain 
Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station;  1980. 
12  p. 

Schreiner,  Ernst  J.   Populus  L.   poplar.  In: 

Schopmeyer,  C.   S.,   tech.   coord.   Seeds  of  woody 
plants  in  the  United  States.  Agric.  Handb .  450. 
Washington,  DC:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service;   1974:  645-655. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:  Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;  1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT-168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 


65 


EFFECTS  OF  SOIL  AMENDMENTS  ON  ASPEN  SEEDLING  PRODUCTION 
James  T.  Fisher  and  Gregory  A.  Fancher 


ABSTRACT:     Quaking  aspen  (Populus  tremuloides 
Michx.)   seedlings  were  grown  in  north  central  New 
Mexico  in  a  mountain  valley  nursery  soil  amended 
with  sulphur  and  one  of  four  levels  of  peat  moss 
(0,   1/4,   1/2  and  3/4  peat  (v/v) .     The  1/4  peat 
treatment  is  equivalent  to  374  m  /ha.     Peat  moss 
improved  soil  medium  physical  and  chemical 
properties  responsible  for  improving  seedling 
growth  with  each  addition.     Sulphur  alone  did  not 
produce  satifactory  seedlings.     Peat-amended  soil 
produced  plantable  seedlings  in  one  growing 
season  at  the  study  site. 

INTRODUCTION 

The  geographical  range  of  quaking  aspen  (Populus 
tremuloides  Michx.)   is  enormous  in  western  North 
America;  it  spans  over  40°  latitude.     More  than 
200,00  hectares  are  occupied  in  New  Mexico, 
Arizona,  and  the  adjacent  San  Juan  Basin  (Jones 
and  Trujillo     1975)  where  aspen  forests  provide 
numerous  human  benefits  and  renewable  resources. 

High  on  the  list  of  potential  benefits  is  the 
role  aspen  can  play  in  redirecting  the  course  of 
wildfire.     In  the  southern  Rockies,  aspen  has  a 
lower  fire  potential  than  conifer  types  and  can 
provide  a  critical  fuelbreak.     Flammability  of 
aspen  has  been  estimated  to  be  less  than  one  half 
that  in  adjacent  conifers  (Fechner  and  Barrows 
1976) .     This  might  explain  why  wildfires  spread- 
ing from  high  elevation  conifer  forests  have  been 
observed  to  die  out  in  aspen.     Healthy  stands  of 
aspen  are  regarded  by  fire  managers  as  rela- 
tively fire  proof.     It  follows  that  maintenance 
and  establishment  of  aspen  are  useful  fire 
management  practices,  particularly  in  mountain 
resort  areas  where  ignition  is  likely  and  the 
potential  for  loss  of  resource  value  and  life  is 
great . 

At  present,   land  managers  in  the  Southwest  do  not 
possess  a  full  understanding  of  the  steps  neces- 
sary to  grow  aspen  seedlings  reliably  and  effi- 
ciently, nor  of  those  steps  leading  to  fuelbreak 
establishment.     Through  a  U.S.  Forest  Service- 
Eisenhower  Consortium  cooperative  research  pro- 
ject begun  in  1981,  we  are  developing  or  refining 
greenhouse,  nursery,  site  preparation  and  weed 
control  practices  leading  to  establishment  of 
aspen.     This  paper  addresses  bareroot  seedling 
production . 

James  T.  Fisher  is  Associate  Professor  of  Woody 
Plant  Physiology  and  Gregory  A.  Fancher  is 
Forest  Research  Specialist,  Department  of 
Horticulture,  New  Mexico  State  University, 
Las  Cruces  N.  Mex. 


Production  of  aspen  seedlings  from  seed  has 
been  largely  ignored  in  the  West  until  recent 
years.     However,  large-scale  production  was 
achieved  more  than  one  decade  ago  in  the  Great 
Lakes  region,  notably  at  the  Institute  of  Paper 
Chemistry  (IPC)  ,  Appleton,  Wisconsin  (Benson 
and  Dubey     1972) .     The  methods  developed  by  IPC 
supplanted  conventional  nursery  practices  which 
generally  failed  to  avoid: 

(1)  rapid  loss  of  seed  viability  in  the  seedbed 

(2)  washing  of  the  seed 

(3)  drying  of  the  surface  soil  during  the  first 
two  weeks 

(4)  damping-off  during  the  seedling  stage 

The  specific  objective  of  this  study  was  to 
apply  IPC  methods  at  a  northern  New  Mexico 
mountain  valley  nursery  site  while  testing  soil 
amendments  potentially  useful  in  reducing  soil 
pH  and  density.     This  refinement  was  believed 
necessary  to  avoid  seedling  disease  and  nutri- 
tional disorders,   and  to  minimize  nursery 
lifting  difficulties. 

METHODS  AND  MATERIALS 


The  study  was  conducted  at  Mora  Research  Center 
located  in  north  central  New  Mexico  at  an 
elevation  of  2213  m.     The  frost  free  season  is 
100  to  120  days.     Mean  annual  temperature  is  6°C 
and  mean  annual  precipitation  is  about  51  cm. 

The  study  site  is  a  level  valley  bottom.  Soil 
is  well-drained  alluvium  with  moderate  to  slow 
permeability.     The  upper  50  cm  is  a  dark  grayish 
brown  (10YR  4/2)   sandy  clay  loam.     According  to 
Cryer  (1980)  the  soil  profile  classification  is 
Cumulic  Haploboroll. 

Aspen  seed  used  in  this  study  was  collected  in 
early  June,   1981,  from  open-pollinated  clones 
growing  from  2500  to  2700  m  elevation  about  15 
km  northeast  of  Santa  Fe ,  New  Mexico.     At  the 
time  catkins  were  collected,  seed  release  was 
just  beginning  on  a  few  branches  of  sampled 
trees.     Catkins  were  kept  cool  (18°C)  during 
and  following  transfer  to  a  laboratory  and 
"cotton"  was  released  and  collected  with  a  vacuum 
after  20  days.     Harder's  (1970)  extraction 
procedure  was  used  to  remove  "cotton"  and  minute 
debris.     Cottony  hairs  of  the  placenta  remaining 
attached  to  seeds  can  adversely  affect  germina- 
tion (Myers  and  Fechner  1980)  .     Seed  was  bulked 
and  stored  at  -4°  C  over  anhydrous  calcium  sulfate 
("Drierite")  in  a  sealed  jar  to  maintain 


66 


seed  viability  (Benson  and  Harder  1972).  Seed 
germination  was  above  90  percent  when  tested 
two  weeks  prior  to  nursery  bed  showing. 

Installation  of  experimental  nursery  beds  fol- 
lowed procedures  developed  by  Benson  and  Einsphar 
(1962)   and  modified  by  Benson  and  Dubey  (1972). 
Within  a  2.44  m  x  15.9  m  area,  five  1.19  m  x 
2.41  m  areas  were  excavated  to  a  depth  of  92  cm 
for  each  to  accomodate  a  1.22  m  x  2.44m  x  2.44  m 
wood  frame  supporting  a  hinged  frame  covered  with 
standard  window  screen.     Plywood  boards  divided 
each  frame  into  equal  quadrants  to  a  depth  of 
92  cm.     Polyethylene  plastic  lined  the  main  frame 
soil  side  walls  to  the  same  depth. 

The  excavated  soil  was  combined  with  horticulture- 
grade  peat  moss  to  establish  four  nursery  bed 
growing  media:    (1)   soil;    (2)   1/4  peat,   3/4  soil; 
(3)   1/2  peat,   1/2  soil;  and  (4)   3/4  peat,  1/4 
soil  (by  volume) .     In  addition,  elemental  sulfur 
was  added  at  the  rate  of  852  kg/ha  (750  lb/ac)  to 
each  treatment.     Physical  and  chemical  properties 
of  media  were  determined  by  routine  soil  test 
procedures  employed  by  the  Soil  and  Water  Testing 
Laboratory,  New  Mexico  State  University. 

Each  bed  frame  was  covered  with  plastic  to 
fumigate  all  experimental  plots  with  methyl 
bromide.     The  following  day,   frame  tops  were 
lifted  and  the  beds  were  aerated  for  48  hours. 

Aspen  seeds  were  sown  at  the  spacing  recommended 
by  IPC  (Benson  and  rjubey     1972)   to  produce  1 10— 
160  seedlings  per  m  .     Following  emergence, 
excess  seedlings  were  thinned.     Beds  were 
irrigated  daily  by  1.8  cm  bi-wall  perforated  drip 
tubing.     Fertilizer  was  applied  via  irrigation 
water  at  the  rate  of  113  kg/ha  N,   45  kg/ha  P  and 
79.5  kg/ha  K. 

Treatments  were  randomized  within  frames.  Within 
a  30  cm  x  91  cm  area  centered  within  each  quad- 
rant,  12  seedings  were  labeled  in  order  to  record 
leaf  number  and  height  measurements,   repeated  at 
two-week  intervals.     Seedling  density  for  each  of 
three  30  cm  x  30  cm  subplots  was     recorded  just 
prior  to  harvest. 

Seventeen  weeks  from  sowing,   seedlings  were 
lifted  with  a  spade  and  enclosed  in  plastic  bags. 
Ten  trees  were  harvested  from  each  subplot. 
Height,  caliper,   and  fresh  and  oven  dry  weights 
were  recorded  for  each  seedling.     A  portable  leaf 
area  meter  (Li-Cor,   Inc.)  was  used  to  determine 
leaf  area  for  12  of  the  30  seedlings  harvested 
from  each  treatment.     Analysis  of  variance, 
Duncan's  mean  separation  test,  and  multiple 
linear  regression  were  employed  in  da,ta  analyses. 

RESULTS 

Peat  additions  progressively  improved  physical 
and  chemical  properties  of  nursery  bed  media 
(Table  1) .     Most  notable  are  improvements  in  soil 
reaction,  pore  space,  hydraulic  conductivity,  and 
cation  exchange  capacity.     Organic  matter  increa- 
sed considerably  but  approached  the  recommended 
level  (3  percent)  prior  to  any  addition.  In 
the  field,  soil  peat  moss  reduced  surface 
crusting  and  puddling  compaction  caused  by 
irrigation. 


Table  1.  Chemical  and  Physical  Properties  of  Nursery  Bed  Media 


SOIL       1/4  PEAT  (v/v)         1/2  PEAT       3/4  PEAT 

Hydraulic 


Conductivity 
(ml/cm    -  hr) 

14 

.6 

30 

6 

93 

3 

245. 

Bulk  Density 
(g/cc) 

1 

.23 

1 

07 

0 

79 

0. 

Pore  Space 
(%  By  Vol.) 

50 

8 

56 

1 

68 

4 

82. 

PH 

7 

4 

6 

8 

6 

0 

4. 

%  Organic 
Matter 

2 

5 

4 

0 

7 

9 

15. 

C.E.C. 
(meq/lOOg) 

14 

1 

15 

5 

21 

0 

39.0 

Salts 
(%  Sol.) 

1 

0 

1 

5 

0 

9 

0.8 

N-Total  (PPM) 
(Kjeldahl) 

894 

1075 

1160 

2195 

N03  (PPM) 

13 

5 

22 

6 

29 

9 

42.9 

P(PPM) 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

0 

7.6 

K(PPM) 

11 

6 

18 

5 

19 

6 

29.8 

*  Before  Addition  of  Sulfur. 

Seedlings  grown  with  peat  amendments  were  consid- 
erably taller  and  supported  more  leaves  than 
those  grown  in  soil  alone  (figs.   1  and  2). 
Seedling  density  averaged  132  per  square  meter 
across  all  treatments  and  density  differences 
among  treatments  were  not  statistically  signifi- 
cant at  the   .05  level.     Table  2  compares  har- 
vested seedlings  across  treatments.     Most  signi- 
ficant is  the  failure  of  soil  or  soil  and  1/4 
peat  to  produce  a  minimum  caliper  of  0.3  cm 
(1/8").     Only  3/4  peat  produced  a  30-cm  shoot. 
Reading  across  treatments  in  Table  2,  differ- 
ences for  any  paired  numbers  are  statistically 
significant  at  the   .01  level  except  leaf  areas 
for  1/2  and  3/4  peat. 

Multiple  regression  analysis  of  the  pooled  data 
provided  an  opportunity  for  examining  growth 
relations  of  aspen  seedlings.     The  correlation 
matrix  found  in  Table  3  shows  several  parameters 


35 


I  \\  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1 

6  8  10  12  11  IS 

WEEKS     FROM  SEED 

Figure  1.  Cumulative  Height  Growth  for  Quaking  Aspen  Seedlings  Under 
Nursery  Bed  Conditions 


67 


14-  ■ 
13-  ■ 
12-  ■ 
II" 
10  ■  ■ 

te  if 
in 
m 

%  «f 

z 

7  + 

Ik 

2  • 

_■ 

s 

4 

3 
2 
1 


•  75«h  PEAT 

O  50°lo  PEAT 

■  25°lo  PEAT 

□  SOIL 


t  10 

WEEKS  FROM 


12 
SEED 


Figure 


2.  Cumulative  Leaf  Number  for  Quaking  Aspen  Seedlings  Under 
Nursery  bed  conditions 


Table  2.  Seedling  Growth  Responses  at  16  Weeks 


SOIL 

V,  PEAT 

V2PEAT 

J/4  PEAT 

Height  (cm) 

10.92 

13.60 

24.11 

33.73 

Callper(mm) 

T.94 

2.26 

3.18 

3.95 

Leaf  Number 

5.77 

6.73 

8.52 

1 1.00 

Leaf  Area  (cm*) 

21.88 

30.29 

49.32 

50.16 

Shoot  DWT(g) 

0.24 

0.37 

0.98 

1.88 

Root  DWT(g) 

0.11 

0.22 

0.57 

0.99 

Table  3.  Correlation  Matrix  (R2) 


Leaf  Shoot  Root  Leaf 
Height  Caliper    No.   DWT  DWT  Area 


Height 
Caliper 
Leaf  No. 
Shoot  DWT 
Root  DWT 
Leaf  Area 


.86 


.74 
.68 


.81 
.76 
.63 


.67  .22 

.71  .25 

.52  .23 

.78  .12 

--  .12 


to  be  closely  related.     Specifically,  height  is 
closely  related  to  caliper,  leaf  number,  and 
shoot  weight.     All  of  the  values  shown  are 
statistically  significant  (.0001  level). 


The  relative  importance  of  physical  and  chemical 
conditions  derived  from  peat  were  not  determined. 
However,   seedlings  grown  in  peat-amended  media 
were  subjected  to  conditions  more  favorable  than 
soil  for  nutrient  exchange  and  uptake,  and  less 
favorable  for  build  up  of  soil  pathogens. 

Applied  over  an  extensive  area,  peat  amendments 
would  be  costly  and  a  local  substitute  might  be 
sought.     In  northern  New  Mexico  old  composted 
sawdust  can  be  obtained  and  may  provide  a  satis- 
factory substitute  (Montano  and  others  1977) . 
The  disadvantages  of  fresh  sawdust  and  farm 
yard  manure  were  discussed  by  Armson  and 
Sadreika  (1974),  who  also  recommended  peat 
application  rates  and  procedures. 

PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Armson,  K.  A.  and  V.  Sadreika.   1974.     Forest  tree 
nursery  soil  management  and  related  practices. 
Can.  Ministry  of  Natural  Resources.   177  p. 

Benson,  M.  K.  and  D.  Dubey.  1972.  Aspen  seedling 
production  in  a  commercial  nursery.  Inst.  Pap. 
Chem.  Genet,  and  Physiol.     Notes  No.   12,  7  p. 

Benson,  M.  K.   and  Einsphar.     1962.  Improved 
method  for  nursery  production  of  quaking  aspen 
seedlings.     Tree  Planters'  Notes  No.  53:11-14. 

Benson,  M.  K.   and  M.  L.  Harder.     1972.  Storage 
of  aspen  seed.   Inst.  Pap.  Chem.  Genet,  and 
Physiol.  Notes  No.    11,4  p. 

Cryer,  D.  H.   1980.     Soil  analysis:  A  method  to 
determine  Christmas  tree  productivity  in  the 
mountain  valleys  of  Mora  County.     M.S.  Thesis, 
New  Mexico  State  Univ.,  Las  Cruces.     110  p. 

Harder,  M.  L.  1970.  Procedures  for  collection 
and  extraction  of  Populus  seed.  Inst.  Paper 
Chem.  Genet,  and  Physiol.     Notes  No.   9:3  p. 

Jones,   J.  R.   and  D.  P.  Trujillo.   1975.  Develop- 
ment of  some  young  aspen  stands  in  Arizona. 
USDA  For.   Serv.  Res.  Pap.  RM-151,11  p. 

Montano,  J.  M.  J.  T.  Fisher  and  D.  J.  Cotter. 
1977.     Sawdust  for  growing  containerized  forest 
tree  seedlings.     Tree  Planters'  Notes  28:6-9. 

Myers,  J.   F.   and  G.  H.  Fechner.     1980.  Seed 
hairs  and  seed  germination  in  Populus .  Tree 
Planters'  Notes  31:3-4. 


DISCUSSION  AND  CONCLUSIONS 

The  study  demonstrated  that  plantable  aspen 
seedlings  can  be  successfully  grown  at  the  Mora 
Valley  nursery  site  if  the  soil  is  amended  with 
peat  and  sulphur.     If  the  desired  caliper  is  0.3 
to  0.9  cm  (1/8"  to  3/8"),   1/2  to  3/4  of  the 
nursery  medium  must  be  peat  if  seedlings  are 
grown  and  harvested  in  less  than  110  days.  In 
the  Mora  Valley,   it  would  be  possible  to  plant 
earlier,  however,   and  this  would  result  in  larger 
seedlings.     Allowed  an  additional  three  weeks, 
seedlings  grown  in  1/2  peat  may  reach  desired 
dimensions . 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;  1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT- 168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 


68 


GROWTH  OF  AUSTRIAN  PINE  AND  NORWAY  SPRUCE 


SEEDLINGS  IN  MINI-CONTAINERS 
Houchang  Khatamian  and  Fahed  A.  Al-Mana 


ABSTRACT:     Austrian  pine  (Pinus  nigra  Arnold)  and 
Norway  spruce  (Picea  abies  (L.)  Karst.)  were 
seeded  in  selected  mini-containers  filled  with 
Jiffy  Mix  and  placed  in  a  greenhouse  eighteen 
weeks  from  germination.     The  stem  length  of  both 
species  was  greatest  in  Book  Tinus;  intermediate 
in  Book  Hillson,  Square  Container  and  Tar  Paper; 
smallest  in  Leach  Tube,  Styroblock  8  and  Styro- 
block  7.     The  shoot  and  root  dry  weight  of  spruce 
were  greater  in  smaller  containers.     Pine  seedlings 
grew  equally  well  in  all  containers.     The  ratio  of 
the  root  dry  weight /container  volume  (mg/cm^)  of 
both  species  was  higher  in  the  smaller  containers. 

INTRODUCTION 

In  recent  years,  there  has  been  a  gradual  shift 
from  field-grown,  bare-root  nursery  stock  to 
container  production.     The  increased  use  of 
containerized  seedlings  in  nursery  and  forestry 
production  is  due  to  the  advantages  of  better 
plant  survival  and  growth,  extension  of  the  plant- 
ing season,  and  adaptability  to  mechanical  planting. 
Growth  of  tree  seedlings  in  mini-containers  under 
controlled-environment  conditions  has  been  studied 
by  various  workers  (Arnott  1974;  Barnett  1982; 
Johnson  1975) .     Generally,  there  are  three  cate- 
gories of  containers  used  in  forestry  and  ornametal 
plant  production:     tube,  block,  and  plug  (Barnett 
1982) .     A  containerized  seedling  has  a  root  system 
which  holds  the  growing  medium  when  removed  from 
the  container,  and  when  planted  the  roots  make 
immediate  contact  with  the  soil  (Mann  1977) . 
Easy  plug  extraction  depends  upon  the  proper 
development  of  the  root  system,  media,  moisture 
content  of  the  plug  and  the  construction  of  the 
container  walls  and  ridges  (Tinus  1978) .  Usually, 
four  to  five  months  is  needed  to  produce  gro-plug 
seedlings  with  root  systems  suitable  for  trans- 
planting into  larger  containers  or  the  field,  or 
for  sale  (Mann  1977;  Thomas  1980). 


Contribution  Xo.  83-265-J,  Department  of  Horti- 
culture,  Kansas  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Houchang  Khatamian  is  associate  professor  of 
Ornamental  Horticulture  at  Kansas  State  Univer- 
sity, Manhattan,  KS. 

Fahed  A.  Al-Mana  is  presently  assistant  professor 
of  Plant  Production  at  King  Saud  University, 
Riyadh,  Saudi  Arabia. 


The  design  and  shape  of  the  nursery  containers  have 
been  improved  recently.     Some  mini-containers  now 
have  vertical  ribs  or  grooves  along  the  container 
wall  with  drainage  holes  at  the  bottom.     The  ribs 
are  intended  to  direct  the  roots  downward  and 
therefore  prevent  circling  of  roots  (Dickenson  and 
Whit comb  1978;  Tinus  and  McDonald  1979). 

Research  has  shown  that  container  volume  and 
diameter  influence  plant  growth,  and  there  is  a 
minimum  volume  below  which  growth  is  limited 
(Wall  and  Whitcomb  1980) .     In  one  study  (Venator 
and  Rodriguez  1977) ,   the  shoot  and  root  growth  of 
Pinus  caribaea  var.  hondurensis  was  influenced  by 
the  cavity  sizes  of  Styroblock  4  and  8.  Similar 
results  were  noted  for  lodgepole  pine  and  white 
spruce  (Carlson  and  Endean  1976;  Endean  and 
Carlson  1975) . 

Seedlings  produced  in  uniform  size  mini-containers 
are  adaptable  to  mechanized  planting.     The  produc- 
tion cost  of  the  containerized  seedlings  may  be 
higher  than  field-grown  ones,  but  compensations 
include  faster  and  superior  growth,  higher  produc- 
tion, longer  planting  periods  and  lower  labor 
and  land  costs.     The  purpose  of  this  research  was 
to  evaluate  the  effectiveness  of  selected  mini- 
containers  on  the  rate  of  seedling  growth. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Austrian  pine  (Pinus  nigra  Arnold)  and  Norway 
spruce  (Picea  abies   (L . )  Karst.)  were  grown  in 
selected  mini-containers  to  evaluate  their  effects 
on  seedling  growth  (table  1) .     All  containers  were 
filled  with  Jiffy-Mix  (commercially  available 
peat-vermiculite  1:1  mix)  and  placed  on  wire 
benches  in  a  glass  greenhouse.     Four  seeds  were 
placed  in  each  cavity.     At  two  weeks  after  germin- 
ation seedlings  were  thinned  to  one  per  cavity  and 
at  three  weeks  seedlings  were  fertilized  with 
liquid  20  N  -8.6  P  -16.6  K  (100  ppm  N)  once  a 
week  and  watered  every  two  to  three  days  as  needed. 
The  pH  of  the  water  was  maintained  between  5.0-5.5 
using  phosphoric  acid  (Tinus  and  McDonald  1979) . 
The  pH  and  Electrical  Conductivity  (EC)  of  the 
growing  medium  were  monitored  before  and  throughout 
the  trial.     Plants  were  grown  for  18  weeks  from 
March  to  August,  1981,  with  average  day  and  night 
temperatures  of  30°  and  18°C,  respectively. 


69 


Table  1.     Container/cavity  dimensions 


Container  Type  Composition  Top  Diam.  Length  Width  Depth  Volume 

(cm)  (cm)  (cm)  (cm)  (cm3) 


Styroblock  7" 
Styroblock^8 
Leach  Tube  , 
Book  Hillson 
Book  Tinus 
Square  Bottomless 
Cylinder  Tar  Paper 


Styrof oam 

3.0 

22.5 

121.3 

Styrof oam 

3.8 

15.0 

131.1 

Polyethylene 

3.8 

13.5 

131.1 

Polyethylene 

3.8 

3.8 

12.5 

172.1 

Polyethylene 

5 

3.8 

18.1 

352.4 

Unknown  plastic 

4 

4 

18.9 

302.4 

Asphalt 

6.2 

18.9 

570.8 

Containers  referred  to  in  text  as  small  are,  Styroblock  7,  Styrobloc,  8,  and  Leach  Tube. 
Containers  referred  to  in  text  as  large  are,  Book  Hillson,  Book  Tinus,  Square  Bottomless  and 
Cylinder  Tar  Paper. 

2Styroblock  7  and  8-Silvaseed  Company,  P.  0.  Box  118,  Roy,  Washington  98580. 

3Leach  Tube — Ray  Leach  Cone-Tainer,  15 — N.  Maple  Street,  Canby,  Oregon  97013. 

4Book  Hillson  adn  Book  Tinus — Spencer — Lemaire  Industries  LTD.,   11413-120  Street,  Edmonton, 

Alberta,  Canada  T5G  2Y3. 


At  the  eighteeenth  week,  the  plants  were  harvested. 
The  development  of  the  root  system  in  each  container 
was  visually  evaluated.     The  plant  shoots  and  roots 
were  dried  at  65°C  for  48  hours  for  dry  weight 
determination.     The  experimental  design  was  a 
split  plot  in  a  random  block  with  seven  containers 
and  two  species  replicated  four  times.     The  growth 
rate  measurements  were  determined  randomly  by 
selecting  six  plant  samples'  from  each  container 
and  species . 

RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 
Stem  Length 

Larger  containers  such  as  Book  Tinus  and  Tar  Paper 
produced  greater  stem  length  for  Austrian  pine  and 
Norway  spruce  when  compared  with  the  small  size 
cavities  of  Styroblock  7   (table  2) .     Possibly  the 
larger  diameter  of  these  containers  influenced  the 
plant  stem  length.     Similar  results  were  reported 
for  the   lodgepole    pine  and  white  spruce  (Carlson 
and  Endean  1976;  Endean  and  Carlson  1975).  Wall 
and  Whitcomb     (1980)   also  reported  an  increase  in 
seedling  height  of  Lacebark  Elm,  Atlas  Cedar  and 
Japanese  Black  Pine. 

Shoot  and  Root  Dry  Weight 

With  the  exception  of  root  dry  weight  in  Tar  Paper, 
the  shoot  and  root  dry  weights  of  pine  were  similar 
in  all  containers  tested  (table  2) .     Whereas  the 
greatest  shoot  dry  weight  of  Norway  spruce  was 
obtained  in  the  small     and  tapered  containers. 
According  to  Endean  and  Carlson  (1975) ,  container 
configuration  (height  or  diameter)  had  no  effect 
on  shoot  dry  weight  or  the  shoot  length  of  lodge- 
pole  pine  seedlings,  but  it  did  on  white  spruce 
seedling  growth.     It  appears  that  lodgepole  pine 
and  white  spruce  respond  differently  to  contain- 
erized conditions  (Carlson  and  Endean  1976)  . 
Spruce  is  a  more  shallowly  rooted  species  than 


pine  and  therefore  had  a  greater  number  of  roots 
in  the  top  quarter  of  the  container.     In  contrast, 
pine  had  more  roots  in  the  bottom  of  the  container. 
Austrian  pine  grew  equally  well  in  all  containers 
tested  regardless  of  container  configuration  and 
volume.     However,  Norway  spruce  seems  to  grow 
better  in  the  smaller  and  tapered  containers  such 
as  Styroblock  7,  Styroblock  8,  and  Leach  Tube, 
possibly  because  of  its  shallow  root  system. 

Shoot/Root  Ratio 

The  shoot/root  dry  weight  ratio  of  pine  seedlings 
was  greatest  in  Tar  Paper  which  gave  the  smallest 
root  system  (table  2) .     The  Tar  Paper  was  formed 
as  a  cylinder  which  had  smooth  walls  and  no  ribs. 
Circulating  and  spiralling  primary  lateral  roots 
about  the  tap  root  is  common  in  cylindrical  con- 
tainers (Tinus  1978  and  Agnew  1981) .     The  main 
disadvantage  observed  with  the  Tar  Paper  container 
was  the  root  penetration  through  the  tar  paper  wall 
into  the  adjacent  tar  paper  pots.     This  makes  pot 
removal  difficult,  damages  the  root  system  and 
results  in  loss  of  roots.     This  is  likely  the 
reason  for  lower  root  dry  weight  of  both  species 
grown  in  Tar  Paper  containers.     Such  problems  with 
Tar  Paper  containers  also  were  noted  by  Strachan 
(1974).     Norway  spruce  had  a  greater  shoot/root  dry 
weight  ratio  in  the  larger  volume  containers:  Tar 
Paper,  Book  Tinus  and  Book  Hillson  (table  2). 

Root  Quality 

The  extensity , f ibrousness ,  and  uniformity  of  the 
root  system  were  taken  into  consideration  when 
visual  evaluations  on  root  quality  were  made. 
Austrian  pine  produced  a  very  good  root  system  in 
all  containers  tested  except  for  Tar  Paper.  The 
root  system  of  spruce  was  good  in  Leach  Tube, 
Styroblock  8  and  Styroblock  7  (table  2) .     The  plugs 
of  both  species  indicated  a  more  fibrous  and  dense 
root  system  in  Leach  Tube  and  Styroblock  containers 
(fig.   1).     The  Book  planters  produced  plugs  that 
were  quickly  and  easily  extracted  (figs.  2  and  3). 


70 


Table  2.     Effect  of 

various  containers  on  stem 

length  (cm) ,  dry  weight 

(g) ,  root 

quality  and  root 

dry  weight/container 

volume  ratio  (m 

g/cm  )   of  Austrian  pine 

and  Norway 

spruce  seedlings. 

Container 

Stem 

Drv  1 

height  (g) 

Root 
_      ,  .  X 

Root  Dry  Weight/ 

Length 

Qualxty 

Container  Volume 

(cm) 

Shoot 

Root  Ratio 

Ratio  (mg/cm) 

Austrian  Pine 

Styroblock  7 

4.3c7 

0.92a 

0.36ab  2.55c 

4.2ab 

3.0a 

Styroblock  8 

4 .  6bc 

1.19a 

0.44a  2.70c 

4.5a 

3.3a 

Leach  Tube 

4.5bc 

1.05a 

0.39ab  2.69c 

4.3a 

3.0a 

Book  Hillson 

5  .Oab 

1 . 11a 

0.34ab  3.26b 

4.  Oab 

2.0b 

Book  Tinus 

5.2a 

1.21a 

U.41a  z.95bc 

3 .  9ab 

1 .  2c 

Square  Bottomless 

4 . 7abc 

1.24a 

0.41a  3.02bc 

4.4a 

1.4c 

Cylinder  Tar  Paper 

4.8ab 

1.23a 

0.27b  4.55a 

3 .  4b 

0 .  5d 

Norway  Spruce 

Styroblock  7 

2.8c 

0.30ab 

0.18ab  1.66bc 

3.4ab 

1.5a 

Styroblock  8 

3.0bc 

0.32a 

0.20a  1.60bc 

3.7a 

1.5a 

Leach  Tube 

3.0bc 

0.27abc 

0.19a  1.42c 

3.7c 

1.5a 

Book  Hillson 

3.1b 

0.22cd 

0.09c  2.44a 

2.1c 

0.5b 

Book  Tinus 

3.5a 

0.19d 

0.09c  2.11ab 

2.0c 

0.3b 

Square  Bottomless 

3.0bc 

0.23bcd 

0.14abc  1.64bc 

2.8abc 

0.5b 

Cylinder  Tar  Paper 

3.4a 

0.25abcd 

0.12bc  2.08ab 

2.5bc 

0.  2b 

Means  of  24  seedlings  from  4 

replicates . 

^Mean  separation  in 

columns  by  Ducan's  multipl 

e  range  test,  5%  level. 

xVisual  rating  of  root  system; 

1  =  poor,  2  -  fair,  3  =  good,  4  =  very 

good,  5  = 

excellent . 

Figure  1.     Austrian  pine  (A)  and  Norway  spruce  (B)  Figure  2.     Austrian  pine  seedlings  grown  in  Book 

plugs  extracted  from  Styroblock  7,   Styroblock  8,  Hillson  which  can  be  easily  opened  to  observe  the 

and  Leach  Tube.  root  system. 


71 


Book  (#f //**») 

060*  (Tt'»*r) 


Figure  3.     Austrian  pine  plugs  extracted  from  Book 
Tinus  and  Book  Hillson.     Norway  spruce  plug  of  Book 
Hillson . 

The  square  containers  were  effective  for  the  produc- 
tion of  a  good  root  system  in  both  species  (fig.  4). 

The  smaller  and  tapered  containers  produced  a  more 
dense  root  system  than  the  large  container  by  the 
eighteenth  week  post-germination.     It  has  been 
suggested  (Allison  1974  and  Sjoberg  1974)  that  the 
tapered  cavity  design  with  rigid  and  ribbed  walls 
of  RL  single  seedling  container  (Leach  Tube) ,  or 
the  Styroblocks,  influences  the  root  growth  resulting 
in  fibrous  well-developed  and  balanced  root  system. 
Barnett  (1982)     showed  that  pine  seedlings  grown  in 
Styroblocks  performed  better  than  those  grown  in 
other  containers. 


CONCLUSION 

Selection  of  containers  should  be  based  on  the 
preference  of  a  particular  plant  species.  Smaller 
and  tapered  containers  such  as  the  Styroblock  7, 
Styroblock  8  and  Leach  Tube  can  be  used  to  grow 
pine,  spruce  or  similar  plant  seedlings  over  shorter 
periods  of  up  to  six  months.     The  larger  containers 
such  as  the  Book  and  Square  may  be  used  successfully 
over  a  longer  period.     Many  studies  have  focused  on 
the  effect  of  container  shape  and  configuration  on 
plant  growth,  but  yet  it  is  not  known  whether  the 
actual  material  which  containers  are  made  of  has 
any  influence  on  root  development  and  growth. 
Effects  of  various  types  of  mini-containers  on  the 
seedling  performance  after  transplanting  need  further 
research . 

PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Agnew,  M.  L.     Influence  of  plexiglass  inserts  on 
prevention  of  root  spiraling  of  container  grown 
tree  species.     Master's  Thesis,  Department  of 
Horticulture,  Kansas  State  University,  Manhattan, 
Kansas.  1981. 


Figure  4.     Austrian  pine  and  Norway  spruce  grown 
in  square  bottomless  container. 

Allison,  C.  J.  Jr.     Design  consideration  for  the  RL 
single  cell  system.     Proc.  N.  Amer.  Containerized 
For.  Tree  Seedling  Symp . ,  Great  Plains  Agric. 
Counc.  Publ.  68:233-236;  1974. 

Arnott,  J.  T.     Performance  in  British  Columbia. 

Proc.  N.  Amer.  Containerized  For.  Tree  Seedling 
Symp.,  Great  Plains  Agric.  Counc.  Publ.  68:283- 
290;  1974. 

Barnett,  J.  P.     Growing  containerized  Southern  pines. 
Proc.  N.  Amer.  Containerized  For.  Tree  Seedling 
Symp.,  Great  Plains  Agric.  Counc.  Publ.  68:124- 
128;  1974. 

Barnett,  J.  P.     Selecting  containers  for  southern 
pine  seedling  production.     P.   15-24.   In  R.  W. 
Guldin  and  J.  P.  Barnett  (eds.)  Proceedings  of 
the  Southern  Containerized  Forest  Tree  Conference. 
Savannah,  Georgia;  1982. 

Carlson,  L.  W. ,  and  F.   Endean.     The  effect  of  rooting 
volume  and  container  configuration  on  the  early 
growth  of  white  spruce  seedlings.     Can.  J.  For. 
Res.  6:221-224;  1976. 

Dickenson,  S.   and  C.  E.  Whitcomb.     Effect  of  con- 
tainer design  on  root  quality.     Res.  Rpt.,  P-777, 
Agric.  Exp.  Sta.,  O.S.U.  P.  35-36;  1978. 

Endean,  F.   and  L.  W.   Carlson.     The  effect  of  rooting 
volume  on  the  early  growth  of  lodgepole  pine 
seedlings.     Can.  J.  For.  Res.  5  :  55-60 ; 1975 . 

Johnson,  H.  J.  Canadian  forestry  service  container 
planting  trials  in  Alberta,   Saskatchewan,  and 
Manitoba.     Proc.  N.  Amer.  Containerized  For.  Tree 
Seedling  Symp.,  Great  Plains  Agric.   Counc.  Publ. 
68:298-305;  1974. 


72 


Mann,  W.  F.,  Jr.     Status  and  outlook  of  container- 
ization  in  the  South.     J.  For.   75:579-581;  1977. 

Sjoberg,  N.  E.     The  Styroblock  container  system. 
Proc.  N.  Amer.  Containerized  For.  Tree  Seedling 
Svmp . ,  Great  Plains  Agric.   Counc.  Publ.  68:217- 
228;  1974. 

Strachan,  M.  D.     Tar  paper  container.     Proc.  N. 
Amer.  Containerized  For.  Tree  Seedling  Symp . , 
Great  Plains  Agric.  Counc.  Publ.  68:209-210; 
1974. 

Thomas,   S.  P.,  Jr.     Gro-plug  systems  and  their 
practical  application  in  growing  ornamentals. 
Proc.  Int.  Plant.  Prop.  Soc.  30:312-318;  1980. 

Tinus,  R.  W.     Root  system  configuration  is  important 
to  long  tree  life.     Proc.   Int.  Plant.  Prop.  Soc. 
28:58-64;  1978. 

Tinus,  R.  W.  and  S.  E.  McDonald.     How  to  grow  tree 
seedlings  in  containers  in  greenhouses.  Rocky 
Mountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station, 
USDA  Forest  Service,  Bottineau,  N.  Dak. ,  256 
p.;  1979. 

Venator,  C.  R.   and  A.  Rodriguez.     Using  styroblock 
containers  to  grow  Pinus  caribeau  var. 
hondurensis  Borr.   of  golf,  nursery  seedlings. 
Turriabla  27 (4) : 393-396 ;  1977. 

Wall,  S.  and  C.  E.  Whitcomb.     A  comparison  of 

commercial  containers  for  growing  tree  seedlings. 
Res.  Rpt.  P-803,  Agric.  Exp.  Sta. ,  O.S.U., 
P.   72-75;  1980. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;  1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT- 168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 


73 


*>\-2>o\A 


EQUIPMENT  FOR  REVEGETATING  DISTURBED  LANDS 
Richard  G.  Hallman 


ABSTRACT:     Federal  land  managers  find  themselves 
caught  between  new  mining  laws  that  require 
complete  restoration  and  the  difficulty  of 
establishing  plant  growth  in  the  arid  area  where 
mining  is  occurring.     The  Bureau  of  Land 
Management  funded  the  Forest  Service  Missoula 
Equipment  Development  Center  to  develop  equipment 
for  revegetation.     Six  equipment  systems  were 
developed. 


INTRODUCTION 

When  surface  mining  for  coal  in  the  West  began  in 
earnest,  about  10  years  ago,  it  became  apparent 
that  many  techniques  developed  over  the  years  for 
improving  range  habitat  were  unsuited  to  revegetate 
mined  land.     Surface  mining  mixes  soil  profiles, 
alters  surface  and  ground  hydrology,  and  removes 
all  vegetation.     Clearly,  new  equipment  and 
techniques  were  needed  to  restore  this  land. 

The  Bureau  of  Land  Management   (BLM)   of  the 
Department  of  the  Interior   (USDI)  was  the  logical 
Government  agency  to  tackle  the  problem.  About 
80  percent  of  strippable  coal  in  the  West  is 
Federally  owned,  and  the  BLM  manages  most  of  the 
land  where  the  coal  is  found.     The  BLM,  along 
with  the  Office  of  Surface  Mining,  another  USDI 
agency,  is  responsible  for  determining  the 
revegetation  potential  of  these  lands. 

Federal  and  State  mining  laws  require  that 
restored  vegetation  equal  what  existed  before 
mining.     Fortunately,   coal  seams  in  the  West  often 
are  thick;   seams  of  20  feet  and  more  are  not 
unusual.     So  revenue  from  mining  deposits  of 
that  magnitude  makes  it  economically  feasible  for 
operators  to  do  the  revegetation  job  that  is 
required. 

As  part  of  its  effort  to  develop  new  revegetation 
techniques,  the  BLM  turned  to  the  USDA  Forest 
Service  Missoula  Equipment  Development  Center 
(MEDC) .     MEDC  and  its  sister  Center  at  San  Dimas , 
Calif.,  were  the  only  equipment  development 
organizations  involved  in  rangeland  improvement 
activities . 


In  1975  MEDC  personnel  began  working  with  the  BLM 
to  develop    equipment  and  techniques  to  revegetate 
lands  under  arid  and  semiarid  conditions  where 
establishing  vegetation  is  difficult  and 
expensive.     Six  pieces  of  equipment  were 
eventually  built  to  accomplish  six  specific 
revegetation  tasks.     Each  piece  of  equipment  is 
described  in  the  following  text.     The  six 
equipment  systems  currently  are  being  evaluated 
in  various  locations  in  the  West  to  perfect  the 
techniques  and  to  establish  cost  data.  For 
additional  information,  write  USDA  Forest  Service, 
Missoula  Equipment  Development  Center,  Fort 
Missoula,  Missoula,  MT  59801. 


DRYLAND  PLUG  PLANTER 
Function 

The  dryland  plug  planter   (fig.   1)   is  designed  to 
automatically  plant  containerized  trees  and  shrub 
stock  on  surface-mined  reclaimed  sites.  To 
insure  survival  on  semiarid  sites,  the  root 
systems  must  stay  in  contact  with  soil  moisture. 
To  help  accomplish  this,  the  planter  is  able  to 
plant  containerized  stock  seedlings  that  are  up 
to  61  cm  long. 


Richard  G.  Hallman  is  a  Forester  and  Program 
Planner  in  the  Resource  Management  Program  at  the 
Missoula  Equipment  Development  Center,  USDA 
Forest  Service,  Missoula,  Mont. 


Figure  1. — Dryland  plug  planter  plants  large 
container  stock;   large  stock  imp roves  survival 
chances . 


74 


Description 

The  dryland  planter  is  designed  to  be  mounted  on 
the  rear  of  a  tractor.     It  features  hydraulic 
leveling  devices,  hydraulic  auger  with  a 
scarifier,  rotating  carousel  mounted  on  a  movable 
carriage  and  two  packing  spades.     The  machine 
plants  containerized  shrubs  or  trees  quickly  and 
effectively.     The  leveling  devices  and  high 
clearance  enable  operations  on  rough  ground  or 
moderate  slopes,  while  insuring  adequate  place- 
ment.    The  containerized  root  system  and  auger 
holes  allow  sufficient  moisture  uptake  and 
unrestricted  root  growth  for  better  survival. 

The  planting  is  automatic  and  controlled  from 
the  tractor.     When  the  planter  is  positioned, 
the  platform  is  leveled  with  hydraulic  cylinders. 
The  auger  digs  a  hole;   the  scarifier  auger  then 
removes  any  competing  vegetation  from  around  the 
hole.     The  carousel  containing  the  seedlings 
rotates  and  the  carriage  moves  forward  on  the 
platform,  dropping  a  seedling  into  the  hole. 
The  packing  spades  firm  the  soil  around  the 
seedling.     Planting  rate  is  estimated  at  more 
than  one  per  minute . 

Specifications 

Carousel  capacity:     24  seedlings 
Auger  diameter:     7.6  to  12.7  cm 

46  cm  scarifier 
Depth:     61  to  76  cm 

Power  requirements    (drawbar) :     52  to  75  kW 


greatly  reduces  overall  transplanting  costs  by 
reducing  the  transport  time  required  for  each 
tree.     Up  to  24  trees  per  day  can  be  transplanted 
with  the  tree  transport  trailer  system.  The 
front-end  loader-mounted  tree  spade  is  very 
maneuverable  and  can  negotiate  slopes  up  to 
20  percent. 

Description 

The  system  consists  of  a  Vermeer  Model  TS-44A 
Tree  Spade  mounted  on  an  Owatonna  880  articulated 
front-end  loader  and  a  specially  built  trailer 
consisting  of  two  rows  of  four  cone-shaped  pods. 
The  pods  are  112  cm  in  diameter  and  108  cm  deep. 

Eight  soil  plugs  are  removed  from  the  transplant 
site,  loaded  into  the  trailer,  and  transported 
to  the  transplant  supply  area.     They  are  then 
replaced  in  the  trailer  with  selected  trees 
and  shrubs  that  are  transported  back  to  the 
transplant  site  and  planted.     The  front-end 
loader-mounted  tree  spade  digs  the  trees  or 
plugs,  places  them  in  the  trailer  pods,  and 
tows  the  trailer  between  the  transplant  site 
and  transplant  supply  area. 

Specifications — Trailer 

Overall  width:     2.4  m  with  walkway  removed 
Height:     2.1  m 
Weight:     2,722  kg 

Capacity:     8  trees  or  plugs  or  3,922  kg 
Cone  size:     112  cm  diameter,   109  cm  deep 
Power  requirements :     60  kW  recommended 


TREE  TRANSPLANTER 
Function 

The  tree  transplanter  system   (fig.   2)  was 
designed  to  transplant  small  trees  and  large 
shrubs  that  grow  naturally  around  the  mining 
site  to  the  revegetation  area.     The  trailer  is 
an  important  part  of  the  system  because  it 


Specifications — Tree  Transplanter 

Ball   (cone)   depth:     46  to  152  cm 
Tree  size:  to  25  cm  diameter  (maximum 
tree  size  may  vary  with  the 
type  of  root  structure) 
Mounting:     tractors,   trailers,   truck  or 
front-end  loaders 


75 


DRYLAND  SODDER 


Description 


Function 

The  dryland  sodder   (fig.   3)   transfers  native 
topsoil  from  the  mine  area  to  the  reclamation 
area  with  its  structure,  profile,  and  vegetation 
intact.     Reclamation  is  greatly  enhanced  because 
the  soil  horizons  are  not  mixed,  so  soil  develop- 
ment does  not  have  to  be  repeated. 

The  dryland  sodder  strips  the  top  layer  of  soil 
and  vegetation   (sod,  f orbs ,  shrubs,  and  small 
trees)   from  areas  to  be  surface  mined  and  places 
it  intact  over  reshaped  areas.     The  soil  layer 
is  scooped  into  the  sodder  and  transported  to 
the  reclamation  area.     It  is  removed  by  tilting 
and  shaking  the  bucket  while  slowly  moving  the 
loader  backward.     The  conveyer  system  will 
feature  hydraulic  control  of  the  conveyor  rollers, 
allowing  the  sod  to  be  removed  without  tilting 
the  bucket. 


The  dryland  sodder  is  a  modified  front-end  loader 
bucket.     The  side  walls  and  back  wall  are 
vertical  to  minimize  damage  to  shrubs  and  tree 
seedlings  that  are  stripped  along  with  the  soil 
and  sod.     The  wide,   flat  bottom  of  this  bucket 
is  sprayed  with  plastic  to  reduce  friction.  A 
conveyor  system  is  being  developed  for  the  bottom 
of  the  dryland  sodder  to  aid  loading  and  unload- 
ing of  the  sod  strips  and  to  prevent  excess  soil 
separation  during  the  transfer. 

Specifications 

Width:  4.3m 
Length:     2.4  m 
Depth:     to  30  cm 

Power  requirements   (flywheel)   80  to  391  kW 


76 


SPRIGGER 


BASIN  BLADE 


Function 

The  sprigger   (fig.  4)   undercuts  and  gathers 
sprigs,  or  portions  of  rhizomatous  stems,  that 
can  produce  roots  and  shoots.     The  harvested 
sprigs  are  then  spread  out  on  the  area  to  be 
revegetated  and  covered  with  soil . 

Description 

The  sprigger  is  a  modified  potato  harvester.  It 
consists  of  an  undercutting  blade  and  a  pair  of 
wide,  inclined  conveyors.     The  conveyors  are 
long  rods  attached  between  two  chains  and  spaced 
3.8  cm  apart.     A  third  conveyor  across  the  top 
of  the  machine  moves  the  harvested  material  to 
the  side  where  it  is  dumped  into  a  truck  or 
piled  in  windrows.     The  sprigger  is  towed  and 
powered  by  a  tractor. 

After  the  shrubs  are  mowed,  the  sprigger  is 
pulled  through  the  stand,  cutting  the  roots 
well  below  the  ground  surface.     The  cutting 
action  lifts  the  soil  and  shrubs  onto  the 
conveyors.     The  soil  is  shaken  loose  and  falls 
through  the  spaces  in  the  conveyors  to  the 
ground.     The  bareroot  rhizomatous  shrubs,  or 
sprigs /     are  gathered  and  carefully  planted 
on  the  reclamation  area. 

Specif  ications 

Width:  1.5  m 
Depth:     30  cm 

Power  requirements   (drawbar) :     60  to  75  kW 


Figure  4. — Sprigger  digs  up  rhizomatous  material 
for  planting  on  reclaimed  areas . 


Function 

The  basin  blade   (fig.   5)   scoops  out  large  basins 
or  depressions  along  slopes.     Moisture  accumu- 
lates in  these  basins  to  provide  a  favorable 
microsite  for  plant  growth.     The  large  basins 
reduce  wind  erosion.     They  also  provide  the 
advantages  of  terracing  with  fewer  hazards  and 
less  expense.     They  collect  runoff  and  trap  snow 
and  blowing  topsoil.     The  furrows  formed  by  the 
scarifying  teeth  help  retain  broadcast  seed  and 
fertilizer  and  promote  increased  infiltration. 

Description 

The  basin  blade  is  a  large,  crescent-shaped, 
heavy  steel  blade  mounted  on  the  rear  of  a 
crawler  tractor .     The  blade  is  mounted  on  a 
parallelogram  multiple -ripper  shank.     It  is 
raised,  lowered,  and  tilted  hydraulically . 
Several  replaceable  scarifying  teeth  are 
located  along  the  bottom  edge  of  the  blade. 

The  tractor  is  driven  along  the  contour  of  a 
slope  and  the  blade  is  periodically  raised  and 
lowered  to  form  large  depressions.     Seed  is  then 
broadcast  along  the  slope. 

Specifications 

Width:     3  m 
Depth:     to  91  cm 

Power  requirements   (flywheel)   216  to  276  kW 


Figure  5. — Basin  blade  makes  depressions  in 
soil  that  trap  moisture,  creating  favorable 
conditions  for  plant  growth. 


77 


HODDER  GOUGER 


Function 


The  gouger   (fig.   6)   creates  numerous  depressions 
in  the  soil  surface.     These  depressions  provide 
a  suitable  microclimate  for  plant  establishment 
by  increasing  moisture  availability,  reducing 
wind  and  water  erosion,  and  providing  shade. 

Description 

The  gouger  consists  of  three  to  five  semicircular 
heavy  steel  blades  attached  to  solid  arms.  Each 
blade  has  three  scarifying  teeth  along  the  bottom 
edge.     The  arms  are  attached  to  a  heavy-duty 
frame  with  spring-loading  mechanisms.     They  may 
be  mounted  in  either  one-  or  two-row  configura- 
tions.    The  frame  is  supported  with  side  wheels 
that  are  periodically  raised  and  lowered  to  allow 
the  blades  to  scoop  out  depressions.     The  unit  is 
operated  hydraulically  and  features  positive 
depth  control  and  automatic  up  and  down  cycling. 
A  seedbox  spreader  is  mounted  on  the  rear  of  the 
machine  to  broadcast  seed  into  the  depressions. 


The  gouger  is  towed  behind  a  tractor.  The 
hydraulically  powered  automatic  cycling  system 
moves  the  frame  up  and  down  in  relation  to  the 
wheels  to  create  depressions.     The  depth  of  the 
depressions,   cycle  rate,   and  blade  configuration 
can  be  varied  to  suit  the  site  conditions. 
Average  production  rates  have  varied  from  1  to 
1.1  ha  per  hour . 

The  gouger  creates  more  and  larger  depressions 
than  similar  equipment.     The  automatic  cycling 
and  hydraulic  depth  control  make  it  easier  to 
operate  and  the  adjustable  cycle  rate  and 
variable  blade  configurations  contribute  to  its 
versatility.     The  spring-loaded  blade  arms  enable 
it  to  operate  in  fairly  rocky  ground. 

Specifications 

Implement  width:     3.4  m 

Depression  width:     38  to  56  cm 

Depression  length:     0.9  to  1.2  m 

Depth:     15  to  25  cm  recommended 

Power  requirements   (drawbar) :     37  kW  minimum 


Figure  6. — Hodder  gouger  makes  depressions  in  soil  and  simultaneously  seeds 
area  to  establish  plant  cover. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;  1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT- 168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 


78 


PRELIMINARY  TRIALS  ON  UPGRADING  PLATANUS  OCCIDENTALIS 
WITH  THE  HELMUTH  ELECTROSTATIC  SEED  SEPARATOR 
Robert  P.  Karrfalt  and  Richard  E.  Helmuth 


ABSTRACT:     The  electrostatic  seed  separator  is  a 
recently  invented  seed  conditioning  machine  which 
uses  the  force  of  an  electrostatic  field  to 
separate  particles  of  different  area  and  weight. 
It  has  been  successfully  used  to  size,  clean, 
and  improve  germination  of  P latanus  occidenta 1 i s 
seed.     The  seed  separator  also  should  be  useful 
on  other  tree  seed. 

INTRODUCTION 

Upgrading  refers  to  steps  that  exceed  basic 
cleaning  which  improve  the  quality  of  seed. 
Therefore,   upgrading  includes  removing  empty 
seed,   fungus  or  insect  damaged  seed,   and  stones 
or  pitch.     Sizing  seed  can  also  be  considered 
upgrading  because  speed  of  germination  can  vary 
for  different  seed  sizes.     Several  authors  have 
stressed  the  importance  of  upgrading  and  how 
to  accomplish  it  (Belcher  1978;  Bonner  1978). 

Sycamore  ( P latanus  occidenta 1  is  L.)   seed  is  gen- 
erally low  in  viability  and  difficult  to  upgrade 
because  of  its  small  size.     The  electrostatic 
seed  separator  was  tested  on  sycamore  to  deter- 
mine how  it  might  resolve  this  problem. 

Principles  of  Electrostatic  Separator 

An  elementary  demonstration  of  the  electrostatic 
movement  of  particles   includes   lifting  particles 
of  paper  with  a  piece  of  plastic  that  has  been 
charged  by  rubbing  it  with  a  dry  cloth.  The 
paper  is  drawn  to  the  plastic  by  an  electrostatic 
field.     Heavier  seed  can  be  separated  from  lighter 
seed  by  the  same  principle   if  the  strength  and 
design  of  the  electrostatic  field  is  carefully 
contro 1 led . 


Robert  P.   Karrfalt   is  Seed  Processing  Specialist, 
USDA  Forest  Service,   Southeastern  Region,  National 
Tree  Seed  Laboratory,   Dry  Branch,  Ga. 

Richard  E.  Helmuth  is   inventor  of  the  electro- 
static seed  separator  and  President  of  the  Helmuth 
Corporation,   Carmel,  Ind. 

Mention  of  trade  names   is  only  to  identify 
equipment  used  and  does  not  imply  endorsement  by 
the  U.S.   Department  of  Agriculture.     U.S.  patents 
have  been  granted  on  this  equipment. 


The  Helmuth  electrostatic  seed  separator 
consists  of  a  hanging  electrode  and  adjustable 
ground  plates   (fig.   1)     Voltage  applied  to  the 
stationary  electrode  creates  an  electrostatic 
field  between  the  electrode  and  the  ground.  As 
seed  is  poured  between  the  ground  and  the  elec- 
trode by  the  vibratory  feeder,   the  static  field 
carries  the  lighter  seed  and  impurities  towards 
the  ground.     The  stronger  the  static  field,  the 
farther  the  particles  will  be  pulled.  The 
strength  of  the  field  is  controlled  by  adjusting 
the  voltage  applied  to  the  electrode.     For  each 
seed   lot,   there   is  a  voltage  that  produces  a  max- 
imum distance  between  the   lightest  and  heaviest 
seeds  being  separated.     This  voltage  must  be 
determined  by  trial  during  processing  just  like 
adjusting  other  seed  conditioning  equipment. 
Using  a  voltage  higher  than  the  one  producing 
the  maximum  speed  will  only  move  all  the  seeds 
closer  to  the  movable  ground  and  not  give  any 
better  separation.     The  purpose  of  the  ground's 
mobility  is  to  adjust  the  distance  so  the  seed 
can  separate.     When  the   seeds  have  reached  the 
bottom  of  the  static  field,   they  are  collected 
in  a  tray.     Adjustable  vanes   in  the  collection 
tray  keep  the   fractions  separated. 


Figure  1. — Diagram  of  the  electrostatic  seed 
separator . 


79 


MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 


RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 


One   lot  of   sycamore  was  rough  cleaned  on  a 
Clipper  office  tester  using  a  5/64  x  3/4 
slotted  screen  on  top  and  a  number  7   round  hole 
screen  on  the  bottom.     This  removed  the  bulk  of 
the  fluff  which  prevented  the  seed  from  flowing 
freely.     A  portion  of   seed  was  taken  from  the 
tester  and  designated  as  the  original  sample. 
This  original   lot  was  upgraded  on  the  Helmuth 
electrostatic  separator.     The  electrode  is 
80  cm  x  130  cm.     Voltage  can  vary  from  0  to 
120,000  volts  to  accomodate  many  particle  sizes. 
The  voltage  setting  and  feed  rate  established 
by  preliminary  trials  and  x-ray  analysis  will 
determine  full  seed  percentages.  Although 
voltages  are  high,   no  danger  can  occur  to  the 
operator  if  the  machine   is  used  properly. 

After  the  preliminary  trials,   six  fractions 
were  obtained  from  the  original   lot.  Each 
fraction  was  evaluated  for  germination, 
Czabator's  germination  value  (Czabator  1962), 
purity,   full  seed  percentage,   and  seed  per 
pound.     Tests  were  conducted  according  to  the 
Association  of  Official  Seed  Analysts'  rules. 
Stratification  was   for  60  days  at  3  C  on  the 
germination  media.     Germination  was  on  crepe 
cellulose  pager  with  a  temperature  of  20  C  at 
night  and  30  C  during  the  8  hour  day.  Ger- 
mination counts  were  made  daily;   the  final 
count  was  made  on  day  12.     There  was  no 
statistical  analysis.     Table  1  presents  the 
data . 


Table  1. — Seed  test  results  of  the  original  seed  lot  and  the  six  samples  obtained  by  electrostatic  seed 
separation.     Values  are  based  on  actual  germination  data. 


FRACTION  # 

ORIGINAL 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ACTUAL 
GERMINATION 

30 

48 

40 

43 

37 

33 

23 

GERMINATION 
VALUE 

8.23 

22. 

28 

16.65 

18. 

,94 

15. 

,92 

13  .28 

7  .05 

PERCENT 
FULL  SEED 

34 

52 

46 

46 

40 

37 

26 

SEED  PER 
POUND  (M) 

147.0 

94. 

9 

99.0 

101 . 

,7 

118. 

7 

152.2 

168.0 

PURITY 

88 

99 

99 

100 

100 

100 

100 

DAYS  TO  REACH 
907c  OF  TOTAL 
GERMINATION 

10 

9 

8 

8 

7 

7 

6 

Notable  accomplishment  was  made  with  all  seed 
quality  measurements.     The  results  are  summarized 
in  table   1.     Purity  was   improved  from  88  to  99 
percent  or  better,   and  full   seed  percentage  from 
34  to  a  maximum  of   52.     The   larger  seed  are 
almost  twice  as  big  as  the  smaller  seed.  The 
best  germination  was   18  percent  better  than  the 
original   lot.     The   largest  three  sizes  of  seed 
were  also  the  most  vigorous  as  shown  by  their 
sizeable  germination  values. 

The   improvement   in  viability  and  vigor   is  best 
understood  by  examining  the  data  on  a  full  seed 
basis   (table  2).     The  pattern  in  germination 
is  substantially  modified.     Instead  of  the  best 
lot  germinating  25  percent  higher  than  the  poor- 
est  lot,    it   is  only  7  percent  better  on  a  full 
seed  basis.     The  computed  germination  value, 
using  full   seed  data,    is  actually  higher  for  the 
smaller  seed.     This   is  because  the  smaller  seed 
reached  90  percent  of  their  total  germination 
sooner  than  the   larger  seed.     Therefore,  the 
higher  full   seed  percentage  of  the  best  lots 
is   largely  responsible  for  the  better  germination 
and  germination  values. 

Removal  of  empty  seed  was  not,   however,   the  only 
effect  of  the  seed  separator.     The  fact  that 
the   smaller  seed  germinated  the   fastest,  shows 
there  were  also  physiological  differences  among 
the  seed  sizes. 


80 


Table  2. — Germination  and  germination  value  computed  on   full    seed  basis. 


FRACTION  #  ORTGINAL  1   2  3 


GERMINATION 

88 

92 

93 

93 

89 

85 

GERMINATION 
VALUE 

71  .  " 

82.15 

78.66 

88.58 

100.75 

96.46 

95.58 

According  to  the  data  obtained,   the  electro- 
static separator  appears  to  have  definite 
potential  to  effectively  upgrade  small  tree  seed. 
Other  species  that  might  be  effectively 
upgraded  would  include  birch,   sweetgum  and  coni- 
fers such  as  white  spruce.     In  a  preliminary 
trial,   redwood  purity  was  visually  much  improved 
with  the  Helmuth  separator.     There  were  no  labor- 
atory test  data.     In  the  nursery,   the  upgraded 
seed  will  give  more  uniform  germination  and 
provide  more  uniform  seedling  densities,  greater 
numbers  of  plantable  seedlings  per  pound  of 
seed,  and  more  efficient  use  of  nursery  space. 


PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Belcher,   E.  W. ;  Karrfalt,   R.   P.     The  processing 
of  conifer  seed.     In:     Proc.   Small  Lot  Forest 
Seed  Processing  Workshop;   1977,  Oct.  18-20; 
Atlanta,   GA.     USDA  Forest  Service,  South- 
eastern Area,   pp  9-18.  1978. 

Bonner,   F.     New  developments   in  seed  pro- 
cessing.    In:     Proc.   Small  Lot  Forest  Seed 
Processing  Workshop;   1977,   Oct  18-20; 
Atlanta,   GA.     USDA  Forest  Service,  South- 
eastern Area,   pp  19-23.  1978. 

Czabator,   F.   J.     Germination  value:     an  index 
combining  speed  and  completeness  of  pine  seed 
germination.     For.   Sci.   8:     386-396;  1962. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;  1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT- 168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 


SURVIVAL,  GROWTH ,  AND  ROOT  FORM  OF  CONTAINERIZED  JEFFREY  PINES 
TEN  YEARS  AFTER  OUTPLANTING 
J.  D.  Budy  and  E.  L.  Miller 


ABSTRACT:     To  evaluate  the  effect  of  various  con- 
tainers on  survival  and  growth,  trials  established 
in  1973  were  remeasured  in  1983.     In  addition, 
20  seedlings  were  excavated  in  order  to  determine 
the  effect  of  container  type  on  root  development. 
After  10  years,  the  container  type  had  a  signifi- 
cant effect  on  survival  and  height  growth.  Root 
form  and  the  number  of  lateral  roots  were  also 
influenced  by  container  type. 

INTRODUCTION 

Since  the  early  1970 's,  containerized  seedling 
systems  have  been  developed  and  tested  through- 
out the  United  States.     The  early  work  was  con- 
cerned largely  with  the  development  of  an  accept- 
able and  suitable  container.     Early  experimental 
container  types  were  available  in  various  sizes, 
shapes  and  materials.     These  containers  were 
either  planted  with  the  seedling  or  removed  just 
prior  to  planting.     Over  the  past  decade,  evalu- 
ation of  the  various  containers  has  been  based 
on  early  field  performance,  production  costs, 
and  technical  problems. 

The  rapid  evolution  of  container  planting  systems 
both  in  Canada  and  the  U.S.  resulted  in  a  tremen- 
dous need  to  transmit  research  findings.  Fortun- 
ately, much  of  the  information  has  been  made 
available  through  conference  proceedings.  In 
1971,  the  Canadian  Forestry  Service  sponsored 
a  workshop  on  container  planting  (Waldron  1972). 
The  first  international  conference  held  in  Denver 
brought  together  much  of  the  knowledge  and  exper- 
tise available  on  containerized  seedlings  (Tinus 
and  others  1974).     Two  symposia  held  in  1981, 
the  Southern  Containerized  Forest  Tree  Seedling 
Conference  (Guldin  and  Barnett  1982)  and  the 
Canadian  Containerized  Tree  Seedling  Symposium 
(Scarratt  and  others  1982),  updated  much  of  the 
available  information  on  containerized  seedling 
systems . 


This  research  was  supported  by  funds  allocated 
from  the  Mc I nt i re-Stenn i s  Cooperative  Forestry 
Research  Program. 

Jerry  D.   Budy  is  Assistant  Professor  of  Forestry, 
Dept.  of  Range,  Wildlife,  and  Forestry, 
University  of  Nevada  Reno.     Elwood  L.  Miller  is 
Associate  Dean  of  Resident   Instruction,  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Professor  of  Forestry,  Dept. 
of  Range,  Wildlife  and  Forestry,  College  of 
Agriculture,  University  of  Nevada  Reno. 


Although  information  has  rapidly  accumulated  since 
the  early  1970' s,  long  term  studies  on  growth 
and  development  are  lacking.     The  development 
and  evolution  of  containerized  systems  will  be 
influenced  by  biological  performance  under  field 
conditions.     Considerable  discussion  has  dealt 
with  the  potential  problem  of  root  deformation 
resulting  from  container  designs.     Although  a 
symposium  was  devoted  to  the  root  form  of  bare- 
root  and  containerized  seedlings  (Van  Eerden  and 
Kinghorn  1978),  the  overall  effect  of  root  con- 
figuration on  field  performance  is  still  not  well 
documented.     The  primary  objective  of  this  paper 
is  to  report  on  ten  year  survival,  growth,  and 
root  form  of  containerized  seedlings  outplanted 
on  adverse  sites. 


METHODOLOGY 

The  materials  and  methods  used  in  establishing 
the  original  trial  in  1973  are  discussed  in  the 
North  American  Containerized  Forest  Tree  Seed- 
ling Symposium  (Miller  and  Budy  1974).  Survival, 
height,  and  root  collar  diameter  were  measured 
in  June  1983.     Five  seedlings  of  each  container 
type  were  excavated  by  hand  in  order  to  recover 
the  root  system  extending  30cm  from  the  container. 
No  attempt  was  made  to  recover  the  entire  root 
system.    After  excavation,  the  number  of  lateral 
roots  extending  from  the  container  sidewalls  was 
recorded  and  the  diameter  of  the  tap  root  at  the 
bottom  of  the  container  was  measured.     The  seed- 
ling was  severed  at  the  root  collar,  and  shoot 
and  root  green  weights  were  determined. 

Containers 

The  container  types  included  in  the  1973  trial 
and  reevaluated  in  1983  are  described  in  Table 
1.     The  Japanese  paperpot  is  designated  FH520. 
The  Conwed  is  an  open-mesh,  nonbiodegradable  poly- 
propylene plastic  material.     The  Conwed  desig- 
nated as  9+3  in  this  paper  contained  9-inches 
of  potting  mix  with  3-inches  of  the  plastic  mesh 
left  exposed  above  the  soil  surface  when  planted. 
The  Zeiset  containers  are  made  of  a  polyethelene 
coated  board  stock  paper,  similar  to  that  used 
in  milk  cartons.     The  polyetheylene  coating  (.0005 
inch)  is  intended  to  keep  plants  divided  while 
in  the  greenhouse,  but  not  thick  enough  to  girdle 
plants  when  outplanted  in  the  field. 


82 


Table  1. — Description  of  containers  evaluated. 


Dimensions 


Container 

:  Dia. 

:  Depth 

:  Dia. 

:  Depth 

Rootinq 

Volume 

Type 

:  (in) 

:  (in) 

:  (cm) 

:  (cm) 

:             Material  : 

(inJ) 

:  (cmJ) 

8-Paperpot 

:  2.0 

:  7.9 

:  5.0 

:  20.0 

:     Treated  paper  : 

25.1 

:  392.7 

9+3- Con wed 
12-Conwed 

:  2.0 
:  2.0 

:  9.0 
:  12.0 

:  5.0 
:  5.0 

:  22.9 
:  30.5 

:     Plastic  mesh  : 
:     Plastic  mesh  : 

28.3 
37.7 

:  463.3 
:  617.8 

12-Zeiset 

:  2.51 

:  12.0 

:  6.41 

:  30.5 

:     Polyethylene  cover  -  : 
:      ed  cardboard  : 

75.0 

:  1229.0 

Side  of  square. 


RESUCTS 

Survival  and  Growth 

After  10  years,  the  survival  was  very  similar 
to  the  first  year  survival  (Table  2).  Compared 
to  the  losses  encountered  during  the  first  year, 
subsequent  mortality  was  relatively  low.  The 
highest  survival  and  best  growth  after  10  years 
were  evident  with  the  Conued  containers.  The 
results  indicated  a  highly  significant  differ- 
ence (P  <  .01)  in  survival  between  the  Conwed 
containers  and  the  paper  and  cardboard  containers 
After  nine  years  the  difference  in  heights  was 
apparent,  but  not  significant.     The  significant 
difference  (P  <  .05)  in  height  growth  was  not 
revealed  until  after  ten  years.     The  seedlings 
in  Zeiset  containers  showed  the  lowest  height 
and  diameter  growth.     The  poor  field  performance 
of  the  Zeiset  seedlings  appears  to  be  related 
to  the  root  form  and  is  discussed  in  the  follow- 
ing section. 


Root  Form 

Excavation  of  the  containerized  seedlings  revealed 
that  field  performance  may  be  largely  affected 
by  the  design  and  shape  of  the  container.  Repre- 
sentative root  systems  after  excavation  are  shown 
for  the  12-Conwed  (Fig.  1),  9+3-Conwed  (Fig.  2), 
12-Zeiset  (Fig.  3),  and  8-Paperpot  (Fig.  4).  The 
most  obvious  difference  between  the  four  container 
types  is  the  lack  of  lateral  roots  penetrating 
from  the  Zeiset  container. 

The  only  container  type  which  showed  any  signs 
of  breaking  down  was  the  Paperpot.    The  Zeiset 
containers  were  still  very  much  intact  and  it 
appeared  that  the  plastic  coating  was  very  effec- 
tive in  preventing  lateral  root  development.  The 
Conwed  containers  were  not  expected  to  break  down; 
however,  as  the  lateral  roots  developed  they  were 
able  to  break  apart  the  plastic  mesh  (Fig.  5). 
Although  the  roots  showed  signs  of  constriction 
(Fig.  6),  the  developing  lateral  roots  can  appar- 
ently overcome  the  obstruction. 


Table  2. — Mean  survival,  diameter  and  height  of  Jeffrey  pine  seedlings  outplanted  in  1973. 


Container 
Type 


Survival 1 
1974 


Survival 1 
1983 


Diameter' 
1983 


Height1 
1983 


9+3-Conwed 
12-Conwed 
12-Zeiset 
8-Paperpot 


(?o) 

80a 
76h 
50b 


(as) 

63a 

61h 

39h 
34b 


(cm) 

3.3 
3.1 
2.3 
2.5 


xMeans  with  the  same  superscript  are  not  significantly  different. 


(cm) 


77 
70 
51 
57 


ab 


ab 


"Diameter  at  root  collar. 


83 


Figure  1. — Root  penetration  of  a  Jeffrey  pine 
through  a  12-Conwed  ten  years  after  outplanting. 


Figure  2. — Root  Penetration  of  a  Jeffrey  pine 
through  a  9+3-Conwed  ten  years  after  outplanting. 

Characteristics  of  the  excavated  seedlings  are 
shown  in  Table  3.     The  Conwed  seedlings  had  a 
greater  number  of  lateral  roots  penetrating 
through  the  container  sidewalls,  a  larger  tap 
root  emerging  from  the  bottom  of  the  container, 
and  a  greater  biomass  than  the  Zeiset  and  Paper- 
pot  seedlings.     There  was  a  highly  significant 
difference  (P  <  .01)  in  the  mean  number  of  lateral 
roots  between  the  Conwed  and  both  the  Zeiset  and 
Paperpot  seedlings  (Table  3).     Also,  the  Paperpot 
seedlings  had  significantly  (P  <  .01)  greater 
root  penetration  through  the  sidewalls  than  the 
Zeiset  seedlings.    The  lack  of  lateral  root  pene- 
tration for  the  Zeiset  seedlings  may  account  for 


Figure  3. — Root  penetration  of  a  Jeffrey  pine 
through  a  12-Zeiset  ten  years  after  outplanting. 


) 


Figure  4. — Root  penetration  of  a  Jeffrey  pine 
through  a  8-Paperpot  ten  years  after  outplanting. 

the  poor  field  performance.     In  addition,  after 
the  containers  were  removed  from  the  excavated 
seedlings  (Fig.  7-10),  root  problems  were  most 
evident  on  the  Zeiset  seedlings.    Although  the 
Zeiset  seedlings  developed  lateral  roots  (Fig. 
11),  the  laterals  were  confined  within  the  con- 
tainer and  became  guite  deformed  after  ten  years 
of  restricted  growth  (Figure  12). 


84 


Figure  6. — Lateral  Root  of  a  Jeffrey  pine  showing 
constriction  resulting  from  the  plastic  mesh  of 
a  Conwed  container  ten  years  after  outplanting. 


Table  3. — Mean  root  and  shoot  characteristics 
of  excavated  Jeffrey  pines  ten  years  after  out- 
planting  in  four  container  types  (5  samples  per 
container  type). 


Container 

Lateral 

Tap  Root 

Green 

Weight 

Type 

Roots1 

Diameter 

Root 

Shoot 

(no. ) 

(cm) 

(kg) 

(kg) 

9+3-Con\i/ed 

19. 6a 

2.12 

.381 

1.39 

12-Conwed 

19. 6* 

2.24 

.406 

1.60 

12-Zeiset 

.6b 

.99 

.227 

.73 

8-Paperpot 

11. 0C 

1.26 

.112 

.42 

Means  with  the  same  superscript  are  not  signif- 
icantly different. 


DISCUSSION 

The  results  of  this  study  indicate  some  interest- 
ing, as  well  as  significant,  findings  regarding 
the  relationship  between  container  type  and  field 
performance.     The  highest  survival  and  best  growth 
occurred  on  those  seedlings  outplanted  in  Conwed 
containers  while  the  poorest  survival  and  growth 
occurred  on  the  Zeiset  and  Paperpot  containers. 
The  most  significant  finding  was  the  lack  of 
lateral  root  penetration  through  the  Zeiset  con- 
tainers.   Although  the  manufacturer's  intention 
with  the  plastic  coating  is  to  keep  the  plant 
roots  divided  during  the  rearing  stages  in  the 
greenhouse,  the  thin  coating  apparently  prevents 
lateral  roots  from  penetrating  through  the  side- 
walls,  even  ten  years  after  outplanting.  The 
manufacturer  does  recommend  punched  holes  for 
guicker  lateral  root  extension  on  containers 
longer  than  four  inches.     The  results  of  this 
study  support  the  recommendation. 

More  importantly,  and  perhaps  of  significance 
in  the  development  and  evolution  of  an  accept- 
able container,  was  the  relationship  between 
growth  and  lateral  root  development.     In  this 
study,  the  best  growth  was  obtained  on  seedlings 
outplanted  in  containers  where  lateral  root  devel- 
opment was  unrestricted.     The  poorest  growth  re- 
sulted where  lateral  root  development  was  restrict- 
ed.    Owston  and  Stein  (1978)  reported  the  poorest 
growth  after  seven  years  on  Douglas-fir  and  noble- 
fir  outplanted  in  one-guart  milk  cartons.  Al- 
though their  studies  were  conducted  on  favorable 
sites,  the  milk  cartons  remained  intact  and  the 
main  laterals  were  almost  entirely  contained  with- 
in the  carton.     They  also  reported  greater  height 
growth  on  seedlings  outplanted  in  Conweds  than 
in  either  milk  cartons  or  cardboard  tubes.  Tinus 
(1978)  has  suggested  that  holes  or  slits  be  in- 
corporated into  the  upper  sides  of  solid  wall 
containers  to  increase  surface  laterals  for  wind 
firmness;  however,  the  results  of  this  study  in- 
dicated that  better  growth  and  development  re- 
sulted where  lateral  root  development  was  unre- 
stricted . 


85 


Figure  7. — Root  system  of  a  Jeffrey  pine  with 
the  12-Con\i/ed  container  removed  ten  years  after 
outplanting  (grid  =  4x4cm). 


Figure  8. — Root  system  of  a  Jeffrey  pine  with 
the  9+3-Conwed  container  removed  ten  yers  after 
outplating  (grid  =  4x4cm). 

The  growth  and  development  of  seedlings  outplanted 
in  Conwed  containers  also  dispel  some  of  the  early 
fears  of  root  constriction  problems  associated 
with  the  plastic  mesh  type  of  container.  Although 
Barnett  (1982)  reported  that  loblolly  pine  roots 
can  become  severly  constricted  by  the  plastic 
mesh  three  years  after  outplanting,  the  results 


Figure  9. — Root  system  of  a  Jeffrey  pine  with  the 
12-Zeiset  container  removed  ten  years  after  out- 
planting  (grid  =  4x4cm). 


Figure  10. — Root  system  of  a  Jeffrey  pine  with 
the  8-Paperpot  container  removed  ten  years  after 
outplanting  (grid  =  4x4cm). 

of  this  study  indicated  that  the  lateral  roots 
can  break  apart  the  plastic  mesh.     The  Conwed 
material  has  been  manufactured  in  various  degrees 
of  flexibility,  and  the  material  used  in  Barnett's 
study  was  less  flexible  than  the  material  used 
in  this  study.     Owston  and  Stein  (1978)  tested 
the  same  Conwed  material  as  used  in  this  study 


86 


12-CARDBOARD 


Figure  11. — Jeffrey  pine  root  system  showing  the 
restriction  of  lateral  root  development  after 
ten  years  in  a  12-Zeiset  container  (grid  =  4x4cm) 


and  reported  girdling  on  the  lateral  roots.  Ihey 
found  that  the  lateral  roots  penetrating  the  pla- 
stic mesh  were  smaller  in  diameter  than  those 
penetrating  peat-fiber  pots.     The  root  constric- 
tion problem  associated  with  plastic  mesh  contain- 
ers may  reduce  growth  somewhat;  however  the  problem 
appears  to  be  relatively  minor  and  apparently 
short-lived  compared  to  the  root  restriction 
problem  associated  with  solid  wall  containers. 


CONCLUSIONS 

The  acceptance  of  a  container  type  for  any  system 
will  depend  on  a  number  of  variables.     The  field 
performance  of  outplanted  seedlings  will  help 
evaluate  the  containers  presently  available  and 
will  aid  the  development  of  future  containers. 
The  higher  survival  and  better  overall  growth 
obtained  with  the  plastic  mesh  containers  suggest 
the  importance  of  unrestricted  lateral  root  devel- 
opment.    The  root  constrictions  which  did  appear 
on  the  laterals  due  to  the  plastic  mesh  did  not 
appear  to  adversely  affect  the  seedling  growth 
and  development  compared  to  the  effect  of  restrict- 
ed lateral  root  development  found  on  the  cardboard 
containers.    Although  a  biodegradable  plastic  mesh 
container  would  appear  promising,  the  relatively 
high  cost  of  biodegradable  plastic  has  discouraged 
further  development  (Barnett  1982;  Barnett  and 
McGilvroy  1981) . 


PUBLICATIONS  CITED 

Barnett,  J. P.     Selecting  containers  for  southern 
pine  seedling  production.     In:    Guldin,  R.W.; 
Barnett,  J. P.,  ed.     Proceedings  of  the  South- 
ern Containerized  Forest  Tree  Seedling  Confer- 
ence; 1981  Aug.  25-27;  Savannah,  Georgia. 
Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  S0-37:15-24;  1982. 

Barnett,  J. P.;  McGilvray,  J.M.     Container  plant- 
ing systems  for  the  South.     Res.  Pap.  SO-167. 
U.S.  Dep.  Agric,  For.  Serv.,  South.  For.  Exp. 
Stn.,  New  Orleans,  LA;  1981.  18p. 

Guldin,  R.W.;  Barnett,  J. P.,  ed.  Proceedings 

of  the  Southern  Containerized  Forest  Tree  Seed- 
ling Conference.     1981  Aug.  25-27;  Savannah, 
Georgia.     Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  SO-37.    U.S.  Dep. 


Agric,  For.  Serv.,  South, 
Orleans,  LA;  1982.  156p. 


For  Exp.  Stn, 


New 


Figure  12. — Close-up  view  of  a  Jeffrey  pine  root 
system  showing  deformation  after  ten  years  in 
a  12-Zeiset  container  (grid  =  4x4cm). 


Miller,  E.L.:  Budy,  J.D.     Field  Survival  of  Con- 
tainer-grown Jeffrey  pine  seedlings  outplanted 
on  adverse  sites.     In:     Tinus,  R.W.;  Stein, 
U.I.;  Balmer,  W.E.,  ed.     Proceedings  North 
American  Containerized  Forest  Tree  Seedling 
Symposium;  Great  Plains  Agric.  Counc.  Pub. 
68:377-383;  1974. 

Owston,  P.W.;  Stein,  W.I.     Survival,  growth,  and 
root  form  of  containerized  and  bare-root  Doug- 
las-firs and  noble  firs  seven  years  after 
planting.     In:     Van  Eerden,  E.;  Kinghorn,  J.M., 
ed.     Proceedings  of  the  Root  Form  of  Planted 
Trees  Symposium;  1978  May  16-19;  Victoria, 
B.C.  B.C.  Min.  For. /Can.  For.  Serv.  Joint  Rep. 
8:216-221;  1978. 


87 


Scarratt,  J.B.;  Glerum,  C;  Plexman,  C.A.,  ed . 

Proceedings  of  the  Canadian  Containerized  Tree 
Seedling  Symposium.     1981  Sept.  14-16;  Tor- 
onto, Ontario.     COJFRC  Symposium  Proceedings 
O-P-10;  1982.  460p. 

Tinus,  R.W.     Root  system  configuration  is  import- 
ant to  long  tree  life.     In:  International 
Plant  Propagators'  Society  Combined  Proceed- 
ings.    28:58-62;  1978. 

Tinus,  R.U.;  Stein,  W.I- ;  Balmer,  W.E.,  ed.  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  North  American  Containerized 
Forest  Tree  Seedling  Symposium.     1974  Aug. 
26-29;  Denver,  Colorado.     Great  Plains  Agric. 
Counc.  Publ.  No.  68;  1974.  458p. 

Van  Eerden,  E.;  Kinghorn,  J.M.,  ed.  Proceedings 
of  the  Root  Form  of  Planted  Trees  Symposium. 
1978  May  16-19;  Victoria,  B.C.  B.C.  Min.  For./ 
Can.  For.  Serv.  Joint  Rep.  No.  8;  1978. 
357p. 

Waldron,  R.FI.,  ed.     Proceedings  of  a  Workshop 

on  Container  Planting  in  Canada.     1971  Sept. 
28-30;  Alberta.    Directorate  of  Program  Co- 
ordination; Ottawa,  Ontario;  Info.  Rep.  DPC- 
X-2;  1972.  168p. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the   I ntermounta i n 
area:   proceedings:    I n te rmounta i n  Nurseryman's 
Association  1 98 3  conference;   1 983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.   General  Technical   Report   I  NT- 1 68 . 
Ogden,  UT :  U.S.   Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,    I ntermounta i n  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;   198*1.   96  p. 


GROWING  CDNTAI NERI Z ED  TREE  SEEDLINGS 
IN  A  SHADEHOUSF 
Thomas  M.  Smith 


ABSTRACT:     Initial  data  indicate  containerized 
ponderosa  Dine  (Pinus  ponderosa  ,  Rocky  Mountain 
form)  tree  seedlings  qerminated  in  a  qreenhouse  in 
early  May  can  be  moved  to  a  shadehouse  in  early 
June  and  successfully  grown  in  Albuquerque,  N.M. 
Data  also  indicate  that  ponderosa  pine  seedlinqs 
sown  in  early  February  can  be  removed  from  the 
greenhouse  in  early  May  rather  than  early  June  and 
may  survive  a  July  outplantinq  at  the  same  location. 

INTRODUCTION 

On  May  2,  1983,  three  baskets  of  seed,  each 
containing  13  Spencer-LeMaire ,  Tinus  (21.5  cubic 
inches )  bookplanters ,  were  sown  at  the  Bureau  of 
Indian  Affairs  (BIA)  greenhouse  in  Albuquerque, 
N.M.    A  Zuni,  N.M.,  seed  source  was  used.  Two 
seeds  per  cavity  were  sown.    There  was  a  crop  of 
oonderosa  pine  (Pinus  ponderosa,  Rocky  Mountain 
form)  containerized  tree  seedlinqs  present  in  the 
greenhouse  that  had  been  sown  in  earlv  February 
1983,  therefore,  qermination  conditions  were  not 
optimum.    The  production  greenhouse  currentlv 
maintains  a  triple  crco  schedule  producinq 
approximately  79,000  containerized  tree  seedlinqs 
per  crop.    The  ourpose  of  this  studv  was  to 
determine  the  potential  for  four  croos  annual lv. 
On  May  3,  1983,  two  baskets  each  containing  52 
containerized  tree  seedlings  were  removed  from 
the  greenhouse  and  placed  in  the  shadehouse . 
These  baskets  were  nart  of  the  crop  that  was  sown 
in  early  February  1983,  and  were  from  a  Zuni, 
N.M.  seed  source.     It  was  felt  that  the  weather 
was  too  cold  to  move  the  seedlings  into  the 
shadehouse  earlier. 

DISCUSSION  AND  RESULTS 

The  BIA  facility  in  Albuquerque,  N.M.,  is  a  30'  x 
100'  double  poly  nexus  style  greenhouse  with  a 
shadehouse  approximately  100'  x  100'.  The 
fertilizer  used  is  Peters  20-20-20  for  the 
qreenhouse,  Peters  9-45-15  for  after-stress  and 
in  the  shadehouse, and  Peters  STEM  for  trace 
element  addition  in  both  the  qreenhouse  and 
shadehouse. 

In  an  attempt  to  determine  if  crop  production 
could  be  increased,  two  baskets  of  seed,  each 
containinq  13  Spencer-Lemaire  Tinus  (21.5  cubic 
inches)  bookplanters.  were  sown  on  May  2,  1983. 
These  baskets  of  seeds  were  then  olaced  with  a 
crop  of  ponderosa  pine  containerized  tree 


Thomas  M.  Smith  is  Greenhouse  Manager  at  the 
Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs,  Albuauerque  Area 
Office,  Branch  of  Forestry,  Albuquerque,  N.M. 


seedlings  that  were  sown  in  early  February  1983. 
All  seedlings  were  from  a  Zuni,  N.M.,  source. 

The  germinants  were  watered  twice  daily  with  the 
bocm  during  scheduled  waterings  and  supplemented 


with  hand  waterings 

for 

two  weeks. 

No  water inq 

was  done 

on  the  weekends 

Table  1 

lists  the  daily 

temoerature 

extremes  in 

the  qreenhouse  from  May 

2  to  June  7 , 

1983. 

Table  1 . 

—  Greenhouse  maximum,  minimum,  ard 

current 

temoeratures 

from  5/2/83  to 

6/7/83 

Date 

Time 

Max 

Min. 

Current 

5/2 

0733 

84 

76 

78 

5/3 

0720 

80 

68 

71 

5/4 

0739 

82 

69 

72 

5/5 

0727 

80 

70 

72 

5/6 

0740 

83 

70 

72 

5/7 

1 1 59 

78 

69 

76 

5/8 

1200 

78 

70 

78 

5/9 

0729 

84 

70 

72 

5/10 

0739 

80 

70 

73 

5/11 

0735 

82 

70 

73 

5/12 

0738 

81 

70 

76 

5/13 

0740 

80 

70 

71 

5/14 

0800 

78 

70 

78 

5/15 

0800 

79 

71 

78 

5/16 

0740 

81 

70 

74 

5/17 

0^35 

79 

70 

72 

5/18 

0735 

78 

71 

73 

5/19 

0730 

78 

71 

74 

5/201 

0740 

80 

71 

72 

5/232 

0722 

78 

62 

66 

5/24 

0735 

82 

63 

66 

5/25 

0740 

87 

62 

65 

5/26 

0725 

84 

65 

66 

5/27 

0730 

88 

63 

64 

5/28 

0800 

80 

63 

68 

5/29 

0800 

85 

64 

67 

5/30 

0814 

80 

64 

68 

5/31 

0745 

77 

62 

64 

6/1 

0735 

78 

60 

62 

6/2 

0740 

79 

60 

62 

6/3 

0734 

80 

58 

60 

6/4 

0R00 

77 

57 

65 

6/5 

0800 

81 

58 

64 

6/6 

0730 

82 

63 

64 

6/7 

0715 

78 

62 

63 

1  Hygrothermograph  clock  stopped  durinq 
evening  of  5/20/83  and  no  recordings  available 
until  5/23/83. 


2  May  23,  1983,  the  greenhouse  crop  was 
flushed  then  stressed:  germinants  were  neither 
flushed  nor  stressed. 


89 


The  temperatures  that  were  maintained  in  the 
greenhouse  were  within  the  optimum  ranqe  for 
seedlings  in  the  "exponential"  stage,  but  they 
were  not  optimum  for  "germination." 

During  stressing  the  germinants  were  watered 
Monday,  Wednesday,  and  Friday  morning,  and  were 
fertilized  within  one  tablespoon/gallon 
20-20-20. 

The  greenhouse  croo  and  germinants  were  moved  to 
the  shadehouse  on  June  7,  1983. 

In  the  shadehouse  the  germinants  received  the 
following: 

A.  June  8  -  water  and  fertilize  with  shadehouse 
2  lb.  9-45-15+STEM/6  qt.  water. 

B.  June  10-  water  from  greenhouse  lines. 

C.  June  13  -  water  and  fertilize  with  shadehouse 
2  lb.  9-45-15+STEM/6  qt.  water. 

D.  June  15  -  water  from  qreenhouse  lines. 

E.  June  16  -  water  and  fertilize  with  shadehouse 
2  lb.  9-45-1 5-STEM/6  qt.  water. 

F.  June  17  -  water  from  qreenhouse  lines, 
fertilize  1  tablespoon/gal.  20-20-20. 

G.  June  20  -  water  and  fertilize  with  shadehouse 
2  lb.  9-45-15+STEM/6  qt.  water. 

H.  June  22  -  water  from  greenhouse  lines, 
fertilize  1  tablespoon/gal.  20-20-20. 

I.  June  27  -  water  and  fertilize  from  greenhouse 
lines,  1/2  lb.  20-20-20+STEM/4  qt.  water. 

J.    June  29  -  water  and  fertilize  from  greenhouse 
lines,  1/2  lb.  20-20-20+STEM/4  qt-  water. 

K.    July  1  -  water  from  qreenhouse  lines. 

L.    July  4  -  water  and  fertilize  from  greenhouse 
lines,  1  lb.  20-20-20+STEM/4  qt.  water. 

M.    July  6  -  water  and  fertilize  from  qreenhouse 
lines  1  lb.  20-20-20+STEM/4  qt.  water. 

N.    July  7  -  water  and  fertilize  from  shadehouse 
lines, 2  lb.9-45-15+STEM/6  qt.  water. 

O.    July  11  -  water  from  qreenhouse  lines, 
fertilize  3  tsps./qal.  20-20-20. 

P.    July  13  -  water  and  fertilize  from  qreen- 
house lines,  1/2  lb.  20-20-20+STEM  4  qt/ 
water. 

0.  July  15  -  water  from  qreenhouse  lines. 
R.    July  18  -  begin  water  and  fertilize  from 

greenhouse  lines,  2  lb.  20-20-20+STEM. 
S.    Continue  watering  schedule  of  7/18  on 

Mondays  and  Wednesdays,  and  water  only 

from  greenhouse  lines  on  Fridays 

Table  2  records  the  measurements  of  the 
germinants  as  of  August  1  ,  1983. 

Table  2. — Measurements  of  germinants,  August  1983 


Basket 
No, 


Max, 


Caliper  (Inches) 
Min.       Mean  Mode 


Median 


3/32 
3/32 
3/32 


1/16 
1/32 
1/16 


0.067 
0.067 
0.066 


1/16 
1/16 
1/16 


1/16 
1/16 
1/16 


Basket 

Heiqht  (Inches) 

No. 

Max. 

Min. 

Mean 

Mode 

Median 

1 

4  7/8 

1  1/2 

3.983 

4 

4 

2 

4  7/8 

1  3/4 

3.635 

3  1/2 

3  5/8 

3 

5  3/8 

2  1/2 

3.756 

3  1/4 

3  1/2 

Basket 

number  1 

contained  52 

seedlings, 

basket 

number  2,  51,  and  basket  number  3  contained  50. 
The  maximum  possible  number  of  seedlings  was  52 
per  basket . 

Containerized  tree  seedlings  are  grown  for 
spring  and  summer  outplanting.    Seedlings  sown 
in  the  summer  are  scheduled  for  outplanting  the 
following  spring.    The  goal  of  the  summer 
sowing  is  to  produce  a  seedling  that  would 
successfully  overwinter  in  the  shadehouse. 
Currently  the  seedlings  are  actively  growing 
and  have  good  secondary  needle  development. 
Chronologically,  these  seedlings  are  one  month 
older  than  those  in  the  qreenhouse.    They  are 
further  developed  in  all  phases  of  growth  than 
those  that  have  been  in  a  fully  controlled 
greenhouse  for  two  months. 

On  May  3,  1983,  two  baskets,  each  containing  52 
ponderosa  pine  containerized  tree  seedlings 
were  moved  to  the  shadehouse.    ^hese  seedlings 
were  sown  in  early  February  1983  from  a  Zuni , 
N.M.,  seed  source.    The  seedlings  were  not  moved 
to  the  shadehouse  until  low  temperatures  could 
be  assured  to  be  above  32° F. 

Table  3  details  daily  Fahrenheit  temperature 
ranqes  in  the  shadehouse. 

Table  3. — Daily  maximum,  minimum,  and  current 
shadehouse  temperatures  from  4/29  to  6/7/83 


Date 

Time 

Max. 

Min. 

Current 

4/29 

1553 

85 

39 

85 

5/2 

1615 

87 

35 

66 

5/3 

1630 

88 

33 

74 

5/4 

1558 

92 

33 

87 

5/5 

1615 

90 

36 

88 

5/6 

1556 

87 

40 

80 

5/9 

1617 

88 

40 

80 

5/10 

1610 

83 

45 

83 

5/11 

1602 

91 

40 

87 

5/13 

1605 

90 

36 

80 

5/16 

1613 

88 

34 

82 

5/17 

1610 

82 

32 

62 

5/18 

1618 

86 

34 

84 

5/19 

1630 

82 

38 

64 

5/20 

1618 

83 

46 

64 

5/23 

1610 

92 

38 

87 

5/24 

1610 

92 

46 

92 

5/25 

1612 

98 

47 

83 

5/26 

1609 

97 

53 

86 

5/27 

1612 

100 

52 

88 

6/1 

1610 

90 

45 

88 

6/2 

1620 

90 

64 

88 

6/3 

1622 

93 

46 

90 

6/6 

1604 

98 

42 

88 

6/7 

1616 

92 

50 

90 

90 


Temperatures  were  recorded  from  a  maximum/ 
minimum  thermometer  located  on  the  north  end  of 
the  shadehouse.    The  thermometer  was  not  set  up 
according  to  Weather  Service  specifications.  The 
50%  shade  provided  by  the  shadehouse  did  not 
prevent  the  thermometer  from  being  exposed  to 
direct  sunlight,  therefore,  the  day  time  highs 
are  "sun"  temperatures.    The  low  temperatures  may 
be  considered  representative. 

One  value  of  the  temperature  recordinqs  is  to 
demonstrate  the  temperature  extremes  the 
seedlings  in  the  shadehouse  experienced. 
Recordings  were  stopped  on  June  7  because  a 
freeze  was  no  longer  considered  a  possibility  and 
the  purpose  of  record inq  temperatures  was  to 
document  any  freeze  that  occurred. 

Table  4  records  the  maximum,  minimum ,  mean,  mode, 
and  median  for  heiaht  and  caliper  in  inches  from 
two  baskets  of  seedlings  from  the  crop  sown  in 
February  1983  and  moved  to  the  shadehouse  May  3, 
1983.    The  measurements  were  taken  on  August  1, 
1983. 


Table  4. — Measurements  of  seedlings  removed 
from  the  qreenhouse  5/3/83  as  of  8/1/83. 


Basket 

Caliper  (inches) 

No. 

Max. 

Min. 

Mean 

Mode 

Median 

1 

3/8 

1/16 

0.157 

1/8 

5/32 

2 

7/32 

3/32 

0.144 

1/8 

1/8 

Basket 

Height  (inches) 

No. 

Max. 

Min. 

Mean 

Mode 

Median 

1 

7 

2  1/2 

4.865 

5.25 

4.75 

2 

6  7/8 

2 

4.03 

4 

4 

Basket 

number 

1  contained  52 

seedlings  and 

basket 

number 

2  contained  50. 

The 

maximum 

possible  number  of  seedlings  per  basket  was 
52. 

The  seedlinqs  removed  in  May  are  shorter  and 
have  much  woodier  stems  than  those  removed  from 
the  qreenhouse  in  June. 

The  seedlings  in  the  shadehouse  were  watered 
Monday  and  Thursday  mornings  and  fertilized 
with  2  lbs.  9-45-15+STEM/6  qts.  water  through 
the  shadehouse  lines  along  with  the  rest  of  the 
shadehouse  seedlinqs.    These  seedlings  were 
moved  back  into  the  greenhouse  on  May  23, 
1983,  for  flushing  and  stressed  in  the 
shadehouse.    The  Monday  and  Thursday  watering 
9-45-15  fertilizer  was  reinstated  after 
stressing. 

Table  5  records  the  maximum,  minimum,  mean,  mode, 
and  median  of  baskets  from  the  crop  sown  in  early 
February  1983,  and  moved  to  the  shadehouse  on 
June  7,  1983. 


Table  5. — Measurements  of  seedlings  removed 
from  the  qreenhouse  6/7/83  as  of  8/1/83 


Basket 
No. 

Max . 

Cal iper 
Min. 

(inches) 
Mean 

Mode 

Median 

1 

2 

3/32 
5/32 

1/16 
3/32 

0.1 19 
0.124 

1/8 
1/8 

1/8 
1/8 

Basket 
No. 

Max. 

Heiqht 
Min. 

( inches ) 
Mean 

Mode 

Median 

1 

2 

7 
7 

3 
2 

4.954 
5.02 

4 

4  1/2 

5  1/4 
5 

Basket  number  1  contained  52  seedlinqs  and  basket 
number  2  contained  52.    The  maximum  possible  was 
52  seedlings. 


CONCLUSIONS 

Initial  results  indicate  the  potential  for  four 
crops  of  containerized  ponderosa  pine  tree 
seedlings  annually  at  the  BIA  greenhouse  facility 
in  Albuquerque,  N.M.    The  smaller  seedlings 
should  survive  the  harsh  planting  sites  in  New 
Mexico,  but  only  a  survival  study  can  determine 
this  field  survival  and  growth  is  the  bottom  line 
One  month,  early  May  to  early  June,  growth  in  a 
greenhouse  with  subsequent  shadehouse  growth 
appears  to  be  enough  to  produce  a  seedling  that 
will  overwinter  in  a  shadehouse  in  Albuquerque, 
N.M.    During  an  on-site  inspection  by 
Dr.  Richard  W.  Tinus  on  July  20,  1983,  he  stated 
that  these  conclusions  at  that  time  seemed  to  be 
valid. 

The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  indicate  the 
possibility  of  increasing  crop  production  from 
three  to  four  crops  annually  at  the  BIA  green- 
house in  Albuquerque,  N.M.    The  problems  of  an 
administrative  study  in  a  production  qreenhouse 
are  obvious.    While  all  selections  made  were 
random,  2  baskets  out  of  1,523  may  not  be  a 
large  enouqh  sample,  therefore,  a  statistical 
analysis  was  not  performed.    The  potential  may 
exist,  however,  and  therefore  further  research  is 
needed. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

Special  thanks  to  Dr.  Richard  W.  Tinus  for  an 
on-site  inspection  to  the  BIA  Greenhouse 
facility  and  providing  deeply  appreciated 
comments. 


In:  Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of 
producing  native  plants  for  the  Intermountain 
area:  proceedings:   Intermountain  Nurseryman's 
Association  1983  conference;   1983  August  8-11; 
Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical  Report  INT-168. 
Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Forest  Service,   Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 


91 


ATTENDANCE  ROSTER 


Ron  Adams 
New  Forests 
P.O.  Box  561 
Davis,  CA  95617 

Mike  Alder  and  Richard  Hildreth 
Native  Plants,  Incorporated 
360  Wakara  Way 
Salt  Lake  City,  UT  84108 

Aman  Arab 

Navajo  Tribe  Division  of  Forestry 
Box  111 

Winslow,  AZ  86047 

Wes  Bates,  Nurseryman 
Albuquerque  Nursery 
P.O.   Box  231 
Peralta,  NM  87042 

Richard  L.  Biamonte 
W.R.   Grace  and  Company 
P.O.   Box  517 

Travelers  Rest,   SC  92690 
David  Borland 

Arizona  State  Land  Department 
3650  Lake  Mary  Road 
Flagstaff,  AZ  86001 

Jerry  D.  Budy 
University  of  Nevada-Reno 
1000  Valley  Road 
Reno,  NV  89512 

Robert  B.  Campbell 
USD A  Forest  Service 
Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 

Experiment  Station 
860  North  1200  East 
Logan,  UT  84321 

Cynthia  Cowen 

Bureau  of  Land  Management 

P.O.  Box  26569 

4765  Vegas  Drive 

Las  Vegas,  NV  89126 

Rodger  Danielson 
Oregon  State  University 

Seed  Labatory 
Corvallis,  OR  97331 

Steve  DeRicco 

Nevada  Division  of  Forestry 
9600  Tule  Springs  Road 
Las  Vegas,  NV  89131 

Gary  Dinkel 
USDA  Forest  Service 
Bessey  Nursery 
P.O.   Box  38 
Halsey,  NE  69142 

Bill  Dunning 

USDA  Soil  Conservation  Service 
1100  East  Sahara  Avenue 
Las  Vegas,  NV  89104 


Mary  Duryea 

Oregon  State  University 
Department  of  Forest  Science 
Corvallis,  OR  97331 

Paul  J.  Edgerton 

USDA  Forest  Service 

Pacific  Northwest  Forest  and 

Range  Experiment  Station 
1133  North  Western  Avenue 
Wenatchee,  WA  98801 

Will  B.   Ellington,  President 
Lava  Nursery,  Incorporated 
P.O.   Box  370 
Parkdale,  OR  97041 


Gregory  A.  Fancher 
Mora  Research  Center 
P.O.   Box  359 
Mora,  NM  87732 


Paul  Forward 
USDA  Forest  Service 
J.W.  Toumey  Nursery 
P.O.   Box  468 
Ironwood,  MI  49938 

George  Grainger 
Alberta  Tree  Nursery 

and  Horticulture  Center 
R.R.  #6 

Edmonton,  Alberta 
Canada 

Dan  Greytak 

Nevada  Division  of  Forestry 
201  South  Fall  Street 
Carson  City,  NV  89710 

David  Grierson 

Utah  State  Forest  Nursery 

Prison  Road 

Draper,  UT  84020 

Bob  Gutsch 
USDA  Forest  Service 
Eveleth  Nursery 
Route  1,  Box  239 
Eveleth,  MN  55734 

Marcia  Hall 

418  Birch  Street 

Boulder  City,  NV  89005 

Dick  Hallman 

USDA  Forest  Service 

Missoula  Equipment  Development  Center 
Ft.  Missoula 
Missoula,  MT  59801 

J.R.  Hamilton 
Production  Manager 
Box  750 

Smoky  Lake,  Alberta 
Canada  T0A  3C0 


93 


Bob  Hammond 
P.O.  Box  385 
Pahrump,  NV  89041 

Mike  Hanson 
USDA  Forest  Service 
Intermountain  Region 
324  25th  Street 
Ogden,  UT  84401 

Edward  E.  Hardin 
Oregon  State  University 

Seed  Laboratory 
Farm  Crops  Annex 
Corvallis,  OR  97331 

Jerry  B.  Harmon 

Bureau  of  Land  Management 

P.O.  Box  12000 

300  Booth  Street 

Reno,  NV  89520 

Gene  Hartzell,  Nursery  Manager 
California  Headquarters  Nursery 
5800  Chiles  Road 
Davis,  Ca  95616 


Keith  Kelly 

Nevada  Nurseryman's  Assoc. 

64  LaFayette 

Las  Vegas,  NV  89110 

Joanne  Kerbauez 
Cal  Trans 
P.O.  Box  847 
Bishop,  CA  93514 

H.  Khatami an 

Department  of  Horticulture 
Kansas  State  University 
Manhattan,  KS  66506 

Larry  A.  LaFleur 

Pine  Ridge  Forest  Nursery 

Box  714 

Smoky  Lake , 

Alberta  Canada  T0A  3C0 

Roy  LaFramboise 
N.D.  Forest  Service 
Towner  Nursery 
Star  Route  2,  Box  13 
Towner,  ND  58788 


Willis  J.  Heron 
Department  of  State  Lands 
Division  of  Forestry 
2705  Spurgeon  Road 
Missoula,  MT  59801 


Tom  Landis 
USDA  Forest  Service 
Rocky  Mountain  Region 
P.O.  Box  25127 
Lakewood,  CO  80225 


Richard  Hildreth 

University  of  Utah 

Salt  Lake  City,  UT  84112 

John  Hinz 

USDA  Forest  Service 
Bessey  Nursery 
P.O.  Box  38 
Halsey,  NE  69142 


Les  Holsapple 
USDA  Forest  Service 
Lucky  Peak  Nursery 
c/o  Idaho  City  Stage 
Boise,  ID  83702 


Lynn  Long 

Palouse  Seed  Company 
Box  291 

Fairfield,  WA  99012 

Gary  Lyons 

5050  Tamarus  Street 

No.  98 

Las  Vegas,  NV  89109 

Patricia  L.  Malone 
3600  Nursery  Road 
Coeur  d'Alene,   ID  83814 

Carroll  McAninch 
431  South  Kendall 
Denver,  CO  80225 


Bob  James 

USDA  Forest  Service 
Northern  Region 
Federal  Building 
P.O.  Box  7669 
Missoula,  MT  59807 


Paul  Julien 

W.R.  Grace  and  Company 
10918  N.W.   27th  Court 
Vancouver,  WA  98665 


Robert  P.  Karrfalt 

National  Tree  Seed  Laboratory 

Rt.    1,  Box  182B 

Dry  Branch,  GA  31020 


Doug  McCreary 
Oregon  State  University 
Department  of  Forest  Science 
Corvallis,  OR  97331 

Bruce  McTavish 
2396-272  Street 
P.O.  Box  430 
Aldergrove,  B.C. 
Canada  VOX  1A0 


Steven  Monsen 

USDA  Forest  Service 

Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 

Experiment  Station 
753  North  500  East 
Provo,  UT  84601 


94 


Bart  Mortensen 
5555  Ute  Highway 
Longmont,   CO  80501 


Bill  Shrope 

Palouse  Seed  Company 

Box  291 

Fairfield,  WA  99012 


Pat  Murphy 

Nevada  Division  of  Forestry 
201  South  Fall  Street 
Carson  City,  NV  89710 

Al  Myatt 

Route  1,  Box  44 

Washington,  OK  7  3093 


David  Nelson 

Pacific  NW  Tree  Seed  Spec. 
712  W.   25th  Street 
Vancouver,  WA  98660 


Brent  William  Novelsky 
Syncrude  Canada  Ltd. 
p'.O.   Box  4009 
Fort  McMurray,  Alberta 
Canada  T9H  2L1 


Steven  Omi 

Oregon  State  University 
Department  of  Forest  Sciences 
Corvallis,  OR  97331 


Thomas  Sierzega 
Mt.   Sopris  Tree  Nursery 
0448  Valley  Road 
Carbondale,  CO  81623 

Tomas  Smigel 

Nevada  Department  of  Agriculture 
Division  of  Plant  Industry 
2300  McLeod 
Las  Vegas,  NV  89121 

Tom  Smith 

Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs 
Forestry  Greenhouse 
P.O.  Box  10146 
9169  Coors  Road  N.W. 
Albuquerque,  NM  87184 

David  Sparks 

3812  Sunrise  Avenue 

Las  Vegas,  NV  89110 

LaVell  0.    (Pete)  Stanger 
USDA  Forest  Service 
Pacific  Northwest  Region 
319  S.W.  Pine  Street 
P.O.  Box  3623 
Portland,  OR  97208 


George  Robison 
Nevada  Division  of  Forestry 
9600  Tule  Springs  Road 
Las  Vegas,  NV  89131 


Mark  Storrs 

Greener 'n  Ever  Tree  Farm 

and  Nursery 
8940  Carmel  Valley  Road 
P.O.  Box  222-435 
Carmel,  CA  93922 


Frank  Rothe 
Colo-Hydro,  Inc. 
5555  Ute  Highway 
Longmont,  CO  80501 


Howard  Stutz 

Brigham  Young  University 

Department  of  Botany  and  Range  Science 

Provo,  UT  94602 


Anna  R.  Rubin 
P.O.  Box  7384 
Las  Vegas,  NV  89125 


Richard  Thatcher,  Nurseryman 
USDA  Forest  Service 
Lucky  Peak  Nursery 
c/o  Idaho  City  Stage 
Boise,  ID  83706 


James  Sedore,  Greenhouse  Manager 
Washington  State  Department  of 

Natural  Resources 
DNR  Greenhouses  MQ-11 
Olympia,  WA  98504 

Nancy  Shaw 

USDA  Forest  Service 

Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 

Experiment  Station 
316  E.  Myrtle 
Boise,  ID  83702 

George  Shikaze 
11771  King  Road  #206 
Richmond,  B.C. 
Canada  V3W  6J3 


Dr.  Richard  W.  Tinus 

USDA  Forest  Service 

Rocky  Mountain  Forest  and  Range 

Experiment  Station 
Forestry  Sciences  Lab,  NAU 
Flagstaff,  AZ  86001 

Mike  Verchick 

Nevada  Department  of  Agriculture 
Division  of  Plant  Industry 
2300  McLeod 
Las  Vegas,  NV  89121 

Michael  P.  Vorwerk 
Route  1,  Box  44 
Washington,  OK  73093 


95 


Don  Wermlinger 
USDA  Forest  Service 
Lucky  Peak  Nursery 
c/o  Idaho  City  Stage 
Boise,  ID  83706 

Tom  Williams 

I.T.  Energy  Systems,  Inc. 
Box  512 

New  Plymouth,  ID  83655 

Robert  C.  Zobel 

Greener 'n  Ever  Tree  Farm 

and  Nursery 
8940  Carmel  Valley  Road 
P.O.  Box  222-435 
Carmel,  CA  93922 


96 


■Ct  U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE:  1984—776-032/1074  REGION  NO.  8 


Murphy,  Patrick  M. ,  compiler.  The  challenge  of  producing 
native  plants  for  the  Intermountain  area;  proceedings: 
Intermountain  Nurseryman's  Association  1983  Conference; 
1983  August  8-11;  Las  Vegas,  NV.  General  Technical 
Report  INT-168.  Ogden,  UT:  U.S.  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, Forest  Service,  Intermountain  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station;  1984.  96  p. 

Contains  17  papers  describing  successful  procedures, 
guidelines,  and  problems  in  propagation  and  production  of 
native  plants.    Emphasis  is  on  seed  or  plant  production 
for  revegetating  disturbed  lands. 


KEYWORDS:  native  plant  production,  land  reclamation, 
planting  techniques,  shrub  adaptation, 
nursery  practices 


PESTICIDE  PRECAUTIONARY  STATEMENT 

This  publication  reports  research  involving  pesticides.  It 
does  not  contain  recommendations  for  their  use,  nor 
does  it  imply  that  the  uses  discussed  here  have  been 
registered.  All  uses  of  pesticides  must  be  registered  by 
appropriate  State  and/or  Federal  agencies  before  they 
can  be  recommended. 

CAUTION:  Pesticides  can  be  injurious  to  humans, 
domestic  animals,  desirable  plants,  and  fish  or  other 
wildlife— if  they  are  not  handled  or  applied  properly. 
Use  all  pesticides  selectively  and  carefully.  Follow 
recommended  practices  for  the  disposal  of  surplus 
pesticides  and  pesticide  containers. 


FOLLOW  THE  LABEL 

U.S.  DfPAITMCNT  Of  A6IICUITUIE 


The  Intermountain  Station,  headquartered  in  Ogden,  Utah,  is  one 
of  eight  regional  experiment  stations  charged  with  providing  scien- 
tific knowledge  to  help  resource  managers  meet  human  needs  and 
protect  forest  and  range  ecosystems. 

The  Intermountain  Station  includes  the  States  of  Montana, 
Idaho,  Utah,  Nevada,  and  western  Wyoming.  About  231  million 
acres,  or  85  percent,  of  the  land  area  in  the  Station  territory  are 
classified  as  forest  and  rangeland.  These  lands  include  grass- 
lands, deserts,  shrublands,  alpine  areas,  and  well-stocked  forests. 
They  supply  fiber  for  forest  industries;  minerals  for  energy  and  in- 
dustrial development;  and  water  for  domestic  and  industrial  con- 
sumption. They  also  provide  recreation  opportunities  for  millions 
of  visitors  each  year. 

Field  programs  and  research  work  units  of  the  Station  are  main- 
tained in: 

Boise,  Idaho 

Bozeman,  Montana  (in  cooperation  with  Montana  State 
University) 

Logan,  Utah  (in  cooperation  with  Utah  State  University) 

Missoula,  Montana  (in  cooperation  with  the  University 
of  Montana) 

Moscow,  Idaho  (in  cooperation  with  the  University  of 
Idaho) 

Provo,  Utah  (in  cooperation  with  Brigham  Young  Univer- 
sity) 

Reno,  Nevada  (in  cooperation  with  the  University  of 
Nevada)